YALE UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY

WORKS ISSUED BY

CJf llafelugt ^cictng*

HISTORY OF THE NEV7 WORLD,
BY GIROLAMO BENZONI.

FIRST SERIES. NO. XXl-MDCCCLVII

HISTORY

NEW WORLD,

GIROLAMO BENZONI,
OF MIL-iN.
SHEWING HIS TRAVELS IN AMERICA, I'ltOM A.D. 1541 TO 1R50 :
¦mTH SOME PARTICULARS OF THE ISLAND OF CANARY.
NOW FIRST TRANSLATED, AND EDITED BY
REAR-ADMIRAL W. H. SMYTH, K.S.r., D.C.L.
ETC. ETC. ETC,

BURT FRANKLIN, PUBLISHER
NEW YORK, NEW YORK

Published by
BURT FRANKLIN
514 West 113th Street
New York 25, N. Y.

ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED BY THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY

REPRINTED BY PERMISSION

'z/b
/V/r ZI

PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY.

SIB RODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON, G.C.St.S., F.R.S., D.C.L,, Corr. Mem. Inst. Fr.
Hou. Mem. Imp. Acad. Sc. St. Petersburg, &c., &c.. President.
The Marquis of LANSDOWNE. 1 \ ViCE.PRESlDENTS.
Rear-Admiral C. R. DRINKWATER BETHUNE, CB. '
Rear-Admiral Sir FRANCIS BEAUFORT, K,C.B., F.R.S.
Et. Hon. LORD BROUGHTON.
JOHN BRUCE, Esq.
The LORD ALFRED CHURCHILL.
The Right Rev. LORD BISHOP OF ST. DAVID'S.
CHARLES WENTWORTH DILKE, ESQ., F.S.A.
Rt. Hon. Sih D.\VID DUNDAS.
Sir HENRY ELLIS, K.H., F.R.S.
Liedt.Gen. CHARLES RICHARD FOX.
R. W. GREY, Esq., M.P.
JOHN WINTER JONES, Esq., F.S.A.
His Excellency the COUNT de LAVRAHTO.
P. LEVESQUE, Esq., F.S.A.
Rt, Hon. EOBERT LOWE, M.P.
Sir ERSKINE PERRY, M.P.
Sir HENRY RAWLINSON, K.C.B.
The Eet. W. WHEWELL, D.D.
R. H. MAJOR, Esq., F.S.A., Honorary Secretary,

TRANSLATOR'S INTRODUCTION.

Girolamo Benzoni was born at Milan about the
year 1519, and, as we learn from himself, started out
upon adventure in the New World at the age of
twenty- two. After fourteen years of toil and travail
in those parts, he returned home ; and in 1565 pub
lished his "Historia del Mondo Nuovo" at Venice,
dedicating it to Pope Pius IV. This was a quarto
volume ; but the book was reprinted seven years
afterwards in a small octavo form, and this is the one
used in the following translation. It must have had
what is styled a " fair run," since it passed through
several editions, and was translated into Latin,
French, German, and Flemish, — besides the free use
which was made of it by the De Brys, and others.
But Jansen was wrong in stating that it was also ren
dered into English ; for Purchas (vol. iv, page 1448,
edition 1625), instead of a translation of the book,

11 TRANSLATOR S INTRODUCTION.
gives little more than six pages, which (as Chapter
xn) he entitles — " Briefe extracts translated out of
Jerom Benzos."
The Spaniards of those days do not seem to have
patronized the book very warmly, nor do they appear
to have rendered it into their language, although it
bears so much and so accurately on their proceedings.
Yet it has been noticed by them : in the epitome of
Leon Pinelo's Bibliotheca, after the various editions
of Geronimo Benfono are enumerated, it is added
somewhat pithily — " Autor poco afecto a los Espa-
noles." But the Fiench. (mj)rmee par .Eustace Vignon,
1579) and Latin {TJrlani Calvetonis Opera) editions
were widely and eagerly read. Both of these have
now become very rare : indeed, from the latterj more
has been quoted in Catholic countries than from the
Italian version itself; and Hieronymus Barzoni was
more familiar with some of his own countrymen, than
Girolamo Benzoni.
The narrative of this persevering adventurer, though
ill-written, carries internal evidence of strict veracity
in all those scenes in which he was personally en
gaged ; and, indeed, throughout the general details.
It therefore forms a material link in the chain of
American history, as conveying an adequate view of
the doings of the early settlers, and the consequent
state of things in the New World. Moreover, the

TRANSLATOR S INTRODUCTION. Ul
Italian's evidence respecting the famous and unfor
tunate province of Cumana is peculiarly valuable, as
conveying a deep insight into the social condition of
the Indian and Spanish communities on that deso
lated coast, at the most crucial period of its existence.
It may be mentioned that, in an unworthy attempt
to gloze over the cruelties of the Spaniards, Thevet
professes an unbelief of the atrocities related by
Benzoni ; but he produces no foundation for his
scepticism. On the contrary, both Morigia and Pic-
cinelli, his countryraen, refer to him as possessed of a
clear intellect and tenacious memory.
In looking over the contemporaneous and other
writers on the New World, the translator begs to
mention his obligations to Sir Thomas Phillipps, Bart.,
of Middle Hill, in Worcestershire, whose magnificent
collection of manuscripts — including the precious
documents of poor Lord Kingsborough — was most
kindly and unreservedly submitted to his inspection.
Besides the writings of Valverde, Mendoza, Gonzales,
Oviedo, Montolinia, Ocariz, and other Spaniards of
those adventurous days, together with various rude
but expressive drawings, Sir Thomas shewed his
beautiful old Atlas, the property of Nicholas Vallard,
of Dieppe, in 1547, but apparently compiled in 1539 ;
the maps are elaborately illustrated with finely-
finished representations of natives, animals, trees.

IV TRANSLATOR S INTRODUCTION.
arms, and costumes. This splendid book, which for
merly belonged to the noted Prince Talleyrand, is an
authority for the geographical knowledge of the times
herein treated of; and, on the whole, it represents
those regions pretty fairly for the epoch.
From the irregularity and lame orthography of
Benzoni's narrative, the general reader may some
times find himself at a loss to know where he is ; a
geographical list of places, in alphabetical arrange
ment, is therefore subjoined.

LIST OF THE PLATES.

A wonderful Indian woman in Cumana . , , .4
Mode of navigating in the Northern Sea . . . .6
Mode of sleeping in the Gulf of Paria aud in many other places . 10
How the Indians poured melted gold down the mouths of the Spaniards 73
The Indians of La Espanola hang themselves in the woods, rather
than serve Christians . . . . .77
Mode of doctoring sieb people . . . .81
Method of making bread . . . . , 84
Method of making wine . . . .86
Fruit-hearing trees . . . . . .88
A well-roofed house in the province of Suere . . . 126
The oaoavate tree : stewing how the Indians get fire from two pieces
of wood ...... 149
Trees producing the calabashes, whioh generally seiwe the Indians
as vases . .... 150
Method of dancing ...... 151
Indian method of living on trees . 237
Method of fishing and navigating in the South Sea 2-13
Indians of Peru worshipping the sun .... 218
Method of working gold and silver . . 251
A tree whioh always drops water frora its leaves on the island of Ferro . 263

HISTORY 0¥ THE

NEW WORLD,

G I MOL A MO BENZONI,
of Milan.
Treating of the Islands & Seas newly discouered,
also of the new towns seen by him,
in trauelling by land and by water
in the course of fourteen years.
Eecently republished & illustrated with the addition of
some notable particulars, especially respecting
the island of Canaria.
Cum ¦privilegio.

In Venice, at the Press of Peter
& Francis Tini, Brothers.
1572.

TO THE MOST ILLUSTRIOUS AND WORTHY
Senator, Scipio Simoneta, my most
revered master.
WISE writers, illustrious sir, usually commence by praising
the predecessors of any one of ref ned and generous mind to
whow they intend to present their labours, and then extol
their patron himself as much as possible. But it is not re
quisite for me to do the former , seeing that your predecessors ,
most illustrious sir, have always been so exalted, that they
must ever remain distinguished and famous. Much less need
I do the latter, since I should ihen only waste words in en
deavouring to enumerate your infinite virtues and rare good
qualities ; lohich would rather require some tuneful Mantuan
bard or eloquent Cicero ; and even these could only end by
saying, that virtue itself, illustrious sir, harbours in your
bosom, and that there gentleness and courtesy undoubtedly
have their abode. By them invited, and forced indeed by
the affection I bear you, to you I consecrate this humble
result of my labours. Feeling sure that you will not re
gard the smallness of the gift, but only my poor powers,
since, not having anything more suited to the prudence and
gravity of your illustrious Lordship, I bestow with a willing
heart all that I have to give : with great reverence
I remain,
Your illustrious Lordship's aff'ectionate servant,
Girolamo Benzoni.

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
BY
GIROLAMO BENZONI,
A MILANESE.

BOOK I.
When I was a youth of twenty-two years of age, being, like
many others, anxious to see the world, and hearing of those
countries of the Indians, recently found, called by everybody
the New World, I determined to go there. In the year 1541
therefore I started from Milan, in the name of God, the sus-
tainer and governor of all the universe, going by land to Me
dina del Campo, where the people carry on great trafiic dur
ing their fairs, receiving merchandize from all Spain. Thence
I went to Seville, and thence by the river Guadalquivir to
San Lucar de Barameda, this being the port generally fre
quented by all the ships going to or coming from India.
Having found a ship about to sail, laden with goods for the
island of the Great Canary, I embarked, being unable to find
a more direct route for the journey I desired to make, for I
had been informed that in those islands of the Canaries,
which are seven in nuraber, there are constantly ships going
loaded to the Indies, with wine, flour, apples, cheese, and
other things requisite for those countries. I thus obtained
a passage there ; and arriving in two months, I learnt that a
Caravel in the island of Palma was loading wine to go to the

2 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Indies, wherefore I started immediately in a brig, reached it
in two days, and in a short time the ship was got ready, and
we set sail. Having sailed for fourteen days with a prosper
ous wind, we saw a great quantity of sea birds, from which,
much to our joy, we judged that we were near land, and
often in the night certain fishes of about a palm in length
flew on board, which had what were almost the same as
wings like those of birds. Already the skilful pilot had
begun to take the sun's altitude, which altitude is taken at
noon, in the open day, but at night observations were taken
by the north [star] which we then had already very low ; and
after two days sailing in this way, on a Sunday morning at
about sun-rise we saw land. The captain of the ship told me
that this was the first island that the invincible Christopher
Columbus saw in his second voyage, when he departed from
Spain to go to the Spanish island :' and after having sailed
with his caravels some twenty-four or twenty-five days
since he left the Canary islands, without ever seeing land,
tbough very desirous of seeing it, when he did discover it he
named it la Deseada.
There are many islands, but the largest is called by the
Spaniards Guadalupe. They are mostly inhabited, and full of
Indian Caribbees, who eat each other, or rather I should say,
eat their enemies. We descried a boat of Indian fishermen,
who on seeing us,made their escape; we continued our voyage,
inclining towards the left, in the direction of the equinoctial
line, where, in the course of eight days, we saw some other
islands. Thus we reached Cubagua, where I met with the
governor, Geronymo de Ortal. At his urgent request I re
mained with him, for he offered me many inducements,
as such governors usually do ; telling me that he wished
shortly to get ready, with a large number of Spaniards, to
^ Isola Spagnuola, contracted into Hispaniola; but Benzoni is very
careless in his orthography, and therefore his names of places are given
in Italics. {Trans^

HISTORY OF THE NKW WORLD. 3
go to his government, called by the natives Nautal (now
called by the Spaniards el Dorado, which means a country
of great riches), and that soon we should all become very
rich. And thus, on the strength of these vain promises,
and others still greater that he made me, I remained ; being
equally as desirous to see men and countries, as to become
rich. Not long after I had reached Cubagua there arrived Pedro
de Herrera, governor of the island of Margarita, with two
brigs, accompanied by thirty Spaniards, intending to go
to Terra Firma to get some slaves ; so one morning shortly
after, we started two hours after daylight, taking with us
Geronymo de Ortal, and at night we entered the river of
Cumana; for a Spanish fortress had been built there of wood,
to protect the boats that came from Cubagua to this river for
water. There had been one previously erected of earth by
Jacob Castiglione, on this spot, when the pearl fishery flou
rished ; but it happened soon after, that, owing to unusual
rains, the river rose so as to inundate more than two miles of
country, in consequence of which the fortress was destroyed.
There were still four or five hovels made of reeds, where
Captain Diego Docampo erected the town of Toledo (as we
should say), and already the Spaniards had almost destroyed
this country; for out of the great multitudes of Indians that
there used to be, there only remained a few petty chiefs,
whom the Spaniards had spared for their own wants. Others
had retired to some uninhabited places, only to escape from
the domination of the Christians.
Whilst we remained at Cumana there came an Indian
woman, wife of one of the principal chiefs of the province,
with a basket-full of fruit, such a woman as I have never
before nor since seen the like of; so that my eyes could not
be satisfied with looking at her for wonder. On her arrival
she entered the Governor Pedro Herrera's house, and having
placed the basket of fruit before him, without speaking a

4 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
word, she seated herself on a bench ;^ her appearance was
like the following :

She was quite naked, except where modesty forbids, such
being the custom throughout all this country ; she was old,
and painted black, with long hair down to her waist; and
her ear-rings had so weighed her ears down, as to make them
reach her shoulders, a thing wonderful to see ; she had them
split down the middle and filled with rings of a certain
carved wood, very light, which wood, in their language, is
called Cacoma. Her nails were immoderately long, her teeth
were black, her mouth large, and she had a ring in her
nostrils, called by them Caricori ; so that she appeared like
a monster to us, rather than a human being.
After two days we left Cumana ; and coasting along
towards the east, by the gulf of Paria, we landed very fre-
^ Benzoni's expression is sopra una hanca, and his view represents the
lady seated on a bank of earth. But " banca" is also a bench, and
De Bry figures her as sitting on a regular bench. The discrepancy is
more in manner than iu matter. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEVV WORLD. 5
quently to give the friendly petty chiefs some Spanish wine,
or a shirt, or a knife from the governor, and thus induced
them to send some of their vassals, or subjects, to shew us
places up the country, where we might capture some Indians
who were bitter enemies to them, because they were friends
and confederates ofthe Christians. The governor thus remain
ing with only eight Spaniards at Cariaco, all the rest of us
started, guided byfriendlypeople,who carried our provisions,
and we walked inland about a hundred miles, passing valleys,
mountains, rivers, woods, and other places where the guides
conducted us, going through holes and over precipices that
even wolves would have feared, often walking more by night
than by day ; and in this way we captured upwards of two
hundred and forty slaves, including males and females, small
and large. The captain, fearing lest the provisions should
fail (although we took some from the Indian houses), turned
back; aud on the journey one morning about dawn we
saw two fires, one on a hill and the other in a plain, and
having divided our party in two, so as to pass on the one
side and on the other, we commenced our march. Those
bound for the plain arrived first, and finding there only an
old woman and her daughter with her baby all asleep, imme
diately seized them ; but on awaking they uttered such
shrieks, that those on the hill heard them, and raised so
great a noise, that our few people before they arrived,
alarmed by the numbers, turned back, in order to join us
where we were. Our enemies ran to the passes which we
were to reach, but daylight coming on, and seeing us many
more than they had expected, and armed, they retired ; not
desisting, however, from annoying us with their darts, and
calling after us thieves, dogs, traitors, assassins ; and I be
lieve, that had it not been for our friends, who put them to
flight, we should have suffered injury and ruin. Thus we
passed on without loss, leaving the old woman whom we had
captured, because she could not walk, and in two days we

6

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

arrived where the governor was. We rested during a few
days, then proceeded about eighty miles along the coast, in
boats used in that country and called pirague ; they are
made out of one tree, and the largest will contain about fifty
persons.

Mode of Navigating in the Northern Sea.
All along that coast, the Indians come down from the
hills to the shore to fish ; therefore we used to land and hide
ourselves in places where we could not be seen. We used
often to wait all day expecting to make prisoners, and on
the Indians arriving, we jumped out like wolves attacking
so many lambs, and made them slaves. In this way we
caught upwards of fifty, the greater part women with their
little children. Finally, we went so often from one place to
the other, that we were discovered by our enemies, who
were fishing ; and they immediately betaking themselves to
hollaing, gave notice to the rest of our being there, so that
they all ran away from the beach, and we on shore could
only get hold of some fish dried by a slow fire upon gratings

0»
HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 7
made of reeds, and cavallete^ dried in the sun, which these
people string in rows for the convenience of carrying home.
The captain then, seeing that he could no longer hope to
capture men, turned back, and conducted us to the house of
a poor chief, a friend ofthe Spaniards, and giving him a jug
of wine, a shirt, and some knives, with civil words entreated
him to lead him to a place where slaves could be got ; the
chief did not like the Spaniards to go with him, but went oif
one day with a party of his men, and returned the following
day, bringing sixteen Indians, with their hands tied behind
their backs. These he gave to our captain, who thanked
him very much, and promised another time to bring him
more gifts and more beautiful things.
Thus we returned to Cariaco ; the next day we reached
Cumana, and the governor sent the slaves off to Cubagua,
giving leave to the friends who had accompanied him to
return to their own homes. But they were attacked on the
journey by their enemies, who killed four ofthem; the rest
returned to Cumana to complain to the governor, and begged
that he would send some armed Christians with them, to
punish their common enemy. The governor expressed great
grief for what they had suff'ered, but said he could not do so
then, as he was required for a greater enterprise in another
direction ; yet gave his word that he would not fail on a
future occasion to punish their enemies as they deserved.
These people therefore went away very discontented, cursing
the Christians and their rapine, the cause of their ruin.
The governor shortly after left Cumana with all his com
pany, and coasting westward, went to Amaracapanna ; this
was a town of about forty houses, and four hundred Span
iards resided there constantly, who annually elected a cap
tain. He, accompanied by about half his soldiers, went
^ This must be the genua gryllus, the devastating locust, which we
have seen used for food in Barbary. They are gathered by the Arabs in
great abundance, dried, and kept as a winter provision. {Trans.)

O HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
scouring through several provinces of that country, and took
with them many friends who resided in the vicinity of the
gulf While we remained in this place. Captain Pedro de
Calice arrived with upwards of four thousand slaves ; and
he had captured many more, but from want of provisions,
from labour and fatigue, as well as from grief at leaving their
country, their fathers, their mothers, or their children, they
had died on their journey. And when some of them could
not walk, the Spaniards, to prevent their remaining behind to
make war, killed them by burying their swords in their sides
or their breasts. It was really a most distressing thing to
see the way in which these wretched creatures, naked, tired,
and lame, were treated ; exhausted with hunger, sick, and
despairing. The unfortunate mothers, with two and three
children on their shoulders or clinging round their necks,
overwhelmed with tears and grief, all tied with cords or with
iron chains round their necks or their arms, or their hands.
Nor was there a girl but had been violated by the depre
dators ; wherefore, from too much indulgence, many Span
iards entirely lost their health. This captain had gone seven
hundred miles inland into that country, which, when the
Spaniards first went there, was full of people, but when I
reached it the country was nearly depopulated.
The Spaniards, who fight on horseback with the Indians
in those provinces, carry a doublet well lined with cotton
wool, and are armed with a lance and sword ; while those
who go on foot carry a small round shield, a sword, a cross
bow, and a lighter doublet than the horsemen ; but they do
not carry an arquebuss, nor chain armour, nor cuirass, not
only because of the great humidity produced by the uncul
tivated ground, but also because they have often to sleep out
in the open country, and the very abundant dew would soon
spoil them. It seems to me, that the greater part of the
country around the gulf of Paria towards the south, is the
most pleasing, beautiful, and fruitful of any that I have seen

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 9
in any part of the Indies ; possessing, as it does, a very ex
tensive and fertile plain, where flowers may be always seen,
though some of them smell disagreeably. The trees also are
always in leaf as if it were one continual spring, though thev
are not all fruitbearing or good ; in some parts, however
there is great abundance of the medicinal cassia (quassia)
This province is generally hot and damp, producing a greai
many mosquitoes, very annoying to the inhabitants in the
night ; and there are swarms of locusts, that do great injury
to the seeds.
The married women modestly wear a cloth, called pampa
nila, around their waist, the girls wear only a cord ; for the
same purpose the men used to wear a case of gold orna
mented with pearls, but having been obliged to cede these to
the Spaniards, they now substitute a peculiar calabash. The
chiefs appropriate to themselves as many wives as they choose,
though only one is legitimate, and she commands all the
others ; in the lower ranks they select three or four, and as
those grow old, they are repudiated to make way for younger
ones ; they are all first submitted — a sverginarle — to the
priests, thence by them called piacchi. The principal food,
not only around the gulf of Paria, but also in all other parts
of this country, is fish. They make wine of maize, which is
their corn, and of various fruits and roots. They also eat
human flesh, and pediculi, as monkeys do, spiders, worms,
and other dirty things (_altre sporcitie). They make a cer
tain mixture, to preserve the teeth, with oyster shells, of the
sort that produce pearls, burning them with the leaves of
the laxi,^ and then adding a little water, so that the mixture
' Being in doubt about this laxi, we applied to our excellent friend
Robert Brown, the amiable and veteran botanist, for aid. He replied :
— " You consider the Laxi to be a tree, which it may very likely be, but
as far as regards the passage in question, it is simjilj foglie del laxi.
Whatever it may be, I am sorry to say I can give you no information.
I have looked into ^loane's History of Jamaica, without finding any
plant approaching in sound, or employed for any similar purpose. You

10

HISTORY 01' TUE NEW WORM).

looks like the whitest lime ; and this they spread over tho
teeth, which become as black as charcoal j but they arc thus
preserved for good, without pain. It is their custom to
pierce the nostrils, the lips, and the cars. They stain their
bodies with the juice of herbs, and other red and black
colours : indeed, the uglier they become, the handsomer
they think themselves to bc. The beds of tho principal
chiefs consist of a coverlid, longer than it is broad, like a
sheet ; the common people make it like a net, hut all arc of

Moilo of sloopiiig in tho Oulf of Paria, and in many other places.
cotton; these they fasten on two upright stanchions, and
thus suspended in the air, sleep thereon. Those who sleep
in the open country, not to suffer from the cold in the
night, keep up a fire continually on each side of the bed ;
and this is the usual way of sleeping in all these provinces,
have, I think, little cause of regret for being unable to say what the
plant is, the remedy being worse than the disease." In the East Indies
the mouth is reddened by the use of the areka nut, betel leaf, and
chunam. {Trans.)

HISTOEY OF THE NEW WORLD. H
even to the confines of Nombre de Dios, as well as in many
of the islands in the Northern Sea.
The principal arms they carry are bows with poisoned
arrows, which they make of two sorts, that is to say, either
of palm wood or of slender reeds that grow by the sides of
the rivers ; and instead of iron at the point they tie hard fish
scales or pieces of flint, anointing them with a black bitu
men, which is a pure venom, made from roots, herbs, ants,
apples, and some other beastly mixtures of theirs ; and then ,
moistened with a snake's blood by old women, who boil it
with great trouble and diligence till it is brought to perfec
tion, and, owing to the injurious vapour that rises from it,
most of these women die in consequence. When the fluid
is fresh, the man's body that is wounded with it swells, and
he is so injured that in a short time he dies mad. But if the
poison has been prepared a long time, it loses great part of
its strength and of its deadly virus, so that the wounded man
may be cured by a red-hot iron with which his wound is
seared, and thus the man does not die. I have known seve
ral Spaniards who have thus been cured. ^
All the slaves that the Spaniards catch in these provinces
are sent to Cubagua, because the king's officers are in that
island, who collect the royal revenues, consisting of pearls,
gold, slaves and other articles ; for a fifth of every thing is
paid, that is, twenty per cent. The slaves are all marked in
the face and on the arms by a hot iron with the mark of C ;
then the governors and captains do as they like with them ;
some are given to the soldiers, so that the Spaniards after
wards sell them, or gamble them away among each other.
When ships arrive from Spain, they barter these Indians for
wine, flour, biscuit, and other requisite things. And even
* Whether from its obvious vesicating property or not, it is certain
that cauterization has always obtained among people where medical
science is unknown. Among the tibeebs of Barbary, hot irons form their
only surgical tools. {Trans.)

12 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
when some of the Indian women are pregnant by these
same Spaniards, they sell them without any conscience.
Then the merchants carry them elsewhere and sell them
again. Others are sent to the island of_Spagnuola, filling
with them some large vessels built like caravels. They
carry them under the deck, and being nearly all people cap
tured inland, they suffer severely the sea horrors, and not
being allowed to move out of those sinks, what with their sick
ness and their other wants, they have to stand in the filth like
animals ; and the sea often being calm, water and other pro
visions fail them, so that the poor wretches, oppressed by the
heat, the stench, the thirst, and the crowding, miserably ex
pire there below. ^ Now all that country around the Gulf of
Paria and other places arc no longer inhabited by the
Spaniards, because there are no more pearls nor gold, and
the pearl fishery is at an end ; so that having no other
subsidy but that of slaves, and few of them, and the em
peror having restored the natives to liberty, the Spaniards
have retired to other countries.
Returning then to Amaracapanna, a few days after our
arrival, there came an order from the Royal Court of San
Domitigo, that Governor Geronymo de Ortal, for a certain
crime that he had committed, should be seized, and with a
good guard be sent safely to the Isla Spagnola ; and thus he
failed in his promise of a journey and of making me rich.
Also, from having changed my country and my food, as well
as from the great heat and bad sleeping, and having imbibed
much humidity from the earth, I fell sick, and had it not
been for one Anthony de' Castigliani, a noble French priest,
who, for his integrity and liberality, as well as for his
^ Had Benzoni been an accredited disciple of the worthy Las Casas,
ho could not have shown up the horrible conduct of the Spanish mis
creants in a moro revolting view, than through the whole narrative of
his adventures on the Pearl Coast. The letter C, with which the
wretched slaves were branded, was doubtless tho initial of Charles V.
{Trans^

HISTORY OF THB NEW WORLD. 13
very handsome person, was beloved, honoured, and re
vered by every body, I should indeed have fared very
badly ; but he made me embark at Amaracapanna, and sent
me to the island of Margherita tq_ await his arrival, as he
there kept the greater part of his slaves and his seed-lands.
There he treated me with as much kindness as if I had been
his most beloved son, and thus he kept me in his house for
about six months, till I recovered my health ; and on coming
away, he parted with me in a most friendly manner, pro
viding me abundantly with every thing requisite for my
voyage. I thus embarked in a caravel laden with slaves,
and coasting along the shores of Cape la Vela, and then
crossing the sea with great labour on account of the calms,
we reached the island of Borichiil, which by the Spaniards
is called San Juan ; and on account of the abundance of
gold and silver found there, they term it San Juan de
Porto-rico (the rich port). When first the Spaniards went
to conquer this island, the Indians thought, and held for
certain, that they were immortal, and one of the principal
chiefs in the island determined to make the trial ; he there
fore ordered his people to seize a Spaniard who was lodging
in his house, and carry him to the river, then hold him so
long under water that if he was mortal he should be drowned.
Having thus drowned him, they carried him on their shoul
ders to their master, who seeing that he was dead, con
sidered that all the others must be mortal also, and on
account of the ill-treatment received from them, he con
certed a revolt with other chiefs. They rose against the
Spaniards, killing about one hundred and fifty of those who
were dispersed about the island seeking gold ; and had not
Diego Salazar arrived with reinforcements, the whole of
them would have been cut to pieces.
Having rested ourselves for a few days in this island, we
again departed for the Isla Espafwla, soon reached it, and
entered the town of San Domingo. This was the first town

14 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
that the Spaniards built in these countries. Now, respect
ing the finding these Indians, there were various and dif
ferent opinions among the writers as to who was the first to
discover these unknown regions. In the first place, Fran
cisco Lopez de Gomera, a Spaniard, in the second part of
his general history of the Indies, speaks in this way : —
" One Peota,^ navigating in our seas with an easterly wind,
suffered a violent storm, by which he was obliged to scud
wherever it blew him, and he was led to unknown countries
which are not found laid down in the charts. Returning to
Spain some time afterwards, with only three or four of his
sailors, he fell ill in port and died, in consequence of the
sufferings, the hunger, and the thirst that he had undergone
in this extraordinary voyage ; nor did he leave any name or
memory of himself or of his country ; whoever was to blame
for this, it cannot be assigned to him, but to envy (it is
thought) or ill luck. Some have said that he was an Anda
lusian, and that he traded with the Canary Islands and with
Madeira, when he encountered this long and mortal naviga
tion. Others again say that he was a Biscayan, and that he
was in the habit of going backwards and forwards between
England and France. Some hold him to have been a Portu
guese, who traded with India of the Mirta :* which is a good
deal confirmed by the names that those new lands acquired,
and still keep. Others are of opinion, that the caravel went
to Portugal, to Madeira, and to other islands in the Azores.
But no one affirms anything for certain ; they only agree as
to his having died in the house of Christopher Columbus,
' Is un Peota a corruption of un piloto ? The opinion is supported
by Gomara's work above quoted, " Peota" occurs in both the Italian
editions. {Trans.)
In Chauveton's Latin translation this ambiguous expression is
thus rendered, "qui tam ad Minam (ut vocant), vel in Indiam
navigaret," the allusion doubtless being to St. George del Mina ou
the Gold Coast. By reference to Gomara we find that Chauveton is
right.

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 15
and that his writings remained there, with the bearing,'
and latitude of the newly discovered land. Many insist that
Columbus was already a sailor, and that for many years hc
used to go to Soria (Syria) and other parts ofthe Levant; that
he then became a maker of charts for navigating, and thus
went to Portugal to collect information respecting the south
of Africa and the other Portuguese nagivations, to increase
the sale of his charts ; and finally he married in that kingdom.
Some have been of opinion that he was in Madeira when the
said caravel arrived, and that the master of it lodged in his
house, where he related his voyage to him and the new
countries that he had seen, so that he might insert them in
his charts under the name of Peota,* as the sale and export
of these was great. That there he died, leaving him the
drawings and all the description he could give of the new
countries, and thus it is affirmed that Columbus obtained
information of the Indies." The author adds, moreover,
that Columbus knew the Latin language well, and was a
cosmographer; that he was anxious to seek out the An
tipodes, and the rich Cipango of Marco Polo, because he had
read in Plato's Timceus an argument respecting the great
island of Atlantis, and of a hidden land larger than Asia and
Africa. While Aristotle, in his book on the wonders of the
world, writing to Theophrastus, relates how some Cartha
ginian merchants, navigating to the west and the south out
side the Strait of Gibraltar, after many days found a large
inhabited island, very fertile and possessed of navigable
rivers. And the author after affirms, that if Columbus had
^ " II segno and I'altezza" are best rendered bearing and latitude; but
nautical science was very inaccurate in Benzoni's day. {Trans.)
° Again this name is erroneously given. The passage quoted by
Benzoni from Gomara states, that " the pilot lodged in the house of
Columbus, and gave him an account of his voyage and of the new lands
which he had seen, in order that he might lay them down on a marine
chart which Columbus had bought of him." Gomara distinctly says that
the pilot's name was not known.

16 HISTORY OF THE NEW V.OEIL
known where the Indies were, he might, long before he
went to Spain to ask for help and for favour, have united
himself with the Genoese, who travelled all over the world,
and have effected this great enterprise ; but that he did not
ever think of any such thing until the said Peota had in
formed him of it. These things have been contradicted,
almost as fabulous words and not worthy of faith ; and Don
Pietro Martire, a Milanese, says in a treatise of his, that
Christopher Columbus went to the lordship of Genoa and
narrated the cause of his being induced to seek those coun
tries, saying that navigating many times outside the Strait of
Gibraltar towards Portugal, he had observed very diligently
that, during certain seasons of the year, the west winds blew
many days very equally, and knowing they could not come but
from land, that generated them beyond the sea, his thoughts
became so fixed on this subject that he thought he would
like to try this voyage. Being forty years old, he proposed
to the Lordship of Genoa, that if they would fit out some
vessels' for him, he would undertake to go outside the
Strait of Gibraltar, and navigate so far to the west that he
would circumnavigate " the earth of the world," arriving
where the spices grow. This voyage appeared to every
body a strange thing, as well it might to people who had
never thought of it, and yet reputed themselves as knowing
the whole art of navigation. Therefore everybody regarded
it as a dream and a fabulous thing ; although some authors
had written in ancient times of a large island many miles
distant from the Strait of Gibraltar. This was supposed to
be the cause that induced Columbus to go and seek the
Indies ; but we may believe that Gomara would set him
self to confute the truth with many inventions, and that he
had a wish to diminish the immortal fame of Christopher
Columbus; as there were many who could not endure
that a foreigner and an Italian should have acquired
so much honour and so much glory, uot only for the

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 17
Spanish kingdom, but also for the other nations of the
world.' It will not be out of place to relate what I heard happened
in Spain to Columbus, after he had discovered the Indies ;
although it had been done in ancient times in other ways,
but was new then. Columbus being at a party with many
noble Spaniards, where, as was customary, the subject of
conversation was the Indies : one of them undertook to say :
— " Mr. Christopher, even if you had not found the Indies,
we should not have been devoid of a man who would have
attempted the same that you did, here in our own country
of Spain, as it is full of great men clever in cosmography
and literature." Columbus said nothing in answer to these
words, but having desired an egg to be brought to him, he
placed it on the table saying : " Gentlemen, I will lay a
wager with any of you, that you will not make this egg
stand up as I will, naked and without anything at all."
They all tried, and no one succeeded in making it stand up.
When the egg came round to the hands of Columbus, by
beating it down on the table he fixed it, having thus crushed
a little of one end ; wherefore all remained confused, under
standing what he would have said : that after the deed is
done, everybody knows how to do it ; that they ought first
to have sought for the Indies, and not laugh at him who had
sought for it first, while they for some time had been laugh
ing, and wondered at it as an impossibility.
Now let us return to our first subject, of the searching
for, and the discovery of the Indies. Columbus seeing that
the Genoese would not help him in so worthy an enter
prize, he determined to go to the West, considering that
there were some very rich and very powerful princes, in the
' It was admitted by Don Femando, the son of Columbus, that his
father having married Donna Felipa Moiiiz, he had access to his father-
in-law's papers, he — Perestrello, a seafaring man — being dead : but they
appear to have related to the Azores only. {Trans.)

18 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
hope that some one of them would give him every requisite
to find the country by him so much wished for. Thus he
Avcnt to Portugal, and sent his brother, Bartholomew, to
Henry VII, king of England, to ask him for ships and
favour to find the Indies, promising hira that in a short
time he would bring him very great treasures from those
unknown parts. But hc had to return without any con
clusion, so that he betook himself to treat with king Al-
phonzo V. of Portugal, supplicating his highness to be
willing to grant him some ships with provisions, and he
would oblige himself to go westward to seek for some abun
dant countries, rich in gold, and in various other precious
articles of value. But if Columbus was held as fabulous
by the Genoese, he was thought ludicrous by the English,
— da gV Inglesi risibile, — and by the Portuguese he was
mocked as a dreamer ; for there being men in Portugal who
professed to know everything connected with cosmography,
they, with haughty and proud talk, asserted to the king that
this man was quite bewildered, and that he should on no
account give credence to the words of Columbus. They
' asserted that in no way could there be in the west any of the
things he said, neither gold nor riches, and that the country,
from its extreme heat, was uninhabitable ; insomuch that
any one passing under the equinoctial line would be burnt
up by the sun, from its having more power there than in
any other part of the sphere, in consequence of its being
constantly between the two tropics. Cancer and Capricorn.^
Columbus thus seeing that in Portugal every one laughed
/ and scoffed at his words, deemed it useless to remain ; so he
went to Castile, to the court of the King Don Fernando and
^ Benzoni does not seem to have been aware that the king of Portugal,
by a disgraceful breach of faith, resolved to execute Columbus's schemes
without the knowledge of their author, and actually made an attempt,
such as it waa. In England, Bartholomew Columbus had been well re
ceived, but hiij negoeiations were broken off by tho concessions of the
Court of Spain to Christopher. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 19
the Queen Donna Isabella, and submitted the same project
that he had proposed to every body else, in the best way
that he could ; giving the most efficacious reasons, together
with the best authorities, examples, and information. It
seemed that he was still on those principles derided almost
as if he promised impossibilities. Yet, after consuming
several years at court, and always remaining constant in his
assertions and persevering in his reasons, strengthening the
hopes with very rational examples, at tho intercession of
some grandees of Spain, he obtained time and opportunity
to speak familiarly with the Queen Donna Isabella ; and so
well did he persuade her with his good and very strong
arguments, that he induced her to believe his assertions so
far as to promise to speak to the king, and make every endea
vour that he should be enabled to go and perform this enter
prise. Wherefore in a short time, first by the divine grace,
and then through the intercession of the magnanimous
queen, the king, Don Fernando, armed a ship and two
caravels for Christopher Columbus. Thus, in company with
his brother Bartholomew, in the beginning of August 1492,
he sailed from Cadiz, and touched at the Gomera ; which is
one of the seven islands of the Canaries, and there he re
mained some days, taking in water and other necessaries.
He then sailed, following his western voyage, and having
navigated several days without seeing land, the soldiers
began to murmur against Columbus ; but he quieted them
and sailed on during thirty-five days, still without seeing
any signs of land, whereupon they began to use menaces
and to give him bad language, calling him a Genoese im
postor and trickster, who did not know where he wanted to
arrive or to go, and that he was leading them to death.
Here Columbus as much as possible urged his reasons, and
begged and supplicated them to have patience, for in a short
time, with the help of God, he hoped to see a new land.
Thus quieted they navigated for some days more, but not

20 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
seeing land, they betook themselves again to murmur, tell
ing him that he must turn back or they would throw him
overboard ; affirming that if they sailed on any farther their
provisions would fail, especially their water, as they would
still require some for their return to Spain. Finally the
dispute was reduced to these conditions, that if in three
days they did not discover land he would turn back, shew
ing them, that by only putting themselves on allowance,
not only would there be sufficient provisions to return to
Spain, but also to go farther on. And thus happily con
tinuing their course, the next day he ordered the sails to be
lowered, and it was believed that when Columbus uttered
these words he felt near land, that he knew it by the atmo
sphere and the clouds, which are observed on the horizon at
sunset ; or, indeed, through some inspiration of his uncon
querable soul. And, in fact, the next evening a sailor,
named La Leppe, having gone aloft, began to cry out with a
loud voice, " I see fire y" and immediately a youth added,
" It is not long since Mr. Columbus told me the same thing."
The sailor, much delighted and pleased, thought that, on
his return to Spain, there was no doubt but he should re
ceive from his majesty the king some remuneration ; but not
receiving any reward or favour, he went over to Barbary in
such an ill humour, that he became a renegade from the
faith. Now, how great the pleasure of each man was at
having discovered the new country, it is not possible to
relate in words ; for rejoicing, no one could satisfy himself
in looking at the new land. Some could not restrain their
tears in embracing Columbus, others reverently kissed his
hands, those who had offended him asked pardon for their
ignorance, and all offered themselves as servants and humble
slaves to his great courage. Columbus had the boat lowered
and leaped on shore ; they cut down a tree and made it into
a cross, erecting it on the spot in the name of Jesus Christ
crucified. lie thus took possession of the Indies and the

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 21
New World for the sacred Catholic kings. In this way did <
Columbus discover the Indies, through his own valour and
glorious genius. Notwithstanding all this, his wonderful
achievement did not keep him clear from a thousand calum
nies, as you will see. First, the Exchequer, on his return
to Spain, disputed with him on the part of Martin Pizzone
and Francis, his brother, the captains of the two caravels,
accusing Columbus, if it had not been for them, of intending
to return to Spain without seeing the country of the Indies.'
Having taken possession of India, he cared for nothing
else, and the island being small, he re-embarked and pro
ceeded onward, discovering several other islands. At Cuba
he jumped on shore and named it Fernanda, in honour of
the king, Don Fernando, and was regarded with ill-will by
the islanders. In this interim the sea began to rise, and not
being in a safe port he immediately returned on board, and
fearing he might drive on some shoal changed his course.
Navigating thus he reached Haiti, which was by him called
the Spanish Island, La Isla Espanola, and there he anchored
in a port which he called Real. But here, the commodore's
ship drove on a rock and was wrecked. The crew, how
ever, and part of the ammunition, were saved on board the
caravels. Many Indians were dispersed about the shore,
looking at the ship with great wonder ; but on seeing some
Christians jump on shore, they were overcome by fear and
ran away. The Spaniards seized one of tlieir women and
led her to Columbus, who desired she should have some
thing to eat and drink. Then they drest her in a white
shirt, and by signs made her understand that she was to
' These skippers were the Martin Alonzo Pinzon and Yaiiez his brother,
of other accounts ; and from the recent investigations of Captain A. B.
Becher, R.N., it may be considered a settled point that the landfall thus
made by Columbus, on Friday, the 12th of October, 1492, called by the
natives Guanahani, was actually Watling's Island— one of the Bahama
Group. {Trans.)

^/'

%% HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
return to her own people, to re-assure them, and induce
them to come and visit him without any fear whatever. She
went, and when they saw her in that shirt they seemed
greatly astonished, all staring at so wonderful a thing. The
Indian related the kindness shewn her by Columbus, where
fore the others, induced by her, came, desirous to see the
new people clothed and bearded, and the one was emulous of
the other in coming round the caravels in their boats. At this
the Spaniards rejoiced greatly, for there was not an Indian
but had gold and silver round their arms or their neck, or
in their ears ; these they asked for by signs, and they, like
people who did not much esteem them [these metals), gave
some with pleasure to each.
Columbus, seeing so many Indians in the caravels that
they could hardly hold them, landed, accompanied by a
great many Spaniards, and was benignantly received by the
chief of that place, who in their language is called cacique
or general. His name was Guacanarillo, and, to bind their
friendship, they mutually made each other presents. Colum
bus gave him shirts, caps, knives, looking-glasses, and bells
of various sizes ; while the cacique presented him with a
good quantity of gold. Then he sent some of his men in a
sort of boat, which they call canoe, to help to bring on shore
the remainder of the wreck ; and did this willingly, with as
much love as if the things had been theirs. These Indians
had a remarkable tradition left them by their ancestors,
which became a true prophecy : that many years would not
pass before a strange people would come to their island, all
bearded, who would throw their idols down on the ground
and shed the blood of their children. If they had remem
bered this at the time, they would not have received the
Spaniards with such triumph and feasting. Columbus asked
them where they got that yellow metal, to M'hich he was
answered by signs, and shewn in certain rivers inland,
which dcBcciulcd from vory high mountains. Every day

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 23
there came a great many fresh tribes of those Indians, to
look at us with our beards, and they brought fruits, fish,
gold, and bread, as also other articles of food. Like mon
keys, they imitated the dress of the Christians, and when
these kneeled they also kneeled ; if the Christians reverently
raised their eyes to heaven, so did the Indians. And what
ever it was customary for us to do at the Ave Maria as being
evening, and then in the morning also, just the same was
done by them. Columbus was very joyful at having discovered
this new country, so abounding in gold and silver ; and
desirous to return to Spain to inform the king of the new
land that he had found, with the good will of the cacique
had a brick house built, and left thirty-eight Spaniards
there ; so that they might carefully investigate everything
in the island until his return, warning them to do every
thing discreetly and modestly. This was the first house
that the Spaniards built in India ; ' and thus Columbus,
with all his other men, went away.
Columbus took with him six Indians, all the gold that the
cacique gave him, some parrots, some maize, which is their
corn, and other new Indian articles. He reached Spain
safely, except that two Indians died on the voyage. Colum
bus was received by the king and the queen with very
great honour, they making him sit before them ; and here
every body was astonished to see the Indians naked ; and
these new people were still more surprised at the dress of
the court and of the king, who bestowed a title of honour on
Columbus, constituting him Admiral of the Ocean-sea, with
a tenth of aU the royal sales. And to his brother Bartholo
mew he gave the governorship of the Isla Espanola.
Columbus notified to the king all that had occurred, and
that by means of that island he hoped to discover other very
^ Other accounts state that this fort was constructed of timber from
the wreck of Columbus's ship : it was called La Natividad, and the gar
rison was commanded by Diego, d' Arena. {Trans.)

24 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
large and very rich countries. Therefore his Majesty
ordered three ships to be got ready, and fourteen caravels,
putting on board about fifteen hundred men, chiefly arti
ficers in mechanical arts, for things most requisite and suit
able to those countries. Columbus also provided himself
with horses, cows, sheep and pigs, as also goats, as well
males as females, for continuing the breed in those lands:
he carried oats, wheat, pulse, and plants of various sorts.
He embarked both priests and monks, to instruct those
nations in the Christian religion, and convert them to our
most holy faith ; whence furnished and accommodated with
everything, the Ammirante Christopher Columbus sailed
from Cadiz the Snd of September, 1493.
Thus Columbus went to sea again Peal Ammirante,
ploughing the waves more contentedly, and with greater
joy, than the former time. He also restored the four
Indians, whom the king had had baptized. He passed the
Canary islands, taking a course more to the left, towards
S.W., which he did not do on the previous voyage. Touch
ing at the isle Desiderata, which was the first that he
discovered (as before said), not landing, however, anywhere,
nor going into any port,' but continuing his navigation with
great joy, and wishing to reach Isla Spaniola (Hispaniola).
Yet on landing here he found it in a very different state to
what it was when he left it ; for the Indians had killed all
the Spaniards left by him there. The Ammirante imme
diately sent messengers to the Cacique Guacanarillo, and
gave him to understand how much he desired to know the
cause of the death of his men. The expostulations in
answer were by signs, and the other means of making them-
' Benzoni here does not quite quadrate with Ferdinand Colon's ac
count of the discovery of Dominica on Sunday morning, the meeting of
warlike Caribs, and the sojourn at Guadaloupe, where human limbs were
roasting at the fire, and where the delicious pine-apple was first tasted
by the Spaniards : and all this before they reached Hispaniola. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 25
selves understood by demonstrations were very numerous.
For these said that they forced their women, beat the men,
iind harassed them unreasonably ; yet (excusing themselves)
for this they had not injured them; but another chief (for
there were many very powerful in the island) had come,
and finding the bearded men housed, lest they should get
possession of the island, had killed them all ; yet that he,
the Cacique, seeing the house burn, had run to defend them.
" But my forces," he said, " were not sufficient. I was
even wounded, as you see," and he shewed his leg bound
up with cotton bandages. Still all these relations were
false, as the almirante afterwards heard ; wherefore making
him unbind his leg, it was found quite unhurt and not
wounded. And it was afterwards discovered that Quacana-
rillo himself had been the cause of the fire and of the death
of the Spaniards, because they ill-treated the Indians both
in deeds and words ; demanding gold of them, violating
their women, and committing other dishonest actions. Many
advised Columbus to punish him for this insolence ; but he
apprehending some greater evil, since he did not yet know
what might be their real amount of power, decided on re
straining himself, and reserving punishment for some better
opportunity. Establishing himself then for a second time
on shore, he, together with his people, began to erect a city,
which they baptized Isabella, by name, as a memorial of the
queen ; he built a fortress at the mines of Cibao, the spot
whence the riches were obtained ; and having rendered it
very strong and equal to defend itself against the Indians,
he left his brother Bartholomew there, governor of the island.
Columbus then sailed away, with three of the caravels,
to discover new countries. He found Cuba on the south
side, and Jamaica, with other islands. He landed at various
places, and was well received by those new people. Re
turning to the Isla Spaniola he found a convenient port,
and called it San Nicolas. The " Almirante" adopted this

26 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
port for refreshing the crews and repairing the caravels, as
they had become very leaky; then he wished to go and
destroy all the Caribs and burn their boats.^ But Fortune,
who is an enemy to all great enterprizes, afflicted Columbus
with so serious a disease, that he had to give up the expedi
tion and allow himself to be carried to the town of Isabella,
where he found a great many Spaniards dead or dying;
whilst those who were well had made nd slight tumult, and
had not conducted themselves honourably towards his bro
ther. Some caciques had rebelled, through the insolence,
the thefts, and the homicides and other rapines that they
had undergone from the Spaniards in many parts of the
island. He also found that the greater part of the islanders
not only had refused to sow their lands with any grain for
making bread, but had destroyed all that was left of the
harvest ; thinking that if the strange people did not find
anything to eat, they would be forced to leave the island ;
for, like desperate people, on account of the cruel servitude to
which they were reduced, they were content to die of hunger
themselves. Columbus being ruled by prudence, had all
the Spaniards executed who had been the cause of these
revolutions, this confusion and injury, and endeavoured to
re-acquire the friendship of the oflfended caciques as best he
could. These punishments led the Spaniards to hold Colum
bus in odium, and because he would not allow of their
ribaldry and thieving, they could not bear to hear him
named. Hence it arose, that a great many of them wrote
violently against him to the king, and accused the brother of
dishonourable things ; wherefore Columbus resolved, as soon
as he recovered, to go to Spain.
In this interira it should be noted, that a beavy misfortune
occurred, deserving of serious consideration. Some insisted
^ This must have been to execute the postponed vengeance before
a,lluded to; but why Fortune opposes all great actions— mWca di tutte
I'imprese valorose — is not shewn. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 27
that the great enemy of mankind, seeing so many souls
rescued, from his power by holy baptism, had contrived all
this destruction ; others thought that it was a warning of the
discord and rebellions that were to follow on account of the
riches ; and it was a general opinion, that the erection of
the holy ensign of the cross in these islands was driving
away the infernal spirits, who had been so long masters of
those rough and ignorant men, and that they made all this
disturbance in their forced flight. From the eastward there
came a tremendous storm, such as those islanders had never
before seen ; some winds arose, and one especially, called by
the Spaniards furacano,' which came with such violence
that it imposed terror both on heaven and earth, and seemed
as if it would destroy both ; wherefore everybody felt sure
they should die, and that the elements would be confounded
and resolved, and so end the world. The lightnings of the
air were violent and frequent, the thunder was loud and
frightful, the day seemed night, and the darkness so intense
that men could not see each other. You would find the
people frightened, and stupified, and out of their minds,
running about without knowing where they were ; and so
raging were the winds that they fought together screaming,
they tore up the trees, they detached stones from the sides
of the mountains, and with great fury hurled them into the
plains ; leveling houses, killing men, and even whole houses
with their inhabitants in them, were carried through the
air and then smashed ! So that the howling of the people
was heard everywhere, melancholy and doleful : thus in a
1 In translating from so old an Italian book, it may be useful to remark,
that orthography has never been sufficiently attended to in that language.
They generally regard many letters as synonymous : thus, not only b
and V, but also c and g, p and b, etc., are similarized. Benzoni especially,
being an illiterate man, cannot be depended on in his spelling ; and he,
moreover, prefixes a letter sometimes to a regular word, as Landaluzia
for Andaluzia, or Fonduras for Onduras, and in the instance before^ us,
where Ua furacano means an uracano, which we by aspiration make into
. hurricane and hurricane. {Trans.)

28 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
few hours extreme injury was done; even three ships that were
in a very safe port, tore up their heavy anchors, broke their
new strong cables, and were sunk with all their crews who
were on board. Many Indians saved themselves in certain
caverns ; and when they came out again, were so alarmed
and confused by the novelty of the case that they could
scarcely breathe, their speech was restricted and their voice
gone. When somewhat recovered, these islanders began to
reason with each other, and had very diff'erent opinions
from wbat the Christians entertained ; for they imputed all
the mischief that had happened to the conduct of the Span
iards, and believed that heaven wished to have forced them
away from them ; but whether it was this or any other cause,
I shall leave to the judgment of the more learned, and to
intellects more worthy than either mine or those of the
Indians. In the course of the five subsequent years, two
other similar storms occurred ; I was on Terra Firma at the
time ; the last was the most violent, and alarmed every part
of the island extremely. It destroyed nearly all the crops,
ruined the major part of the houses, and the sugar factories,
and nearly all the cattle of every sort perished. To such a
degree did this extend, that the Spaniards would have died
of hunger, if, by the grace of God, some ships had not
arrived there from Spain ; which bringing a great quantity
of flour and of biscuit, caused abundance to reign.
The almirante had the caravels repaired in haste, for he
had a great many workmen, both expert and valorous. Won
dering and astonished at the ruin, and at the mortality that
had occurred among the Indians, he embarked as soon as
the vessels were ready; and he reached Spain in safety.
Landing at Cadiz, he posted up to the court, and presented
himself to the royal crown. He gave the king information
of the country newly found, presented him with much gold
and other things of great value ; related all that occurred in
Isla Espanola; carrying with him the trials of the Spaniards

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 29
whom he had punished for the sake of justice ; and excul
pating himself from the calumnies and malicious accusations
that had been thrown upon him. The king seeing his
fidelity in having brought him so much gold, for there were
some pieces to be weighed by the pound, and knowing
through dispatches the good discipline he had kept up, he
consoled and thanked him ; but represented that in future
he had better be less severe than to incur the death of Span
iards, since they had gone so far to serve him.'
His majesty now had twelve caravels prepared for him,
loaded them with every kind of provision, and then deli
vered them over to Columbus ; who immediately sent two
of them off to his brother. They performed the voyage and
arrived safely. Going to the port on the west shore, they
found there Roldan Ximenes, who from a low station had
been raised by Columbus to be an honoured man, master of
justice. This man had rebelled with a great many Spaniards,
and making head would not obey the governor, persisting
in unbridled robberies, and scouring the island at their
own will, all actions that the governor would not tolerate.
Ximenes went off" to the caravels, and so urged them to rob
the treasures of the island that they joined him ; he showing
them how they could go freely from one village to the other,
capturing gold and every other sort of valuable thing, so as
soon to become very rich. Thus giving themselves up to
enjoy the provisions, and visiting many places, they com
mitted every sort of crime without being afraid of any body.
The Quarionese cacique, seeing the utter ruin that the
Christians were bringing upon him, united his forces to those
of another cacique called Maraboneso ; and defending them-
' The conduct of the court seems to have been courteous and wise
throughout ; but, in truth, with all his great merits, Columbus was in
fected with some of the practices which degraded his successors. As to
his austerity to his own men, he was probably no more severe than was
absolutely necessary in such marauding expeditions. {Trans^

30 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
selves from the pillagers, they several times descended from
the hills into the plains where the Spaniards were, and kill
ing as many as they could, tore them in pieces, as well as
those Indians who were friends and united to them ; with
barbarous rage they cut them into the sraallest pieces.
Whilst these disorders were occurring in the Isla Spa-
nola, the almirante sailed from San Luca on the 20th of
May, 1498, with the remainder of the fleet, and steered for
Mandera, one of the seven islands of Portugal, called the
Azores.' He took this course for it was the safest, it being
war time ; besides which many French privateers, hearing
of the riches of the Indies, were cruizing to make prizes.
He sent six caravels on in advance, while he with three
others sailed for Cape Verd, laying his course near the
equinoctial line ; where he underwent great inconvenience
and sufferings, as well on account of the calms as the very
great heat, it being the month of June. Finally they reached
India, and having entered the Gulf of Paria, he arrived in
the island of Cubagua, by him called the Pearl Island. The
reason of this was the following. Cruizing about the gulf in
his caravels, the almirante saw some Indians in a boat fishing ;
and to learn what sort of people they were, and where they
lived, he sent a boat with some sailors, who having reached
the Indians joined with them. Nor did the fishermen ap
pear at all alarmed, but, on the contrary, were pleased, and
seemed to admire the Spaniards as handsome men. They
found the natives were fishing for oysters, and supposing
these good to eat, they turned to opening them, but were
StiU better pleased to find thera full of pearls. They landed
' This Mandera would seem to be an easy transition from Madera, or
Madeira, but that Benzoni so expressly states it to be one of the seven
{there are nine) islands of the Azores. There must, however, be an error
or confusion on this point, for elsewhere (p. 10^ in orig.) he says :—
(' Madera, d ad altre Isole de gli Azori." The Gulf of Paria lies between
Trinidad and the mainland,' and is often mentioned in the sequel.
(Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 31
from their boat, and saw the Indian women all adorned with
beautiful pearls, as well round their necks as round their
arms; yet they were not prized by their possessors, who
regarded them only as slight feminine ornaments ; so that
merely for an earthenware plate, a broken one, that a sailor
gave to an Indian woman, she gave him four rows of her
pearls. With these he returned on board all joyous and
rich, shewing his pearls to every body. The ulmirante was
delighted beyond everything, and addressing all the ship's
crew he said to thera : " We have reached the richest coun
try in the world !" He then approached the land, and
entered the river of Cumana.
The natives seeing such large and well- constructed vessels
as the caravels, and astonished at the bearded faces, talked
among themselves as to what sort of beiiigs these could be,
whether from above or from the water ? Then, in the best
way they could explain by signs, they sent to entreat that
the almirante would consent to come on shore and shew
himself to their chief, who wished very much to see him.
Columbus heajfing this, although they made every sign of
fi'iendship, was loath to come on shore lest there should be
some deceit. The Indians perceiving that they were afraid of
landing, went in numbers to the caravels, and gave them
selves up to the captain, openly shewing a pure and cordial
friendship towards what seemed to them both new and of
superhuman creation. In looking at the ship, they won
dered at the cables, at the anchors, and at all the rigging.
Before going away (having very much caressed them) they
had knives, looking-glasses, gingles, little bells, and other
things of small value, given to them. The almirante dili
gently inquiring, as well as he was able, where they found
those beautiful pearls, and they by signs shewing the shores
of Cubagua, where they fished for them. Columbus made
several Spaniards land, and the cacique received the party
with much pleasure into his house, gave them to eat and to

32 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
drink of the dirty viands that they are accustomed to, and
presented them, seeing that they were desirous of such
articles, a great quantity of pearls ; like a man who does not
much esteem them, and possesses a great abundance, much
in the way that we should give away paternosters of glass
beads. Pleased with such riches the Spaniards returned to
their ships, and the almirante, still happier, went coasting
along towards Cape la Vela. Then crossing the sea he
arrived in Isla Espanola, where he found the following
disorders.' Roldan Ximenes having rebelled, he vainly endeavoured
to recall him to his duty and to obedience by a letter, re
commending that he should cease from shewing the Indians
such a bad example, since this was not the way to entice
them to adopt the holy faith. He also held out, that the
very ample bull granted by the most holy pontiflf, Alex
ander VI, to the Catholic kings to conquer new countries,
was not with the intention that the new people should be so
ill treated, but that they should be well rewarded, so as to
attract them to the holy faith of Christ the ^viour and our
Redeemer. Roldan refused his advice and entreaty ; and
maintaining himself at the head of his party, wrote to the
king of many bad actions of Bartholomew, governor of the
island, calling him a cruel tyrant, and shewing that for the
smallest and most unimportant causes he had men hung ;
and that all their leaders were ambitious and haughty.
Nor had he rebelled from them, but because he found them
cruel tyrants and wild beasts, desirous of shedding human
blood ; and that his majesty would find out at last that the
almirante himself was an enemy to his majesty's empire, and
that he would make himself master of the islands. Already
1 Much of the anarchy and confusion which Columbus found prevalent
.^t the newly-found town, St. Domingo, are traceable to the want of firm
ness to support subordination in his brother, the adelantado; who, how
ever, had a very difacult task. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 33
all his familiars were stationed at the gold mines, closing the
entrance from every body else. That justice was badly
administered, since will and not reason was the law ; warn
ing also falsely, that the admiral had partly kept the dis
covery of the pearls secret, with the intention of endeavour
ing by some agreement witb his majesty to keep that island
for himself.
The almirante, on his side, also notified to the king the bad
mind and inclination of these turbulent men, making known
to him that they attended to nothing but robbing, ravishing )/
the women, scouring through every part of the island like
assassins and men not less wicked than traitors, having laid
aside all fear of God. Finally, they had seized upon the
two caravels sent from Spain for his brother Bartholomew,
had taken all the provisions for their own use, and having
united for evil purposes, were committing all the robberies
that they could. From this dishonesty it had resulted, that
a number of chiefs in the island had revolted, with very j,
great injury to all ; whilst the rioters, fearing that if they
returned to their duty they should be punished as their
crimes deserved, persevered in their evil deeds and lived
unrestrained. Whilst these accusations were being forwarded to Spain^
the almirante sent his brother, with eighty Spaniards and some
horses, against the caciques who had rebelled, and were
encamped with six thousand armed men, At the first attack,
the Indians were so frightened at the infuriated horses, that
they ran away to the woods. After this, there occurred
various battles with Guarionez and four other chiefs, but in
a short time they were all defeated ; the leaders escaped to
the mountains, -frhere they were finally taken, and led before
the almirante. But when they promised to be his friends and
become vassals of the king of Spain, to prove his clemency
to them, so that they should not think he had caused their
misfortunes, Columbus received them benignly, and making

34 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
them some of the usual presents, sent them back to their
people.! About the time that the almirante and his brother were sub
duing the rebellious caciques and their people, and bringing
them back to obedience, both the admiral's letter and that
from Roldan arrived in Spain. They caused great grief
both to the king and queen, shewing La Isla Espanola to
be in such a sad state. Already in the court, the great
abundance of gold and of other riches produced in the rivers,
was talked of among the noblemen ; each of whom burned
with avarice, and was looking out anxiously to obtain such
a government to enrich himself. Yet they did not dare to
ask for such a thing, owing to the great reputation the ad
miral held in the opinion of their majesties ; they therefore
tried other means to bring their wishes to the desired con
clusion. These nobles began to report throughout the court
' that Columbus and his brother, having become very rich,
wished to get possession of the islands, and make themselves
masters of all the new countries that had been discovered.
Of this they shewed evident symptoms in several letters,
written by men worthy of faith, as much in the excavation
of the gold, as in sending but little to Spain ; and, what is
much worse, that under various pretexts, he was making the
Spaniards gradually die off, only to extirpate them, so that
they (he and his brother) might alone remain to give effect
to their designs. These reports, and many others, were so
circulated and multiplied, that they at last came to the ears
of the king and queen. Nor were motives of partiality
wanting to make their credit appear greater to their majes
ties. The king, not to fail in his duty to his kingdom,
deterrained to endeavour to know the truth of everything,
and to send a judge there, who should find out why there
' In order to tread out the embers of insurrection Columbus was unu
sually conciliating : he even reinstated Roldan, the arch-traitor, in his
office of alcalde-mayor. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 35
had not appeared as much gold as the almirante had pro
mised ; the which had remained for want of power to exca
vate, in consequence of the discords, rebellions, and wars that
had happened, besides other impediments.
His majesty therefore sent Francesco Bombadiglia as new
governor of the island, commissioning him to send true in
formation home, and to discover the cause and origin of so
much misunderstanding between Columbus and Roldan ;
giving him also ample authority of government. With this
royal commission he left Cadiz in 1499, accompanied by four
caravels of war ; and on arriving at La Isla Espanola, he
was announced to the almirante and his brother ; upon
wbich they went together, as was their duty, to meet him
respectfully and to receive him honourably on his arriving
at the port, as sent by royalty ; thinking that because they
had sincere hearts, others had also. But instead of compli
ments, they were seized, put in irons, and what grieved
them the more, sent separately into two caravels ; they were
despatched to Spain thus badly treated, prisoners, and
in bonds. A truly miserable case and deserving of compas
sion ; a notable example of misfortune, since he who was a
little while before in the highest repute with a most power
ful king, for having discovered for him so many new and
rich countries, by his own talents and high genius; to whom, if
he had lived in the time of the Greeks or of the Romans, or
of any other liberal nation, they would have erected a statue
and whom they would have worshipped in a temple like a deity,
— was now thrown to the ground by vile malignity.^ And
in a case where (in the opinion of any sensible man) no suf-
' This Bombadiglia of Benzoni was the Comendador Francisco de
Bobadilla, an impetuous-tempered, narrow-minded man, thus unfortu
nately selected for an office superior to his ability. The captain of the
ship would fain have released Columbus from his bonds, but he disdained
being released except by royal order ; and he ever afterwards preserved
the chains in his chamber, directing that they should be buried with
him. {Trans)

36 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
ficient mode of remuneration could be found for so great a
benefit received, offence was pretended in order not to
reward him. On the arrival of the caravels in Spain, the
king heard how dishonourably these injured men had been
brought home, with irons on their feet and prisoners.
Wherefore, moved by an admirable and compassionate
heart, he sent by post to Cadiz to have them restored to
liberty; and he desired that they should, as they deserved,
appear in his presence honourably accompanied and dressed,
like worthy men On their arrival they were courteously
received, were heard, their truth was accepted, and mea
sures taken to punish the criminals.
When Bombadiglia, the new governor, had sent the pri
soners off' to Spain, Roldan, with his companions, returned
to obedience, and all agreeing together, they began again to
work the islanders at their gold mines, not attending to any
thing but this wretched avarice, devoting all their ex
ertions thereto. At this time King Ferdinand, who felt
in his own mind what he ought to do in justice to the past
events, sent Niccol6 d'Olanda to La Isla Espanola, with
the authority of viceroy, to displace Bombadiglia. Accord
ingly he left San Lucar with thirty sail, between ships
and caravels, and arrived at the island in forty days. Bomba-
diglio, seeing so powerful a superior arrive, imraediately
made preparations to go back to Spain with the ships that
had brought the viceroy, and embarked with a great trea
sure amounting to upwards of a hundred and fifty thousand
ducats; boasting that besides this, he was carrying many
pieces of gold to the queen, and among them was one
weighing three thousand ducats.
There were with him Roldan Ximenez and other oflScers,
besides four hundred Spaniards, all rich men, and, quit
ting the island, they began their voyage. We should here re
flect on the justice of the Almighty in punishing the malig
nity of man, and remember, that all our treasures and

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 37
riches, in which we put so much faith, are but dreams and
false shadows. Behold 1 a suddenly violent storm arose, and
twenty-four vessels were harassed, were crippled, were dis
persed, were sunk. Bombadiglia was drowned; Roldan^
was drowned, with the greater part of the other Spaniards ;
so all the king's and the queen's treasure was lost, together
with their own ; and thus ended all the punishments, all
the accusations, all the quarrels, and everything else that
might have followed !
When the islanders heard for certain that Roldan was
wrecked, as well as the other Spaniards who had afflicted
them so much by making them labour in the mines for
gold, they rejoiced greatly, saying among themselves, " These
men will never more force us to dig in the gold mines, and
lead the wretched life that they inflicted on us."
Already in Spain the news was spread abroad of the-
great abundance of pearls that had been found by the Al
mirante in Cubagua and Cumand, and thus many people
thirsted to go there. On the king's hearing of this, express
orders were issued, that no captain of a ship should
approach within fifty leagues of the lands discovered by
Christopher Columbus, without permission ; granting full
licence, however, to everybody to seek for countries that
had not been seen before.
About this time Alonso Nunez set out with a ship, and
thirty-four Spaniards, among whom there were some of
those who had gone with the almirante when he discovered
Cubagua; and therefore when once in India again, they
cared not for the royal orders, but, anxious to enrich them
selves, they entered the Gulf of Paria, coasting along the
shores of Cumand, Amaracopanna, and other places dis
covered by the almirante ; and Alonso Nuiiez landing with
some of his people, was kindly received by the inhabitants.
' This troublesome malcontent is frequently also named Ximenez ;
this is because he was born at Torre de Don Ximenes. {Trans.)

38 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
He bartered for a good quantity of pearls, and, having
enriched himself, he returned to Spain ; but on the voyage
the soldiers disputed with the captain about the partition of
the pearls. Thus on reaching Spain they landed in Galitia,^
avoiding Seville, for fear of being punished by the king, in
consequence of having entered countries that had been dis
covered by Columbus. But after he had landed, some of
the sailors accused him to the governor of the province,
revealing all, saying, what a ladrone he was ; that he had
secreted very many pearls, cheating the king of his fifth,
besides being guilty of the disobedience of going to a
country already known. The governor immediately had
him put into prison, seized many pearls, and then sent him
bound to the king, Don Fernando.
Before proceeding any farther, I will here enter fully into
the opinion held by those strange generations of Indians
respecting Christians, on their first appearance in those new
countries. We should state that when first the Spanish nation
went to India, and especially to the provinces on the mainland
in the Northern Sea^ in many places the Indians were struck
with astonishment and great admiration, considering and
talking among themselves as to whence this bearded people
could have come : and then seeing their swords and their
mode of dress, the ship, the sails, the cables, the anchors,
and other things, they stood open-mouthed, looking again
and again at so wonderful a spectacle, and each uttering his
opinion. Some said that a storm must have driven them
there ; while some who had heard their guns, thought they
were people who ruled the thunder among the clouds, and
had come down from heaven to see the earth : others re
mained confused and speechless, not knowing what to say of
' Galicia, the north-west province of Spain, with Portugal intervening
between it and Seville. This early contrabandista probably sought
security in Coruiia. {Trans.)
" Northern Sea, or gulf of Mexico, so called to distinguish it from the
Southern Sea, or Pacific. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 39
SO strange and new a people. They were in some places
well received as a novelty ; but elsewhere, on the contrary,
they were not willingly received, it appearing to the Indians
that the visitors had a fierce aspect, and that their friendship
must occasion them great evil, but little or no good.
Wherefore, as the Spaniards leaped on shore, the natives
wounded them with severe darts, and threw stones at them
so weU. that they killed many, or made them rush back to
their boats. However, wherever the natives took pleasure
in seeing them, their very chiefs humbled themselves, and
begged and supplicated the Spaniards to go to their tribes,
each joyfully wishing that they were in their own house,
and all with great pleasure brought both eatables and beve
rages. The Spaniards had their eyes intent on those
Indians who wore pearls round their necks or their arms,
and felt annoyed at not being able to get any ; so seeing
them abounding in jewels in their nostrils, with gold, blue
stones,' and emeralds, began, to ask for some, and they
not prizing them gave some to all, and plentifully, like an
uncivilized and careless people.
In this friendly intercourse they asked questions of each
other, as well as they could, by signs, the Indians wishing
to know whence the Spaniards came, and what nation they
were ; to which it was answered, that they were a genera
tion called Christians, sons of God, the Creator of heaven
and of earth ; and that the king of Castile, a worthy man,
and the Pope, the vicar of the heavenly Saviour, had sent
them to announce to the world things of importance and
great consolation, and that in a short time they wished to
return whence they had come. The Indians, fully believing
what they said, depended on its being so, and, thinking
they should never see them again, many came each day to
^ Were these blue stones sapphires ? The " wishes must have fathered
the thought" in understanding so much, in what followed, by mere
signs — the most ambiguous interpretation possible between people who
are utterly ignorant of each other's language. {Trans.)

40 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
look at them, esteeming themselves happy if they might
touch them, and present something to them. But when the
Indians saw that, after the departure of these men, others
came, and that already they were beginning to build houses, to
settle themselves in the country, to illtreat them, to ask them
for pearls and for precious stones, besides subjecting them
to torments and abuse ; they began to complain that these
facts did not agree with their saying that they were the sons
of God ; but that they must have some other bad master,
since he permitted their depriving the natives of their
liberty, subjecting them to servitude, and killing them.
They maintained that these were not works descended from
heaven ; and finally, that people receiving good and return
ing evil for it, could not be worthy sons of God ; that they
used good words, and then committed bad deeds. There
were some who said. What sort of God can this be that has
brought forth so many bad sons, and such wicked men ? If
the father is like the sons, he cannot be good ; and held
many such and other similar arguments.
If the Spaniards had shown any kindness when they first
entered those countries, and had persevered in exercising be
nignity and humanity, instead of persevering in cruelty and
avarice, we might have hoped that the generation of savages
would have learned to cultivate reason, to acquire some
degree of virtue and honour, and have been creditable to the
Christian name ; then there would not have ensued the
death of so many Spaniards, nor the destruction of such
multitudes of Indians, as you will hear in the sequel of this
history, and instead of bearing us constant hatred and
abusing us, they would have loved and reverenced us.
Now let us return to the almirante Columbus, who re
mained three years at court,' much caressed by the king.
^ This delay arose from the difficulty of bringing into effect the various
plans for a fourth voyage, which his passion for discovery led Columbus
to propose. Of this the leading purpose was his original idea of opening

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 41
He then fitted up for him three caravels according to his
wishes, that he might discover more countries, and search
out the strait leading into the Southern Ocean, which was
afterwards called Magliane's^ from a Portuguese of this
name who found it.
Thus Columbus started ftom Cadiz on the Oth of May,
1502,* together with his brother, and soon reached La Isla
Espanola. Some say that Bombadiglia' prohibited his
entering the port, and that the almirante complained much
of it, saying, that he was not aUowed to enter the town that
he himself had built. This was not done to serve the
king ;* but others say that he did enter. But let that be as
it may, he steered a course to the westward, found the
island of Guanaxia, near the mainland, a large province,
called by the natives Iguera, and by the Spaniards, Cape
Fonduri; there he landed, was much caressed by those
chiefs, and many fowls were presented to them, as well as
bread and fruit ; but he found no signs of gold, although
there Were very rich mines, which they did not esteem at
all. The almirante gave them some of the usual articles of
little value, and then departed, retracing his steps ; and,
coasting along to the eastward, found Veragua, and landed
a new track to the East Indies, which he now supposed to be separated
from the new world by a sea, with which there might probably be a com
munication by means of some strait. {Trans.)
' In reply to De Mure, Jansen, De Bry, Chauveton, and others, it
may here be noted, that Benzoni has not himself said a word on the pre
tended claim of Martin Behaim to the discovery of this strait. {Trans.)
' Erroneously given as 1504 by Benzoni in both editions.
° Benzoni must here mean the viceroy, whom he terms Olanda, whose
name was Nicholas de Ovando. From certain tokens, Columbus appre
hended a hurricane, and requested permission to enter the harbour, at
the same time warning the homeward bound fleet not to sail. His request
and his warning were equally disregarded : the hurricane came on, the
fleet was mostly destroyed, his inveterate enemies, Bobadilla and Roldan,
were drowned, and Columbus escaped its fury by precaution. {Trans.)
* " Del che non era servigio della Maestk de Ee" — an ambiguous sen
tence. {Trans.)

42 HISTORY OF THB NEW WORLD.
among the islands of Zoroharo, not very far from Terra
Firma. He learned from those islanders that all the coun
try of Veragua abounded in gold ; and proceeding thus he
coasted onwards to the Gulf of Vrana, where he landed,
and in some places obtained information respecting the
SouthernOcean. In the course of these discoveries he lost two
caravels, and as the other two leaked very much, he returned
to the island of Cuba, thence to Jamaica. In consequence
of the great labour and suflferings that they had undergone,
some of the Spaniards had died, and a good many of the
rest were ill. Francis Pores, the captain of one of the
caravels, with the greater part of the soldiers, took to free-
booting, and captured some Indian boats ; after which they
went in the direction of La Isla Espanola. The islanders
seeing thus the discord that reigned among the Christians,
and that Pores had gone off with the best part of the men
(for those who remained with the alniirante were almost all
ill), not only refused to provide them with food, but began
to consider how they could kill him.
Columbus was thus in a great mental conflict, seeing that
the natives would in no way furnish him with provisions,
neither for barter, nor entreaties, nor for goodwill, and that
he could not get them by force. Since his men were in a
sad condition, he determined to obtain them in another way ;
and it really may be believed that it was by Divine inspira
tion, in order that so great a man should not perish thus.
The almirante being near a village, called some of the In
dians, and when they came into his presence, he told them,
that if they did not provide him with everything that he
required, God would shortly send such a punishment from
heaven that they would all die ; and, as a proof of this, he
bade them look steadily, and in two days they would see
the moon full of blood. ' Now the Indians, seeing that this
^ This must have beeu the total eclipse of the moon on the 29th of
February, 1504; and which Riociolo registers at 13 hours 36 minutes
for its middle. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 43
happened on the day and hour that the invader predicted,
for there was an eclipse, immediately from fear provided
him with whatever he wanted as long as he remained on the
island, begging that he would forgive them, and be no
longer angry with them. So the sick people recovered by'
means of these provisions. At this time Francis Pores re
turned to the island, for he could not resist the bad weather
in those barks, so he intended to get possession of one of
the caravels, if an opportunity off'ered ; and after repairing
it as well as he could, endeavour to return with his followers
to Isla Espanola, but when he came to the port he found
the caravels full of water.
The almirante having heard of their arrival, put his
people in order, and, assisted by his brother, attacked them.
They fought, and Columbus conquered ; some died, some
were wounded on both sides, and Pores and his brother
were made prisoners. This was the first battle of the
Spaniards in India.
After this victory the almirante remained .several months
longer in this island, from not having any ship fit to go
away in ; and decided that it would be best to send to La
Espanola to provide himself with one. He despatched his
steward, Diego Mendez, in a country bark,' accompanied
by ten Indians, promising to satisfy them very well if they
conducted him safely. Thus they started, and like practical
men, they followed a line of rocks, because they can only
navigate those barks in fine weather ; for if they have much
sea to combat they easily capsize. With great trouble,
therefore, the Indians reached La Espanola, and immedi
ately they turned back to Jamaica, to notify that they had
1 This " barca del paese," it appears, was one of two large canoes
which were purchased by Columbus from the natives : the second was
under the charge of Bartholomew Fiesco, who bore a prominent part in
the hardy and hazardous enterprize. But eight months elapsed before
the admiral was relieved ! {Trans)

44 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
carried Diego Mendez safely to the island, and that he set
off on foot to go to San Domenico. - The almirante was
greatly rejoiced, thanked them very much, then gave them
some knives, and some bells, both large and small ; thus, as
if they had received a very great present, they joyfully re
turned to their homes.
On Diego Mendez reaching San Domenico, he gave the
letter from the almirante to the chief comendador, who im
mediately ordered a caravel to be got ready, while Mendez,
with the almirante's money, bought another caravel, and
both together, laden with provisions, set sail. On their arri
val at Jamaica Columbus embarked, and soon reached San
Domenico, where he rested a few days, and then with the
first ships, taking his brother with him, he went over to
Spain. On arriving at court he gave information of all that
had happened, and of the countries that he had last disco
vered, not without great admiration from all the court.^ In
a few days Columbus fell iU, and growing daily worse, from
the great sufferings that he had undergone in his voyages,
in a short time died, — and thus finished the course of hia
honourable life on the Sth of May 1506. He ordered that
his body should be taken to Seville, to the monastery of the
fraternity of the Gartuja. He left a little son, called Diego
Colombo, who, from his great virtue, deservedly had to wife
the lady Donna Maria, daughter of the most illustrious Don
Ferdinand, of Toledo, chief comendadore of Leon. The
Almirante Colombo was of Cucureo, a village in the lord
ship of Genoa. His progenitors were natives of Piacenza,
in Lombardy, of the noble line of the Pilistregli ; and when
young he devoted himself to nautical science. He was a
man of a good reasonable stature, with strong, sound limbs ;
of good judgment, high talent, and gentlemanlike aspect.
' Columbus, on his return, had the mortification of finding his best
friend, Queen Isabella, dead ; and the prejudiced Ferdinand, though
coldly civil, was little disposed to redress his injuries. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 45
His eyes were bright, his hair red, his nose aquiline, his
mouth somewhat large ; but, above all, he was a friend to
justice, though rather passionate when angry.'
I said above how the king, Don Ferdinand, issued an
order, when the almirante discovered the Island of Pearls,
that no one should dare to approach it within fifty leagues ;
blit seeing what little attention was paid to his orders, so that
a great many people went there, he sent treasurers to collect
the royal dues, and thus began the Pearl Fishery. Then
some monks repaired there, to instruct the Indians in our
most holy faith. They went on to the mainland, where
many Spaniards had gone to barter with the Indians, and
established some monasteries ; but those Indians beginning
already to feel the cruel injuries of the Spaniards, who by
force seized them, by force made them fish for pearls, and
were continually beating and sometimes wounding them,
made head against them. Hence one morning at dawn, the
Indians assailed the Spaniards, made a sanguinary slaughter
of them, and with dancing and leaping eat them, both monks
and laymen.^
Some few escaped in a caravel that was lying on the
Cumand river, and went to San Domenico, to inform Bartho
lomew, the governor of the island, of the rebellion of the
Cumanese. He immediately raised three hundred soldiers,
and put one Diego d'Ocampo at their head, who soon after
' It is curious to compare thia portrait with that which the great
navigator's son, Ferdinand Colon, gave. He says — "The admiral was
well shaped, and of more than a middling stature, long visaged, his
cheeks somewhat full, yet neither fat nor lean ; he had a hawk nose, his
eyes light, his complexion white with a lovely red ; in his youth his hair
was fair, but when he came to thirty years of age it all tumed grey."
{Trans) ^ There can be little doubt that it is from the stories of such doings on
the Pearl Coast, and the horrid feastings pictured in De Bry's book, that
Defoe represented the cannibalism in " Robinson Crusoe." And this also
¦ shows, that however he might have been indebted to Selkirk for hints and
suggestions, yet Juan Fernandez was not the locality assumed. {Trai\^)

46 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
getting out of the port reached Cumand, and ordered that all
the people, excepting the sailors, should hide themselves
below deck, so that the Indians, perceiving but few Span
iards, should more easily be tempted to go on board, sup
posing that they had come from Spain direct and not from
San Domenico. Accordingly the Indians, seeing the ship,
approached the banks of the river and asked whence they
came ; to which it was answered from Castille, and they were
desired by signs to come nearer the ship. Still the Indians
were doubtful that they were from Haiti, and wished to
ascertain ; so a few of them went near, thinking they should
be able to distinguish whether it came from Spain or from
some other country. They brought many pearls, pretending
that they came to barter, and seeing so few Christians on
board, they made sure that they were from Spain, and not
from Haiti; and that they had not the most distant know
ledge of their rebeUion, so that they would be able to do
with these as they had done with the rest, and consequently
rejoiced much among themselves. The captain received
them kindly, and bartered for their pearls, pretending not
to know anything, and by signs entreated them to go and
fetch more pearls if they wished still to barter ; and also to
bring provisions for the crew. Therefore, when the Indians
landed, they informed the cacique that they found but few
men on board the ship, so that they could easily kill them
all ; upon which he ordered that a great many of them
should return to the ship, and should manage so as to make
those few Christians jump on shore. The better to accom
plish their intention, they were to tell the captain that the
governor of that place had a great many pearls for barter ;
and with this ill-woven tale they returned to the ship. The
captain now perceiving that there would be a good grasp,
thought he need not wait any longer, so made his soldiers
rush up from their hiding place, and, laying hands upon
the Indians who were on board, took some of them pri-

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 47
soners, killed others, and the rest sought to escape by throw
ing themselves into the river. All those that were captured
the captain hung to the yard-arms,^ to strike terror into the
survivors ; and thus he returned to Cubagua, the islanders
remaining astounded and confused at such a spectacle. He
then went back to Cumand, and, landing all his soldiers,
committed so much cruelty upon the natives, that the poor
people seeing themselves ruined, and almost destroyed,
were constrained to beg for peace.
Diego granted them peace, and when the agreement was
concluded, he made the Indians construct twenty-five straw
huts on the bank of the river, calling it the town of Toledo,
as I have said above. He now determined to inhabit Cuba
gua, and gave fresh impetus to the pearl fishery. Eight friars
then arrived from San Domenico, they established a monas
tery at Cumand, another at Amaracapana, and so went
among those Indians teaching them the doctrine of our faith.
They taught the children of some of the chiefs to read and
write, whereat all the Indians were very much pleased, and
shewed themselves very friendly to the Spaniards, letting
them go wherever they chose. So much so, that without
any fear, the Spaniards went as much as three hundred
miles away by land along the coast, seeking for gold, pearls,
and other things.
Whilst these various incidents were occurring at Cumand,.
Doctor Bartholomew de Las Casas, a priest, who resided at
San Domenicoy hearing of the abundance of pearls that were
fished up at Cubagua, of the fertility of that country, also
of the cruelty exercised by the Spaniards oii the natives,
went over to Spain, and to the court, where, in conse
quence of the death of the king Don Ferdinand, the prince
Don Carlos (afterwards named emperor) had succeeded as
1 The reader will probably recollect Theodore De Bry's representation
of this infamous act ; an act which indelibly disgraced the early settle
ment of that fine and capacious port, CumanS,. {Trans)

48 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
heir to the kingdoms of Spain, and was crowned as Charles
V. The Doctor asked him for the government of Cumand,
informing him of the wicked and horrid treatment that the
Indians of that province were daily undergoing from the
very rapacious Spanish soldiery. That on this account they
had rebelled, and all the Spaniards in that district had been
killed; but that if he went there he would mitigate all
these horrors, and that he would treat the Indians so well
that he should be praised by everybody; and above all
things, he would increase the royal revenues. AU this was
contradicted by Dr. Luigi Zappata and others, who were
concerned in the government of India ; and who repre
sented Bartholomew as a weak, vain man, incapable of such
an enterprize, and of no credit, as he did not understand
the aff'airs of that nation. Still, notwithstanding all this
contention, through the great favour he enjoyed at court,
from some Flemish gentlemen and others, especially Count
Nanfo, the emperor's chamberlain, he obtained his wish ;
they asserting that he was a good Christian, and would con
vert all the Indians to the service of God and the benefit ofhis
majesty, more than any other man who could be employed
there, and that he would send a great quantity of pearls to
Spain. He then asked for three hundred men to assist in fish
ing for them, not to over fatigue the Indians ; and in order that
they might go more willingly, he entreated the emperor to
institute some cavaliers for him, with a red cross like that of
Calatrava.' His majesty, moved by this representation,
granted the doctor all he asked, and having made the requi
site arrangements, ordered for him whatever he wanted for
his enterprise. He departed from Seville, and arriving at
Cumand, he found Diego d'Ocampo, to whom he delivered
^ This was asking for no small distinction, Inn6cent VIII having only
consented to reunite that ancient and " gallant" order, grand-mastership,
to the Spanish crown, in 1489, while Ferdinand and Isabella were in the
zenith of papal favour. It was highly prized as a badge of military
merit. {Trans.)

HISTORY OP THE NEW WORLD. 49
his appointment. But the latter represented that, although
he would willingly obey, he could not do so without per
mission from the almirante, who had sent him to punish the
rebels, and govern that province until his further orders.
Thus, with biting words and mocking each other, some days
elapsed ; till the doctor, seeing that Ocampo would not obey
the orders, and laughed at him, determined to go to San
Domingo to complain to the almirante of the discourtesy
shown to him, and the refusal to obey the royal commands.
Before he departed he had a wooden house made (being un
wiUing to go into the town of Toledo), and put into it all the
provisions and stores that he had brought from Spain; leaving
his cavaUers there to guard them tiU his return. Thus he
went away to San Domingo. Meanwhile Ocampo also, with
the greater part of his soldiers, decamped ; for they had be
come rich with the spoUs torn from the Indians, and had
begun to quarrel about the division of the pearls.^
The chiefs of the province of Cumand, now seeing that
Ocampo was gone off' with most of the soldiery, and that
there only remained the Christians whom the doctor had
left together in a group, besides those who were wandering
about ' rapacious for pearls, licentious to the women, and
doing many other wanton violences ; they agreed to rise in
arms, and with one consent on a Sunday morning the natives
assailed the Spaniards ; so that of all who were in Amara
capanna, and along the sea shore to the westward, none
escaped with their lives. The monks were killed while
saying mass ; and in Cumand they attacked the doctor's
house and took it, and nearly all the cavaliers were most
cruelly killed with poisoned darts, the rest escaping in a
boat with some monks, who fled to Cubagua carrying the
sacrament with them. The houses, the churches, the monas-
' Ocampo appears to have been a witty, crafty, sanguinary, and reck
less commander, who must have quickly found that Las Casas was more
fit for a cloister than a governorship. {Trans)

50 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
teries, wcrc all burnt, the huts were pulled down, the images
broken, as well as the crucifixes, and strewed in pieces about
the roads in contempt. They destroyed even the dogs and
the fowls ; nor would they forgive the Indians themselves
who were in the service of the Spaniards and their priests ;
striking the ground and cursing it because it supported such
cruel and very wicked men. All this was done, more
over, with such violence and fury, that even the Span
iards who resided in Cubagua were in great fear for their
lives. Nor is there any doubt but that, had the Indians
possessed sufficient boats, they would have gone over to the
island, which is only t\venty-two miles distant, in the gulf;
thereby to make an end of aU the Spaniards who were there.
But having only a few canoes they could not attempt it,
although their inclination was strong.
The king's officers immediately despatched a brigantine to
San Domingo, to give notice of what had occurred ; where
fore the almirante, having heard the case, prepared four
hundred soldiers, and appointed Jacob Castiglione to be
their captain. As to the doctor, when he heard of the death
of his cavaliers, he immediately made himself a Dominican
brother ; which was much better, in my opinion, than going
back to Cubagua to fish for pearls.^ Meanwhile Castiglione
sailed from La Isla Espanola, and in eight days arrived at
Cumand; here he most bravely jumped on shore with all
his soldiers, had to fight against the Indians during forty
days, and made a great slaughter of them ; although they
defended themselves valorously, wounding and killing seve
ral Spaniards. Still, in the end, being inferior in courage,
in strength, and in genius, the Indians were always beaten ;
so that they were obliged at last to ask for peace, and sur-
' The general reader will hardly recognize in the Doctor Bartholomew
so brusquely spoken of by Benzoni, that worthy and well-meaning friend
of the natives, Las Casas. By a moral solecism, however, Las Casas in
vented the method of relieving the labour of Indians, by importing
negroes frora the Coast of Guinea ! {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 51
render themselves at discretion to the captain. He had
seventy of the caciques hanged, as they had been the origina
tors of the rebellion ; he loaded the ship with Indians to be
sold at La Espanola ; then established a fortress on the cliff'
of the river Cumand, for the safety of the vessels, as said
before ; and he rebuilt the town of Toledo. Then, when the
number of Spaniards increased, he also built about sixty
houses at Cubagua entirely of bricks, like a little town, and
called it New Cadiz. Subsequently four Franciscan bro
thers came frora San Domingo and erected a monastery;
declining to go on the mainland, for fear of the Indians
some day eating them, as had happened before. The Span
iards now recommenced the pearl fishery, and obtained a
great quantity of those beads.'
This island of Cubagua is ten miles in circuit, and is situ
ated ten degrees and a half from the equinoctial line ; it is quite
flat, sterile, without trees, and has no water ; and in contrary
winds is sometimes in such want of water, frora the boats not
being able to bring any from Cumand, that a pipe of wine
has often been given for a similar quantity of water. Rab
bits, salt, and fish are abundant. At the time when the
pearl fishery was flourishing, Don Luigi da Lampognano
arrived in the island ; he was a relation of that Lampognano
who killed Galeazzo Maria Sforza, duke of Milan. Don
Luigi was provided with an imperial permission to fish all
over the vicinity of Cubagua for any quantity of pearls he
chose, without any hindrance. This man sailed from Spain
with four caravels, laden with all the stores and munition
requisite for such an enterprise. The permission had been
bought for him by some Spanish merchants, in the hope of
gain ; and he had a rake (or dredge), made in such a man
ner, that in whatever part of the sea it was thrown, aU or
' In consequence of the avidity with which these effects of disease
in a sub-marine creature of the lowest scale were sought, the state of
the then-existing human society there, was wholly subverted. {Trans)

52 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
nearly all the oysters would be dragged out. But the
Spaniards residing in Cubagua of one accord refused to
obey the royal orders ; saying that the emperor was Very
liberal with other people's property, but that when he
wanted to give rewards, he should do it with his own. They
had gained and conquered the country, and supported it
with very great labour and danger of their lives, therefore
it was more reasonable that they should enjoy it than a
stranger. Lampognano himself, seeing that his royal per
mission was null, felt ashamed to go back to Spain, where
he had also many debts ; and was so laughed at and taunted
with various schemes, that he finally went mad, and died
miserably in that island at the end of five years.
Before I go on to speak of other things, I must here relate
why the Indians from the mainland were given as slaves. In
the beginning, when the almirante Colombo discovered the
main land of India,' many Spaniards crowded there from the
abundance of riches they found, going and coming, some in
one province and some in another. But the Indians began
to dislike and even to hate these strangers, because they
were made to labour excessively, and were very ill-treated
by them, their tongues never tiring of asking for gold, silver,
pearls, emeralds. Wherefore, unable to put up with such
labour and misery, they determined to kill and extirpate
them from the country, cursing themselves for not having
killed them all at first. Now the Spaniards seeing, both
laity and clergy, that, from the habits of these people, they
would not accept of the friendship of the Christians, nor
receive the faith of Christ ; that, on the contrary, they ridi
culed it, saying that these things might do for the men of
Castile but not for them ; some monks of the order of Saint
Dominic went back to Spain and reported to the king,
1 For some time after the discovery of America, it was supposed to be
part of India : and hence the name of the West Indies, still retained by
the islands of the Caribbean Sea, was given to all those countries. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 53
Don Ferdinand, the way of living of these brutish races,
persuading him that they deserved to be sold as slaves,
rather than to be allowed to live at liberty, alleging the
foUowing reasons : that the Indians of the mainland were
idolaters, pathies, liars, dirty, ugly, void of judgment or _
perception, lovers of novelty, fierce, inhuman, and cruel.
They use poisoned darts, so that when a man is wounded
by them he soon goes mad and dies. They go naked and
are devoid of shame. They wear no beard, and if a few
hairs appear, with certain little pincers they pull them out.
They eat human flesh, and also the flesh of some extremely
dirty animals {spurcissimi animali), such as spiders, lice, and
horrid worms. All their delight is in drunkenness ; and in
matrimony they observe no faith or loyalty, so that it is
impossible to make them alter their habits. They are devoid
of pity towards their infirm, and let them be ever so closely
related they abandon them, and so to get rid of the sight of
their sick, they carry them to the woods or the mountains
to die, like wild animals. Finally, to include all in one
sentence that might be said in many words, they affirmed
that no nation more wicked or wretched can be found under
heaven. The king having heard this violent abuse, summoned his
council, and after all these inhuman cruelties were repre
sented to them, he desired them to say freely what, in
their opinion, ought to be done with so much bestiality as
was related by the monks. Therefore, without further con
sideration, it was decided that the Indians from the main
land should be given as slaves, unless they would leave oS
such serious crimes, would become Christians, and would
learn from the Spaniards to live orderly like men. The
king then confirmed their decisions, and drew up a commis
sion, which he conferred on Diego di Niquesa and Alfonso
di Hoieda,' who went over to those provinces with the title
' These are the leaders, Nicuesa and Ojeda of history, both of whom

54 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
of governors, that is, Niquesa of Veragua, and Hoieda of
Carthagena, with orders that, before they waged war, the
holy Evangelists should be preached to the natives, and
that they should be admonished to live peaceably like good
men ; that they were to be perfectly friendly with the Span
iards, and forswear their grievous sins. If they obeyed these
comraands, the king of Castile would grant them liberty,
1 and regard them as friends and vassals. But if they would
not, they should be seized, made slaves, burnt, or killed,
and exposed to all kinds of slaughter, both of their limbs and
their lives. I fully believe that if Jesus Christ our Saviour
and Redeemer had sent his holy Apostles into the world to
preach the holy Evangelists under a similar commission,
they would not have brought so many kingdoms and more
powerful princes to submit with holy humility to the cross,
kneeling and adoring his divine law with aU their heart. We
must, however, consider the diff'erence between the wisdom
of God and that of man. The two governors accordingly
sailed from Cadiz in 1509, and arrived safely at La Espanola.
Hoieda purchased four vessels, and collected above four hun
dred soldiers at his own expense, and thus started from San
Domingo, commissioning the bacciller, Martin de Enciso
(who, under royal appointment was going as principal judge
to that very important governraent), to go to his assistance
as soon as possible with men and horses, artillery, and
munitions of every sort. When Hoieda arrived at Carthagena
he leaped on shore, and by an interpreter promulgated the
king's orders to the Indians, entreating them to live in peace,
be friends with the Christians, leave off' their bad habits, and
receive the faith of Christ : and if they did this, the king of
Castile would treat them well, and hold them as friends.'
proved unfortunate. Las Casas thought, if the latter had never been
born the world would have lost nothing — " Un mancebo que aunque no
oviera nascido, no perdiera el mundo nada." {Trans)
1 This act, be it observed, was after the death of Queen Isabella, who

history of the new world. 65
But the Indians, in few words, answered, that they did
not want the friendship of the king of Castile, and bade
them return whence they came ; they only wanted good peo
ple to come to their country, and not such as did nothing
but evil, and were never satiated with injuring them. The
governor, on hearing this resolute answer, landed his sol
diers, and, scouring along all that seashore, put to the sword
whatever natives they met. The royal commission was pro
mulgated through all those provinces, so that everybody
might be aware of it ; but finding them universally dis
obedient, they betook themselves to making slaves, setting
aside the preaching of the gospel ; although the law meant
only the Caribbees, that is, those who eat each other, to be
made slaves ; yet the Spaniards treated all the Indians, even
where this was not the custom, as slaves,^ making them
labour in the mines, and in any other way that they required.
Thus their tyranny got to such a height, that if it had not
been for a few monks, who, with the true zeal of charity,
procured the liberation of this truly unhappy generation,
they would doubtless in a short time have been all, or nearly
all, destroyed. These religious men were of the Order of
Saint Dominic, and were residing in New Spain ; wherefore,
seeing the pubHc evils and the horrid treatment that was in
flicted on the unfortunate Indians, they admonished their
countrymen, preached to them, reprehended their insolence,
and reminded them that they would have to account to God
for the cruelty with which they treated the Indians. They
therefore besought them to be more moderate, and to treat
the natives better than they had hitherto done. In this way
had always been a strenuous defender of the natives— maintaining that
they were to enjoy freedom, kind treatment, and proper maintenance.
But this Hoieda {Alonzo Ojeda) viewed the untranslatable proclamation
he was circulating, as a mere prelude to a slave-hunting war. {Trans)
1 The kidnapping of natives had already been declared to be illegal,
and orders were given that kidnapped men should be restored to free
dom ; but it seems that the decree was unattended to. {Trans)

56 history of the new world.
they might become more obedient to the evangelical name.
These instructions were of little avail ; for the Spaniards
mocked the monks, and laughed at them, as usual, asserting
that the Indians were dogs unworthy of the name of Chris
tians. Thus words generated hatred, but no fruit ; so that the
monks, uniting together, made a full and authentic relation
of it to His Holiness the Pope, and sent it to Rome by one
brother Roderic Minaia, a Dominican, with injunctions to
represent clearly all the evil and the disgraceful customs
that had ensued, so as to procure a Bull restoring the
Indians to liberty.
The apostolic chair was then filled by Pope Paul III, who,
seeing the truth of this information, as well as hearing of the
insolence perpetrated in the Indies, granted the above-
mentioned Bull in favour of the Indians. With this, Minaia
r returned to Spain, and, together with some other monks, he
informed his majesty of the beginning, the progress, and
S, the end of all that had happened : showing that the sins of
" the Indians arose from great and pure ignorance, not from
malevolence ; that God had created them men, and not
beasts ; free, and not slaves ; demonstrating that they should
be brought over to the Christian faith by good examples,
not by cruelty or tyranny. Entreating his majesty to con
sider that these countries were at the foot of his crown ; and
therefore it would be a pious thing to arrange so that they
should not be in a short time destroyed, in consequence of
the unbearable fatigue and ill treatment infiicted on the
natives by the Spaniards, who, without remorse, raade them
die under the heavy weights they were made to carry, or the
constant digging in the mines, and other shameful cruelties ;
so that many were seen, in consequence of these insupportable
miseries, to run away to the woods, and there hang them
selves by the neck.'
^ We are glad to see any records of Dominican humanity, as that per
fidious and cruel order so long triumphed over mercy, as inquisitors.
{Trans)

history of the new world. 57
The emperor, having heard this relation, immediately sent
Doctor Figueroa to the Indies, commissioning him to obtain
the truth, both from the clergy and from the governors, and
to inform him minutely. This man went round, and did
what his majesty bade him ; whereupon the emperor, with
out any farther consultation, made the Indians free, imposing
heavy penalties on any one who should thereafter dare to
enslave them. A most holy and glorious law truly, vouch
safed by a divine emperor, and a most clement pontiff.
I being in the island of San Dominic in the year '44, the
licentiate Ceratto came as president of the island, and
brought this proclamation with him ; which was of course
made known throughout all the islands and provinces of
India; whereat the natives were greatly rejoiced and happy,
but the Spaniards and others greatly annoyed and distressed.
These commands were executed with great ease in the island
of La Espanola, Cuba, Jamaica, San Juan de Puerto Pico,
and all along the coast, which is generally called by sailors
Tierra Firma, beginning with El Nombre de Dios, on to the
Gulf of Paria. But in Mexico there was a little content
tion, because there were some very rich men whose pro
perty consisted chiefly of slaves, and who would not there
fore obey the law. They alledged that the king, Don Fer
dinand, had given the natives publicly to them as slaves,
which the emperor had confirmed, and had received his
fifth ; wherefore if his majesty chose to restore them their
liberty, he must also disburse the money that the slave
owners had laid out. Thus everybody complained, cursing
the monks as the source of this loss.
Then the great prudence of the viceroy, Don Antonio de
Mendoza, was shown ; for matters would have gone ill, if
he had not, with great sagacity, shown himself unfavourable
to this new law, and had not supplicated the emperor to
rescind it. The result, however, manifested the good office
he had done, for the emperor never would abrogate it, or

58 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
attend to their will ; but on the contrary he wrote, desiring
his orders to be obeyed.' Whereupon the viceroy having
assembled all the principal people in the city, again pre
sented to them the express commission from his majesty.
Still finding that the cruel, rich masters would not. release
their slaves in order to prevent disorders and tumults, he
prudently mitigated the law, and they all agreed to receive
, it in the following form : — That every man possessing slaves
should each year, according to a certain rate, liberate twenty ;
so that in a short time all the Indians were liberated. If
Vasco Nunez Vela, on going as viceroy to Peru with similar
orders, had acted in this manner, he would not have come
to the end he did, nor would such misfortunes have ensued
as we shall hereafter relate.
The Indians being restored to liberty, the clergy suppli
cated his majesty to allow them to go and convert them by
preaching and benignity, as they had learned their language,
and they trusted, by the grace of the Holy Spirit, to bring
them round to the Faith. This was granted to them ; and
his majesty ordered that no more countries should be con
quered ; but that they should be brought to Christianity
only by good works. Eight monks went with these orders
to India, and four of them landed at La Fiorita. They
began to preach ; but the Indians, having been Ul-treated, an
swered with sticks, finally kiUed them, and then, according to
their custom, eat them ! Two others landed near thp confines
of the government of Guatimala, in order to preach, but it
happened to them as to the others. Seeing this, the rest left
the enterprise to be effected by tiine. I believe, however,
that if kindness, and not dishonesty, had been practised at first,
everything would have succeeded, since the natives would
not have had such examples of ill treatment and bad faith.
1 With all this appearance of justice and humanity, the forced employ
ment of Indians in the mines was not only encouraged by the laws of
Burgos, but absolutely insisted upon. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 59
While governor Hoieda was fighting with the Indians at
Carthagena, Diego di Niquesa arrived there with a ship,
seven caravels and two brigs, carrying above seven hundred
men, to go to his government, and he found his companion,
Hoieda, much afflicted, because a few days previous he had
gone to a tribe twelve miles inland, hoping to get a great
booty ; for he had been told that in that place a quantity of
gold had been found. Butthe journey did him a very great in
jury; as he found the chief of that people in arms, together with
a great many Indians, holding for certain that the Spaniards
would go there, and they were thus assaulted with such im
petus, that Hoieda was obliged to turn his back with the loss
of seventy-five soldiers, and return to the seashore. Hearing
this, they deliberated to go in a body against that tribe, and
revenge the death of those who had been killed. Thus one
evening they nearly all started, and marching very gently,
assailed the Indians at dawn. Not suspecting anything, they
were asleep, but awakened by wounds and seeing their houses
on fire. Frightened by the conflagration, they endeavoured
to escape, but frora the multitude of soldiers around them,
they were nearly all killed ; some threw themselves into the
flames, preferring a voluntary death by fire to a forced one
from the swords of the Spaniards. This tribe had about a
hundred huts made of reeds and roofed with palm ; what
with flre and the sword only a few escaped, through its not
being broad daylight. Six youths were made prisoners and
slaves by Hoieda ; then, when the ashes had cooled, they
sought for the gold, but only found a small booty ; so that
their avarice was confounded, and they returned to Cartha
gena ill-requited by fortune."
Niquesa, coasting along the shore, went westward to his
' The Spanish force consisting of four hundred men-at-arms ; and, by
public proclamation, the two commanders forbade that any quarter
should be given to the Indians : men, women, and children were alike
slaughtered ! {Trans)

60 HISTORY OF THK NEW WORLD.
government. Hoieda, also coasting, went two hundred
miles from Carthagena ; he entered the GxHi oi Hurava, dis
embarked his horses, his artUlery, and ammunition. He
began to build many houses, and made several forays among
the natives. The Indians, having already heard what the
Spaniards hunted for, threw pieces of gold and jewels along
the paths, and while they were picking them up, the natives
aimed poisoned darts from their hiding places, and so
wounded many. In the course of their skirmishes, the
Spaniards got into the midst of a tribe, and took prisoner
the wife of one of their chiefs. He came to the governor,
accompanied by some of his friends, and pretended he
wished to ransom her, offering to give whatever was de
manded. When he got into the governor's presence, he
spoke most bravely, and abused him, not only in words, but
also in deeds, for then he threw a poisoned dart at him.
The soldiers hearing a noise, ran in, and, closing in upon
these men, killed them and the woman too. The governor
was cured by fire of the poisoned wound in the thigh, in the
usual way, and the poison not being very potent, he soon
got weU.
The Spaniards, seeing so much bravery in the Indians,
and their great courage in defending their liberty, by which
many of the assailants had been killed, and many more had
died of disease from the bad air, began to complain of the
governor's having brought them to such a place, where, on
account of the numerous woods, they could not avail them
selves either of their strength or their arms. But about this
time there arrived a ship from La Isla Espanola, laden with
men and munitions, which proved a great comfort for all.
Still the soldiers went on murmuring worse than before.
The 'governor endeavoured to comfort them, and to persuade
them to stay with a good wiU, since the BachiUer Enciso
would leave San Domingo with a great many men. But his
words had Uttle effect, for they feared that in the end they

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 61
should be eaten by the Indians ; so a good many of them
contrived to escape in the brigs. - The governor hearing
this, to avoid disgrace and not abandon so rich a country,
embarked in the ship that had last arrived, leaving Francis
Pizarro in his place; promising to return with men and
ammunition from San Domingo, and to do it all in fifty
days; but if he did not return they were to do as they
liked. This was the Pizarro who afterwards, in company with
Diego del Magro,' found and conquered the large and most
rich kingdom of Peru. Hoieda with great trouble arrived at
La Espanola, suffering much from his wound again, and in
a few days after he died in extreme pain. Two months
having elapsed without Pizarro's hearing anything of Hoieda,
and constrained by hunger, he with the seventy remaining
Spaniards embarked in the two brigs, and coasted along as
chance led them, hoping to find some improvement of food,
and intending finally to return to San Domingo. While
doing this he was assailed by a storm, through which he
lost one of his brigs with all the people on board of her, con
stituting the half of his men ; and they saw a great fish tear
away the rudder.* In this state Pizarro arrived at the
Isla Fuerte, where, going on shore to water (although he
made signs of peace), he was resisted by the islanders.
Wherefore becoming desperate, seeing both heaven and
earth against him, he was running along with the wish to
be wrecked, so great was the thirst from which they suf
fered. But the storm passing away favoured him, for he
1 Benzoni, who scorns the trammels of orthography, spells the name
of this hardy warrior in all sorts of ways — as del Magro, il Magro, dal
Magro, Almagro — which last, being adopted in history, will be used in
the following pages. {Trans)
^ The spectators were here influenced, perhaps, by seeing the vagaries
of that monster, the white shark {sqybolus carcharias), which attended
the wreck for other purposes than tearing off the rudder : to be sure, this
great fish is not at all nice. {Trans)

62 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
met the BachiUer^ Enciso, who was coming with a ship and
a brig, laden with men and provisions to succour Hoieda.
Pizarro approached him with great joy, and related all that
had happened, including the governor's having given him
leave to go where he chose. The bachiller did not believe
him, doubting that he had left his commander through
some misdemeanour; but he regretted this when he after
wards learned the truth, and ordered hira to follow. Pizarro
entreated that he would allow him to go on with those
wretched and sick men to La Espanola, but Enciso would
not consent. Then the sick men preferred their prayers to
him, and wished to give him fifty pounds of gold, which he
would gladly have accepted, but was afraid of being accused ;
so thanking them, he declined it. Then he comforted them
greatly by shewing that they would soon get well on the
good provisions he had brought, their illness arising chiefly
from the discomfort and want of food that they had under
gone. He thus approached the mainland near Carthagena,
and went on shore at Comagre to water : and knowing that
neither Niquesa nor Hoieda were there, the Indians let
them have water and anything else they chose from them;
to the great surprise of all. The bachiller then set sail again
and went to Tirana, the same place where Hoieda had
landed ; there, through the ignorance of the pilot, the ship
ran upon a rock, and imraediately filled with water. The
horses and cattle were all drowned, and the soldiers had
much ado to save their own lives ; while every body was
in fear of dying of hunger. Enciso, therefore, seeing the
ship and the provisions lost, and the soldiers already reduced
to eat herbs and fruits which they found along the shore,
determined to march inland; saying that it was better to
die fighting, than disgracefully aUow themselves to expire
of starvation. Thus starting with one hundred men, he
' Bachiller has a wider meaning than our word bachelor, signifying
also an inferior degree of knighthood. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 63
commenced his march ; but they had scarcely advanced
four miles, when they encountered a body of archers, who
courageously attacked them, both wounding and killing.
Therefore, obliged to fly, they returned as well as they
could, cursing the country and the inhabitants that used
darts so pestiferously poisoned. Seeing, then, that he could
not get anything to live upon, he changed his mind, and
having heard from some slaves, that not very far from the
gulf there were some fertile plains, abounding in grain,
fruits, and other things for supporting life, he crossed over
to the opposite shore with a hundred Spaniards in the two
brigs. The Indians remained, at first, for some time looking
at the neV people and watching the result of their courage ;
but perceiving that they wished to remain there and build a
house, they took up arms to dislodge them. Meanwhile the
bachiller made his arrangements, and without fearing their
courage or their darts, faced them, with the intention and
Christian vow of converting the chief's principal house
into a church. They came to the onset ; both sides fought
bravely ; but finally the Indians gave way and fled ; on
which the famished Spaniards, gathering both strength
and spirits, cut them to pieces. Having obtained this vic
tory, they entered among the huts, and obtained bread,
fruits, roots, and other things, on which they recovered
greatly. Then they began to advance along the bank of a river
near to that place, and in a cane-break they found many
earthen vases, with covers and pieces of wood, containing up
wards of two thousand flve hundred pounds of worked gold,
which Comacco, the chief of that people had hidden there,
hoping to save it from the hands of the Christians. Nor
would it have ever been discovered had it not been pointed
out by some Indians, who, it is said, were forced to it by
torture. The bachiller returned God many thanks for the victory.

64 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
and called that place VAntica del Darien.^ The Spaniards
were all greatly rejoiced at having found such a quantity of
gold, for without this they were never content. Immediately
the two brigs were sent to fetch the rest of the men that had
been left on the opposite shore. But they had not arrived
many days before they fell into dissension, for Enciso in
sharing out the gold was more partial than just. Mean
while Blasco Numez^ di Valboa, a seditious man, with some
partizans, drew aside, saying that the jurisdiction of Hoieda
did not reach beyond Basso, that each man might be a
captain, and that they would not obey a bachiller, who ad
ministrated not according to justice and the general good,
but for his own advantage ; that he had nothing but the
title of a literary man, for that he was truly a most wily
wolf. While Enciso and Valboa were .contending in this
manner, Roderigo Colmenares sailed from La Espanola with
two caravels, laden with men and stores, to go to the assist
ance of Hoieda's party, having heard that they were in great
straits. He reached the mainland in a part of the province
of Carthagena, and being in want of water, he anchored
near the mouth of a river, and landed fifty soldiers with
their arms, so that they should keep guard while the sailors
filled the water. As soon as the soldiers got on shore, they
began to stray, dancing and leaping merrily, as if they were
in a place of safety. The Indians seeing tfce caravels enter
the river, placed themselves in ambush, with their bows,
aU about those woods, and in an instant assaUed the soldiers
on the beach with such fierceness that not one had the
chance of saving his life ; they broke up the boats, and even
threatened the people on board the caravels, shewing that
they longed to have thera within their grasp. On which,
• Benzoni's orthography is again defective : Enciso here founded the
town of Santa Maria dd' Antigua del Darien.
" This is the famous discoverer of the South Sea, or Pacific Ocean,
hight Vasco Nuiiez, {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 65
Colmenares, seeing what cruel enemies the Indians were,
weighed his anchors, preferring to suffer a little from thirst
to going to die in the hands of such people ; so he went on
to Urana, but finding only some vestiges of Hoieda's party,
he was much shocked, fearing that they had been eaten.
Returning on board towards evening, he fired a gun to
announce himself, in case they were gone to some other
port ; and thus the Spaniards who were at the Antica hear
ing the report, and thinking it might be their governor,
immediately ascended some little hUls and lighted fires
there. In the morning, Colmenares went where he saw the
smoke of the fires, and thus with great joy they met and
embraced each other ;' the one party famishing for gold and
the other for food; for the Indians having killed a great
many of them, the rest were afraid of their darts, and
dared not go to the villages to seek for food : they were
therefore reduced, half naked, to eat fruits and roots and
simUar things.
Before I finish the account of the dissensions among the
Spaniards, I must go back to the adventures of Diego di
Niquesa ; for quitting Carthagena to go to his government,
he advanced with a caravel and two brigs, leaving orders
with the other vessels to follow him. They were proceeding
thus on their voyage, when a storra occurred one night
and separated them, so that in the morning the two brigs
only were in company ; and not seeing the caravel, being un
acquainted with the country, and not knowing where to go,
they decided on turning back. They therefore approached
the shore, and coasting along near the river Chagres, found
the rest of the armament ; but no one having any news of the
governor, they agreed to go on together, hoping to find
him ; and when they had sailed about a hundred miles, not
wishing to proceed further, they cast anchor and sent a boat on
' This fortunate event, the arrival of Colmenares at Enciso's camp,
occurred in November 1510. {Trans.)

66 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
shore with eight men, to seek for a good landing place. The
sea was high, and the sailors obstinate in wishing to stay
there, would push on by dint of rowing, the result of which
was that the boat filled with water, sank, and seven out of
the eight men were drowned ; the other, swimming stoutly,
reached the land. The captains seeing the boat lost, re
mained thereabouts till the weather grew calmer, and the
following day, as well as they could with the two little brigs,
landed the horses, the artillery, and the stores ; and elected as
governor Lope d'Olando, untU Niquesa should be found.
So that the men should not entertain any hope of escaping,
he ran the ships on shore ; though afterwards perceiving
his mistake, he had a caravel constructed with the wrecks, in
case of need. He built some houses, he sowed some maize,
he roved through some villages, but found them all aban
doned, for the Indians from fear had all retired to the
mountains. These people, seeing no advantage in fighting,
did not wish to meet their assailants in open day, but trusted
to their being starved out by the nature of the country.
Whilst Olando was doing all this, there arrived three sailors
in the small boat of the caravel, having deserted from
governor Niquesa, who, they gave information, was in one
of the Zorobaro islands, without his caravel ; and that he
had been wandering about the hills of that country, which
he found full of woods and ponds, eating fruits, herbs, and
roots, but did not meet with any inhabitants. Olando im
mediately sent a little brig, and, on its arrival, the governor
embarked with his few remaining soldiers, and came to
his army.'
Niquesa now complained loudly of Olando, accusing him
of treachery in running the ships on shore, without troubling
himself to seek for hira, just to usurp the government. Then
he made known that he intended to go away, but the
' This relation substantially agrees with that of Oviedo, except that
the latter throws more guilt on the shoulders of Lope de Olano. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 67
soldiers entreated of him to wait for the harvest, as it was
nearly ripe ; he answered that he would sooner lose the
grain than his life, and he would not remain in such a
wretched country. Some say he spoke thus in order to
diminish Olando's honour ; but if those who accused him of
this had seen that province, as Niquesa and many others
and I had done, they would not have suspected that he did
this out of jealousy. But not to detain the reader about this
horrid and desolate country, and not to go farther out of my
way, I will take him to a more convenient resting place.
For my intention is to reduce my short history into as com
pact a form as possible, to the best of my poor ability, so that
the more notable things that occurred in that country, either
seen by me or which have come to my knowledge, may be
duly arranged, and to relate my peregrinations in those same
provinces during fourteen years. First in the Pearl Islands,
in the Gulf of Paria, both on the eastern and the western
shores, Margarita island, St. John of Porto-Rico, the Es
panola, and Cuba. Then returning to the main land, in
the governorship of Carthagena, and along the shores of the
Gulf of Vrana in Achla. From that place I crossed the
Southern sea to Panamd, which is called by the Spaniards
the Golden Castile, to Nombre de Dios in Veragua, New
Carthage, Costa Rica, at the head of Fondura in the Valley
of Olanchio, in the province of Guatimala, and Nicaragua.
Then I returned to Panama again, and finally to the king
dom of Peru ; besides visiting several islands, which wUl be
mentioned in their proper places."
Niquesa then, having determined to leave Veragua,
embarked as many men as the caravel and the two brigs
were able to carry, leaving the rest to take their chance ;
' This statement is valuable, as showing at once what our Italian
adventurer actually saw, and what he only heard of ; and though he
joined the marauding expeditions of the Spaniards, he was fully alive to
their barbarous atrocity. {Trans)

68 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
but he promised them, on his word, that the first good place
he found for colonizing, he would immediately send for
them. Still, as everything turned out iU, he could not do it.
He started and went to Porto Bello, so naraed by the almi
rante Colombo, because a beautiful site on which to build a
city. The Indians, however, after destroying the greater
part of his men, forced him to re-embark, and he proceeded
to Capo Marmoro. Hoping for better luck in future than
he had experienced hitherto, he said to his men, let us jump
on shore in the Name of God {Nombre de Dios), and this
appellation has been continued ever since. He erected a
wooden house as well as he could, to defend himself from
the Indians who molested him. While Niquesa remained
here, the Spaniards at Darien were oppressed with labour
and privations, and were consequently discontented ; every
day increased their discord; for while some would have
Valbo as their governor, others insisted on having the Ba
chiller Enciso. The soldiers of Alfonzo Hoieda, seeing that
affairs were in so bad a train, deterrained, in order to avoid
disgrace, to send to Veragua for Niquesa, so that he might
come and quell the sedition, and govern until further orders
were received from the king. But there was some conten
tion about this ; as the opposite party would not consent,
untU some good men, friends of peace, interceded; then they
sent for him, by commissioning Colmenares to coast along
with two brigs till he found him. He was at Nombre de Dios,
weak, pale, half-naked, and without provisions. Niquesa,
who expected anything but this unforeseen succour, em
braced Colmenares with abundance of tears, giving him in
finite thanks for so great a benefit, and, complaining of his
past unfortunate fate, related to him all the labours and
trials that he had undergone in those countries. Colmenares
now informed him of the reasons that had induced the
people at the Antica to send for hira. Then he consoled
him, bade hira be hopeful and of good courage, for he was

HISTORY OF THB NEW WORLD. 69
going to a very rich country, and what he had lost in times
past he would now regain in the future.
Thus Niquesa. embarked, with seventy-five Spaniards, aU
that remained to him of his army. On the voyage he im
prudently abused both the bachiUer and Valboa, and many
others ; showing that he would punish them, deprive them
of their posts, and take all their gold, since they could not
possess it without his leave or that of Hoieda, as the kino-
had given them the title of governors, not only of one pro
vince, but of all. He also said other things which occa
sioned his ruin : for the moment they reached the Antica,
some Spaniards hastened on shore, and notified to the
town-council the words he had uttered, and the threats
against them ; wherefore the greater part being enraged to
oppose him, obliged him, when he had scarcely landed, to
erabark again with his seventy-five Spaniards ; and disgrace
fully, with very great cruelty and abuse, they were thrust
away from Antica. Thus Niquesa very dolefully departed,
and, coasting along shore, landed in one place to get water,
where the natives killed him and his companions, and then
ate thera !' And this was the sad end of Diego di Niquesa
and his army of Veragua.
No sooner was Niquesa gone, than the seditions of Antica
recommenced, and rose to a greater height than ever ; till
Valboa, seeing his party the strongest, took the opportunity
one evening, when Enciso was at his house, of seizing him;
and, accusing him maliciously of having exercised the office
of judge without the king's authority, confiscated his pro
perty. The bachiller could not show his royal diplomas,
because he had lost them when he was wrecked in the Gulf
of Vrana. But after keeping him in prison for several
' This, no doubt, was the belief which obtained on the spot ; but
Oviedo and others raise a doubt as to the manner of the imprudent
Nicuesa's death — whether he perished by famine or by the Indians.
{Trans)

70 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
days, Valboa released him ; and seeing that he was preparing
to go away, had him entreated to stay as his principal judge.
This Enciso angrily refused to do, and went back to Spain,
carrying with him a full statement of his complaints against
Valboa. This he presented to the council of the Indies,
where a rigorous sentence was pronounced against Valboa,
though it was not afterwards carried into effect because he
discovered the Southern Sea.
When the bachiller had left Darien, Valboa started inland
in search of gold, and made friends with some chiefs, one of
whom was called Panciaco, who gave him full information,
and led him to the Southern Sea. This man was then bap
tized by the name of Don Carlos : he gave the Spaniards a
certain quantity of gold ; but then, seeing how they quar
reled in the sharing of it, with one hand he tossed it all out
of the scales on to the ground, saying, " I am not a little
surprised that you Christians make such a fuss [voi facciate
tanta questione) about so vile a thing, as if it was good to eat
or drink. But since you have so great a desire for this
metal, I will lead you to a place where you may aU satisfy
yourselves with it." He then conducted them to the South
ern Sea}
Valboa, on account of the great riches that he found in
this province, named it the Golden Castille; and there the
city of Panama is now established. Then he marched to
many villages in that country, always with good success, but
under the mask of justice, often using great cruelty towards
those Indians to obtain gold. With a good quantity of this
metal and of pearls he returned to L' Antica of Darien,
where he was received with processions for having dis
covered the Southern Sea; and he immediately sent a ship
^ Such was the fortune of the quick and crafty Vasco Nuiiez. a man
who was furtively taken on board Enciso's ship in a cask in order to
elude his creditors. His career exhibited courage and policy, with an
utter absence of principle. Peter Martyr likens Vasco pointing out the
Pacific to his men, to Hannibal shewing Italy to his soldiers. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 71
to Spain, writing to the king the success of the past, as well
as present state of affairs, and his discovery of the South
Sea; wherefore he supplicated his high majesty to grant him
that government, and send him a thousand men that he
might conquer and rule those nations, promising in a short
time to find a very great abundance of riches, as indicated
by the beginning. He sent his majesty twenty-five large
pearls and thirty thousand gold ducats as his fifth, with
some other presents ; although only a short time before he
had sent another good sum of money, but that ship had
been wrecked on her passage, and all the crew drowned.
The king accepted the gift and the fifth with delight, as
well as the letter informing him of the discovery of the
Southern Sea. This was the reason of his majesty's rever
sing the sentence that had been pronounced against Valboa,
and moreover granted him the government of the new sea.
He sent him a thousand men as a help, and appointed
Pedrarios Davila as governor of the Antica of Darien; also
brother Gobatto, of the Order of Saint Francis, his own
preacher, as bishop, who were accordingly sent. The king,
among other things that he recommended to the governor,
especially desired that the Indians might be well treated,
and that peace should be sought before they were induced
to go to war with them. That the government should be
carried on according to the laws of Hoieda and Niquesa;
and that the spoils of conquest should always be shared with
the monks who accompanied them in hopes of converting
the natives. With these injunctions, Pedrarios Davila of
San Lucar sailed in the year 1514, with four ships and eleven
caravels, carrying fifteen hundred men. On arriving at the
Antica, Valboa, with aU his friends, went joyfully to receive
them, and lodged the governor in his own house. He then
gave him full information of all his former enterprizes, and
of the present state of those provinces.'
1 According to Oviedo, this conference was not so consonant to the

72 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
The governor had the greatest pleasure in hearing that a
great many of those tribes were friendly to the Spaniards.
He now began to build the town of Tumanama. He sent
Juan da Costa with four hundred Spaniards in two caravels
to Comagre, to get gold ; and not finding the quantity that
his insatiable avarice desired, he began to exercise every
sort of torture on all the chiefs that he could get hold of,
that they might confess where they had hidden their gold.
He despoiled the tribe of Panciaco, who were before as
much good friends with the Spaniards as they afterwards
became inimical. He stoned to death a great portion of his
vassals : whereupon the Indians rebeUed, assailing the Span
iards with loyd cries of — " Die the wicked, treacherous, ras
cally Christians, who do not deserve to live on the earth;" and
so killed a great many of them. The captain, with his re
maining soldiers and a part of the spoil, escaped in one of the
caravels and returned to the Antica, not without great blame
of the governor, who, however, glozed over this wickedness.
He also sent some other captains along that coast ; for in
stance, Bartholomew Urtado, in Achla, who after landing
under a show of peaceful intentions, seized all the Indians he
could and sold them as slaves. Fernando Valegio went to
Caribano with eighty soldiers, and as soon as he landed the
Indians assailed him, and, with the loss of fifty Spaniards,
forced him to embark again. In this way, wherever the
Spaniards went, they were hated and shunned by aU, through
the bad repute they had fallen into. Thus the Indians, by
endeavouring to defend their liberty, and the Spaniards by
trying to snatch it from them, have come to utter ruin.
Throughout the greater part of that sea-shore they are
accustomed to eat human flesh ; although there were some
individuals who were afraid to eat the flesh of Spaniards,
feelings of Nunez as Benzoni appears to have thought ; and he began
to apprehend the imprisonment and scaffold-death which followed.
{Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 73
thinking that even in their bodies it might do them
harm. Of those whom they caught ahve, especiaUy the captains,
they used to tie the hands and feet, throw them down on

How the Indians poured melted gold down the throats of the Spaniards.
the ground, and pour gold into their mouth, saying : " Eat,
eat gold. Christian ;"' and the more to iU-treat and disgrace
them, with knives made of flint, some cut off an arm, some
a shoulder, others a leg, and then roasting it on the embers,
eat it, dancing and singing, suspending the bones in their
temples, or in the houses of their chiefs, as trophies of
victory. All the enterprises of Pedrarias proving unlucky, Valboa
laughed at and mocked him, whereat the governor became
so irate, that they came to serious contention. And the
bishop seeing the growing discord between them, exerted
every possible endeavour to modify their anger and restore
' This cruel, but almost justifiable act, is represented by Theodore
de Bry on a larger plate ; with additional torments. {Trans)

74 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
their friendship ; and he so far succeeded, that the governor
gave his daughter to wife to Valboa, and when this marriage
was concluded, he held for certain that the peace between
them would be sincere and durable. On the completion of
the wedding, Valboa, with the consent of his father-in-law,
left P Antica with the half of the Spaniards whom he had
brought from Spain, and proceeded to his governorship ;
but he endured there a very short time, for some malicious
men, envious of his glory, falsely notified to the governor
that Valboa, through the intrigue of friends, was endeavour
ing to excite some of his subjects against him, and so bring
them over to his government. When Pedrarias heard these
things he wrote a letter to Valboa, desiring him immediately
on the receipt of it to come to him, for that he wanted to
consult him on some negoeiations important to both of them.
Valboa, who was then on the shores of the South Sea
having some vessels built to discover new countries, on re
ceiving the letter started off with fifty men ; but on arriving at
the Antica his father-in-law seized him, and had him put in
prison. And having informed him ofthe accusation, added the
death of Niquesa to it, with the imprisonment of the Bachiller
Enciso ; and saying, moreover, that he was tumultuous,
wicked, cruel, malicious against the Indians, and other
things, — he sentenced him to death. Valboa on oath denied
the accusation of having excited the people against Pedra
rias, and entreated him to consider well what he was about,
for that had he entertained any such intention he would
never have corae into his presence ; and in a similar way on
other topics Valboa defended himself as well as he could.
But where force rules, reason is of little avail. The gover
nor would no longer hear him, but, closing the trial, sent
him to be beheaded with five other Spaniards.
Some people insist on it that Valboa was a most victori
ous commander, more fortunate in arms than any ancient
Roman ; for during the whole time that he warred against the

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 75
Indians, he always conquered. These praises, however, are
rather ludicrous than surprising, because the valour of the
Romans was tried against the most fierce and warlike bar
barous nations of the east, while the Spaniards subjugated
mere brute animals or beasts, in the west. This was well
understood by a Spanish gentleman who was in Algiers with
Charles V. the emperor. This gentleman was in company
with some officers, of whom Ferdinand Cortez (the discoverer
and conqueror of the kingdom called by him New Spain, but
by the natives, Temestitan) was one, after the overpowering
attack by a large squadron of Moors, which in consequence
of the inferior numbers of the Spaniards obliged them to fly,
and when Cortez said that they should make head again, and
valorously attack their pursuers, — he remarked : " This fool
thinks he has again to do with his petty Indians, of whom
twenty-five thousand can be vanquished by merely ten men
on horse-back. "i
When the death of Valboa became known in Spain, the
Council of Indian affairs was greatly displeased at it, on
account of the great benefits and riches that he had obtained
for the Spanish crown ; for having discovered the South Sea,
for having sent home so much gold and such a quantity of
pearls ; and, moreover, the people of the Antica wrote to the
king much evil of Pedrarias. Hereupon he was deposed
from his government, although he was at the time laying the
foundations of the city of Nombre di Dios and of Panamd,
and opening the communication between the two places.
Many other governors and captains went to those provinces
on the mainland. Each man tried to enrich himself and
become great through the influence of riches, of whom some
1 Benzoni has shewn the reader what enormous treasures were lost on
the passages from America to Spain : but Cortez, after having safely
arrived in Europe, joined the armament of Charles V. at Algiers ; and in
the gale which frustrated that expedition, he lost all the matchless
jewels with which he hoped to have bought a retum of the emperor's
favour. {Trans)

76 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
were eaten by the Indians, while others were killed by the
Spaniards themselves, because they would not consent to the
thieving that they committed against the Indians. Others
were drowned at sea ; and there were even some who went
so far inland, thirsting for gold, that they got into desert
places, where, not knowing the consteUations, or the suc
cession of seasons in those countries, where the winter rains
are most violent and destructive, they were unable to ad
vance or retreat, and died there together with aU their fol
lowers. The Spaniards erected on the seashore of the mainland
the following towns : Nombre di Dios, L' Antica, Cartagena,
Sta. Marta, Capola Vela, Valenzuola, a very rich province,
which the emperor, in the year 1528, ceded to the Velzare
Alemani ;' and the first governor whom they sent was Am
brose Alfinquer; who made many forays among those people>
committing great cruelties in his anxiety for gold : but he
was finally killed by the Indians. Then they sent another,
named Giorgio, of their family. One night, however, the
Spaniards who were with him treacherously killed him in
his bed, mangled him, and then dragging his body most
ignominiously out of the house and all about the piazza,
finally threw it into a wood, where at dawn it was buried.
The malefactors were soon after, by order of the emperor,
most severely punished, as the crime deserved.
As I have promised to compress this my short history in
the most suitable manner, it seems to me eligible to return
to the affairs of La Isla Espanola and its neighbours. On the
death of Colombo, the king, Don Ferdinand, sent Diego,
the son of the almirante, as viceroy to La Espanola, with the
same authority that he had granted to his father, but he did
' The Germans are frequently called Alemanni by the Italians, as
well as Allemands by the French ; and as Charles V. would probably
favour his new subjects, the Velgare, the province was thus given or sold
to the Germans. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

77

not stay there long ; the Spaniards greatly resenting the being
commanded by a foreigner, wrote a great deal of evil about
him, which led the emperor to deprive him of the govern
ment, and having recalled him to Spain, he disputed with
the king, during many years, about his privileges, and finally
died without his affairs being settled. Then other governors
were successively sent to La Espanola, as well clerical as
secular, till the natives, finding themselves intolerably op
pressed and worked, .on every side, with no chance of regain
ing their liberty, with sighs and tears longed for death.

The Indians of La Espanola hanging themselves in the woods,
rather than serve Christians.
Wherefore many went to the woods and there hung them
selves, after having killed their children, saying it was far
better to die than to live so miserably, serving such and so
many ferocious tyrants and wicked thieves. The women,
with the juice of a certain herb, dissipated their pregnancy,
in order not to produce children, and then following the
example of their husbands, hung themselves. Some threw

78 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
themselves from high cliffs down precipices ; others jumped
into the sea ; others again into rivers ; and others starved
themselves to death. Sometimes they killed themselves
with their flint knives ; others pierced their bosoms or their
sides with pointed stakes. Finally, out of the two mUlions
of original inhabitants, through the number of suicides and
other deaths, occasioned by the oppressive labour and cruel
ties imposed by the Spaniards, there are not a hundred and
fifty now to be found : and this has been their way of making
Christians of them. What befel those poor islanders has
happened also to all the others around : Cuba, Jamaica,
Porto Rico, and other places. And although an almost in
finite number of the inhabitants of the mainland have been
brought to these islands as slaves, they have nearly all since
died. In short, I may say, that wherever the Spaniards
have unfurled their banner, they have, by their great cruel
ties, inspired the inhabitants with perpetual hatred.'
Touching the religion, not only of this island, but also of
all the other nations of the new world, they worshipped, and
still worship, various deities, many painted, others sculp
tured, some formed of clay, others of wood, or gold, or
silver ; and in some places I have seen them of the shape of
birds, of tigers, of stags, and other sorts of animals, but I
have mostly seen them made with a tail and feet, like our
Satan. And although our priests and monks have endea
voured, and still daily endeavour, to destroy these idols,
yet the ministers of their faith keep a great many of them
hidden in caves and underground, sacrificing to them oc
cultly, and asking in what manner they can possibly expel
1 In illustration of the wanton cruelty of these fellows, Antonio
Montesino told king Ferdinand, that some Spaniards standing together
joking, on the bank of a river, one of them snatched up an Indian child
and threw it over the heads of his comrades as mere sport ; saying as he
saw the poor creature rising once or twice to the surface — " You" boil up
little wretch, do you {buUis, cuer'po de tal, buUis) ?" The king, who was
not a cruel man, listened with astonishment. {Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 79
the Christians from their country. They have a name for
every one, regarding this as their patron on this subject, and
that as their patron on that subject ; as the Gentiles used to
do in ancient times, assigning victories to Mars on earth,
and on the sea to Neptune ; medicine to Esculapius ; Her
cules presiding over temporal benefits, promising him a tenth
part of their property, so that he might increase and take
care of it. But this people only ask of their gods plenty to
eat and drink, and good health, and victory over their ene
mies. Many times the devil appears to them in various
shapes, promising to their ministers some of the things for
which they have been entreated. And when he does not
keep his promise and they complain, he answers, that he has
changed his mind because they have committed some great
sin ; and thus the father of falsehood excuses himself.
When the cacique of La Espanola wished to celebrate a feast
in honour of his principal false deity, he commanded all his
vassals, both men and women, to come to him on a certain
day, and on arrival at the appointed spot, they ranged them
selves in order. The cacique then advanced, and entered
the , temple where the ministers were dressing the idol.
There he sat down, playing on a drum, and all the other
people followed ; first the men, painted black, red, and
yellow, with plumes of parrots' and other feathers, with or
naments of sea-shells round their necks, their legs, and their
arms. The women were not painted at aU ; the girls were
quite naked ; the married women had a covering hanging
from their waist, as in the Gulf of Paria, and other places
on the mainland. Thus they entered the temple, dancing
and singing certain of their songs in praise of their idol, while
their chief saluted them with his drum. Then, by putting a
stick down their throat, they vomited, so that the idol might
see they had nothing bad either in their stomach or their
breast. After performing these fooUsh ceremonies, they ahr^
sat down on their heels, and, with a melancholy noise, they

80 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
sang some more songs. Then some other women entered
the temple with baskets adorned with roses and various
flowers, and filled with bread, and they went round to all
those who were singing, and repeated a little prayer to them.
The singers jumped up on their feet to answer, and when
they had finished these songs, they began others to the
honour and glory of their chief; after which they pre
sented the bread to their idol. The ministers now took and
blessed it, and shared it with all the people, as if it was a
holy thing or good relic. Finally, every man, highly elated
and content, returned to his own home.
They thought that the sun and the moon came out of a
cavern.' They had a pumpkin as a relic, saying, that it had
come out of the sea, with all the fish in it. They worshipped
two wooden figures as the gods of abundance. And at some
periods of the year many Indians went on a pilgrimage to
them. They had also another idol made with four feet,
like a dog, and they believed that when he was angry he
went away to the mountains, where being found, they used
to bring him back on their shoulders to the temple.
In this island, as also in other provinces of these new
countries, there are some bushes, not very large, like reeds,
that produce a leaf in shape like that of the walnut, though
rather larger, which (where it is used) is held in great
esteem by the natives, and very much prized by the slaves
whom the Spaniards have brought from Ethiopia.
When these leaves are in season, they pick them, tie
them up in bundles, and suspend them near their fire-place
till they are very dry ; and when they wish to use them,
they take a leaf of their grain (maize) and putting one of
the others into it, they roll them round tight together ;
' Benzoni does not seem to have been aware of the identity between
some of their traditions and the history of the Bible, as shewn by Hum
boldt ; of which the Tower of Babel and the Deluge are not the least
striking. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD..

81

then they set fire to one end, and putting the other end into
the mouth, they drav their breath up through it, wherefore
the smoke goes into the mouth, the throat, the head, and they
retain it as long as they can, for they find a pleasure in it,
and so much do they fill themselves with this cruel smoke,
that they lose their reason. And there are some who take
so much ofit, that they fall down as if they were dead, and
remain the greater part of the day or night stupified. Some
men are found who are content with imbibing only enough
of this smoke to make them giddy, and no more. See what
a pestiferous and wicked poison from the devil this must be.
It has happened to me several times that, going through the
provinces of Guatemala and Nicaragua, I have entered the
house ofan Indian who had taken this herb, which in the Mexi
can language is called tabacco , and immediately perceiving the

Mode of doctoring sick people.
sharp fetid smell of this truly diabolical and stinking smoke,
I was obliged to go away in haste, and seek some other place.'
' Surely the royal author of the famous " Counterblast," must have
seen this graphic and early description of a cigar. It is insisted upon,

82 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
In La Espanola and the other islands, when their doctors
wanted to cure a sick man, they went, to the place where
they were to administer the smoke, and when he was
thoroughly intoxicated by it, the cure was mostly effected.
On returning to his senses he told a thousand stories, of
his having been at the council of the gods and other high
visions. They then turn the invalid round three or four
times, rubbing his back and loins well with their hands,
making many grimaces at him, and holding a pebble or bone
in their mouth all the time. These things the women keep
as holy, believing that they aid child birth. If the sick man
asks the doctor what will become of him, he answers that he
will soon be free ; and if he happens to die, they have many
excuses at hand, the best of which is that he was mortal. If
any doctor ventured to visit a sick man without the usual
ceremonies he was severely punished. In all the provinces
where I have been or that I have heard of, the priests are
also doctors ; so that probably it is the same all through
those countries. They call them in their language hocchiti ;
and every where they have very great authority.' But they
generally doctor only the priucipal people.
The Indians take as many wives as they like, though one
is the principal, and commands all the rest. When a cacique
dies without heirs, the sons of his sisters succeed, but not
those of his brothers ; since they can depend on their being
her sons, not so as to a man's supposed sons. The reason is,
that in those countries there is very little chastity ; and in
few places are the girls or sisters attended to. They aU
sleep together like fowls, some on the ground and some sus
pended in the air. When the women have an infant, they
that Sir Walter Raleigh introduced smoking among us about the year
1584; but Lobel shews that the plant was cultivated here before 1570.
Benzoni's experiences were between 1541 and 1555. {Trans)
^ It is thus still, on the Coast of Guinea and various other places ;
and even in the more civilized parts of Barbary, the tibeebs are often
sacerdotal doctors. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 83
carry it to the sea shore or to a river to wash it, and with
out any further ado they suckle their children.
Some say that these people were very great thieves, and
that for every little fault their laws inflicted hanging ; but
what could they steal ? They are neither avaricious nor
rich, and what they least prized was gold and silver, since
whoever wished for any could go to the mine and get as
much as they liked, as people do at a spring of water.
Respecting clothing, they all go naked ; and as to eatables,
every body gives to whoever goes to his house. And when
ever they assemble at their festivals, the whole tribe bring
eatables, and they sing and dance till they get drunk and
are tired ; and so they freely pass a happy time. I cannot
therefore imagine thieving among them, unless they learned
the art from the first, second, and third inroads of the Span
iards, when they began to inhabit that country. Would to
the Omnipotent God that temporal riches were respected by
us as they are by them ; the Christian name would be
heavenly if avarice were banished.
The grain of these people is commonly called maize, and
came from La Espanola, which island was first discovered
by the Christians ; wine is chichia ; their boats, canoue ;
swords are macanne ; their chiefs are caciques. They do
not prepare the earth for sowing their grain, but making a
small hole they put in three or four grains, andT covering
it over suffices ;' each stem produces three or four ears, con
taining about a hundred grains each. The stems of the
maize are taller than a man, and in some provinces they
harvest twice a year.
The women, molandaie, who grind it, wet a quantity of
this grain the previous evening with cold water, and in the
morning they gradually triturate it between two stones.
1 This is the method in which this Species of grain, now so well known
as Indian-corn, is still cultivated. It is the great staple of food in many
parts of the world. In Italy it is called Grano d'India. {Trans)

84 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Some stand up to it, others kneel on the ground ; nor do
they care if any hairs fall into it, or even some pidocchi.

VmjJ/jji)l}i}ni ' ^ )i 1 1 ^^ ^^» ) 11 MnN\))) W^^^

Method of making bread.
When they have made a mass by sprinkling in water with
the hand, they shape it into little loaves, either long or
round, and putting them into sorae leaves of reeds, with as
little water as possible, they cook them. This is the com
mon people's bread ; it lasts two days and then mildews.
The chief's bread is made in the following way : after soak
ing and triturating the corn between two stones, the molan
daie wash it with hot water and pick out the husk, leaving
only the flour, which they grind as much as they can and
then shape it into small cakes. These are cooked in a round
pipkin, applying fire under them by degrees. There is
great trouble in making this bread, and it is not good but
when fresh, and not very good then nor when cold ; indeed,
maize is not good either hot or cold. Travelling in unin
habited districts, and with necessity for my guide, I learned
to grind it, in order not to eat it raw or roasted. On ac-

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 85
count of its great hardness the grinding is very severe work,
and when I had but little maize I did not pick out the husks
as the chief's people do; nor did grinding it fine suit my
arms, that were very thin and weak.
They also make another sort of bread called cazabi, from
a root named iucea, of the thickness of a parsnip. This root
produces -no seed at all, the stem is a thick knotty reed, its
leaves are green and resemble those of hemp. At the
proper season they cut these reeds into pieces two feet long,
and plant them in heaps of earth called conuchi, and at the
end of two years they form a large root. Whenever the
natives wish to make any of this bread, they take up some
of these roots (only a few at a time, as they soon spoil), they
peel and cut thera with sharp stones that they find on the
beach, and putting them into a rag' they squeeze out the
juice, which would be poison to any one drinking it ; then
laying them on a great brick, like cakes of paste, they cook
them on the fire, leaving them as long as they will hold
together. Finally, they are put into the sun to dry. They
make some thick and some thin. This to my taste was a
wretched article of food, but if put into a dry place it would
continue good for three or four years. The accompaniment
of some moisture in the throat is requisite, else it is harsh
and difficult to swallow. The taste seemed to me like earth
in the mouth, but with the broth of meat it was better,
though not much. All the ships coming to these countries
from Spain (except those that go to Vera Cruz, a port of
New Spain), lay in a provision of this bread for their return,
as in none of the provinces or islands inhabited by the
Spaniards in the Northern Sea is there a single grain of
wheat. All flour and biscuit come from Mexico ; it is
brought thence on mules or in carts, a journey of about two
hundred miles.
^ A rag (una pezza), to our minds, would presuppose the arts of
spinning and weaving. {Trans)

86 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
They have also two other sorts of roots, one called
battata, the other haie; they are simUar in form, except
that the haie are smaller and better flavoured than the
others.' In six months after they are planted they yield
fruit ; the taste is rather sweet, but it soon satiates, and
there is little substance in them. They generate windi-
ness, and are commonly cooked in the embers. Some say
that they taste like almond cakes, or sugared chesnuts ; but,
in my opinion, chesnuts even without sugar are better.
Since I have treated of the making of bread, I ought also
to describe their making of wine, especiaUy that from maize.

Method of making wine.
The molandaie, taking a quantity of grain that seems to
them sufficient for the wine (or chichia) intended to be made,
and having ground it, they put it into water in some large jars,
and the women who are charged with this operation, taking
a little of the grain, and having rendered it somewhat tender
in a pipkin, hand it over to some other women, whose office
' These are probably both varieties of the sweet potatoe.

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 87
it is to put it into their mouths and gradually chew it ;' then
with an effort they almost cough it out upon a leaf or platter
and throw it into the vase with the other mixture, for other-
yrise this wine, or rather this beverage, would have no
strength. It is then boiled for three or four hours, after
which it is taken off the fire and left to cool, when it is
poured through a cloth,^ and is esteemed good in proportion
as it intoxicates, in the same way as if people drank real
wine. They also make wines of other kinds, of honey,' of fruits,
and of roots, but these do not intoxicate as the first does.
They have a great many plants that produce a sort of wild
grapes, and their berries are like the sloes that grow among
thorns, with black skins ; but from the stone being large
and surrounded by very little pulp, they do not make wine
of them. There are some trees that produce olives, but
smelling horribly and tasting worse. And they have other
fruits in abundance, such as houi, plantains, pines, guaiave
(guavas), mamei (mammie apples), and guanavana (sour-
sops) ; the houi are like scanari [Canary) plums, with a
large stone and little fruit ; when ripe they are yellow. Its
tree is large, the leaves smaU and taste acid. The plantain
is a fruit much longer than it is broad, and the little ones
(bananas) are much better than the large ones. The leaves
are about a foot and a half broad and four feet long ; among
the leaves there rises a stem producing a hundred or more
small plantains, or twenty-five or upwards of large ones.
I The reader will here perceive the identity of manner of making this
wine and the kava of the Pacific Ocean islanders, as described in Cap
tain Cook's third voyage. {Trans)
" By the word cloth, spinning and weaving are again presupposed.
{Trans.) 3 The author's word mele is, strictly speaking, apples. But miele or
honey, is often corrupted into mele. And if he had meant apples, he
would have prefixed other to fruits, since apples are a species of fruit.
{Trans)

88

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

This is a tender tree; it does not yield fruit more than once,
and requires a year ; from the roots other plants shoot up ; if
the fruit is ripe they pluck it, but if not they cut the tree
down, and by putting it into a hot place the fruit soon
ripens and becomes yellow : the skin is as thick as the blade
of a knife, the rest is all pulp ; in flavour they incline to sweet.
The pines grow in bushes ; when ripe they are yellow ; they
smell well and taste better. They are high coloured, and it
has happened to me, as to many others when ill, not to
be able to eat anything without this fruit ; indeed, in my
opinion, it is one of the most relishing fruits in the world.

Fruit-bearing trees.
When the skin is peeled off all the rest is eatable ; they are
generally sweet, with a little acidity. The guava is like a
peach tree, with a leaf resembling the laurel, but larger and
longer ; it soon gets old ; its fruit is like the medlar, though
much larger ; it ripens on the tree, and if not plucked when
in season it generates worms. They have many small grains
in them, the red are better than the white and are weU

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 89
flavoured. The mamei tree is the size of a moderate walnut,
with a leaf longer than wide. In the Espanola island its
fruit is round, but in general on the mainland it is long,
more large, and better flavoured. They contain three or
four stones, the flesh is lion-coloured, the rind is thin, and
the taste somewhat sweet. The guananano^ is a smaU and
deUcate tree ; its fruit is shaped like a heart, with a thin
green rind, formed like the scales of a fish. They are white
within; but there is also another sort that is round and
yeUow, which is much better than the former and contains
three smaU dark stones.
In none of these islands did they find any quadrupeds,
except some small rabbits like dogs. There are some pesti
ferous nigue, insects lite fleas, which live in the dust ; un
seen they insert themselves between the nail and the flesh ;
especiaUy in the feet. It often happens that they occasion
no pain tiU they are as large as flat peas or lentils ; then
they are picked out with a needle or a thorn, and are found
fuU of knits. The wound is healed with hot ashes. And
many black slaves, from going barefooted, get such numbers
in their feet, that hot irons are the only things to extirpate
them ; and some people are permanently lamed by them.
It also happened to me in Peru, in the province of Porto-
Vecchio, after the very great fatigue that I had undergone
both by land and sea, to be covered with the itch, body ard
legs ; and in my feet I had so great a quantity of these
nigue that I was frightened. And if I had not been very
dUigent in cleaning myself, and washing myself often in the
rivers, I should indeed have fared very iU, as many Span
iards did ; who, unwiUing, from idleness, to wash themselves
two or three times a day, became lame for life.*
' Here appears to be an accidental difference of orthography from the
preceding mention of this fruit, the description of which is exactly that
of the sour-sop. {Trans.)
' This insect, the modem chiggre or jigger, was called atiun by
the natives : it penetrates the skin of the foot and establishes itself in

90 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
I have already said how the island of Haiti was called by
the almirante Columbus, La Espanola ; it is twelve hundred
miles in circumference, has abundance of ports, of rivers, of
fish, and of salt. There are two lakes, the one salt, the other
fresh ; and the richest stream of gold, of all those which
Spaniards discovered in that island, is caUed Cibao; the
principal town is called San Domingo, erected by Bartholo
mew Colombo. The reason of his giving it this name was,
that when going round the island to seek for a good port
convenient for ships coming from Spain, he reached this
spot on the day of San Domingo, and thus the island also is
commonly called the island of San Domingo. The town is
built on a plain near the sea, and in my time it contained
five hundred hearths ; the houses are good, like those in
Spain. On the western side, the river Ozonea disembogues,
and forms a good and safe port, capable of containing many
ships. There are very large and very thick woods.' The
width of the island is two hundred and twenty miles. The
height of the pole is twenty-two degrees and a half in the
northward part, and in the southward between nineteen and
twenty. Its length from east to west is about sis hundred
miles ; its shape inclines to that of the chesnut leaf Some
people say that wheat grows weU in that island, though
little is reaped in consequence of the soil being very strong ;
and there being abundance of maize, they care not for it.
But I say, that they gather neither much nor little. I have
inquired the reason frora some old established Spaniards,
who told rne that, owing to the excessive heat, the ground
could not produce it; and so it is aU over the island. It is
the flesh, where, if not speedily removed, it deposits a parcel of eggs.
( Trans.) ' In the original the circumference is here repeated, but stated to be
1400 miles {gira 'piU di miUe e quattrocento miglia) ; whereas just
above It ia given at 1200 {di circuito mUle et dugento miglia). In Ben
zoni's time this was all but a guess ; recent measures assign 1065 miles
as the circumference. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 91
true that, in the beginning, some Spanish peasants sowed a
little among the mountains near Cibao, as it is tolerably cool
there, and they reaped about two bushels or stara. But
those mountains being steep and stony, they saw that they
could never get much grain to grow there, so never cared
about sowing it, and provided themselves with flour from
Spain, whence it is brought in large casks. Whenever,
through the arrival of the ships being delayed, they cannot
get bread, they are obliged to eat the cazabi ; for they do not
cultivate much maize, as they generaUy have the other sorts
of flour.
Few of the trees brought from Spain have succeeded.
Only pomegranates, oranges, citrons, lemons, and some figs.
As to vines, they produce very smaU bunches of grapes, so
that they are sold for half a ducat the pound. And I have seen
a vineyard belonging to the secretary, Diego Cavaliero, in
which there were several thousand vines ; . yet it was a
favourable season when he coUected forty pounds of grapes.
They have not a very good flavour, and are gathered in
February and March. The summer begins in January, and
continues tUl the end of AprU. The winter begins in May
and ends in December. It is not called winter on account
of the cold, but on account of the very heavy rains ; for the
heat exceeds that of summer, in consequence of the winds
ceasing ; and such hot humid vapours rising from the
ground, occasion many diseases ; whilst, on the contrary, in
the summer, the wind is always from the Greco Levante
(E.N.E.), with clear skies.'
In kitchen-garden produce, as, for example, cauliflowers,
cabbages, radishes, lettuces, pumpkins, and melons, they
abound; yet onions and garlick seldom succeeded, where
fore the ships from Spain bring them in great quantities,
1 The general easterly winds of the tropical regions, thus felt along
Columbian and Mexican shores, are nevertheless subject to both diurnal
and annual variations. {Trans)

92 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
with various other things, such as beans, lentUs, almonds,
walnuts, figs, raisins, oil, rice, honey, cheese, jugs, plates,
basins, spices, cloths, sUks, cordage, wine, biscuit, and vari
ous other articles not produced there.
There is a very great quantity of every sort of cattle of the
breeds brought from Spain. There are some Spaniards who
have from six to eight thousand head of cattle in the coun
try. Anybody may kUl what he chooses, provided only that
he gives the hide to the owner. An abundance of sugar
also is made in that island, so that in my time thirty-four
sugar-mUls were at work. These two articles, that is to say,
sugar and hides, are the staple of the island, wherefore all
the Spanish merchants who go there to trade, now bring
back with them nothing else ; for the Spaniards have been
so soUcitous in digging, both for the yeUow and the white
metal, that there is not a grain any more to be found, And
the largest coin at present struck in San Domingo is worth
four mar avidis, or one of our soldi (a halfpenny). If mer
chants wish to buy gold or sUver (for some of the Peruvian,
and from Cape Fondura, is still brought by the dealers,
who go there for horses, slaves, and mules), they might stiU
do so, but at a losing rate, for one ducat of gold is worth
two of other coin, wherefore they rather buy hides, sugar,
cassia, and guaiacavo, or holy-wood (lignum-vitee).

END OF THE FIRST BOOK.

93

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
BY
GIROLAMO BENZONI,
A MILANESE.

BOOK II.
When the natives of, this island (Espanola) began to be
extirpated, the Spaniards provided themselves with blacks
(Mori) from Guinea, which was a conquest of the king of
Portugal's, and they have brought great numbers thence.
When there were mines, they made them work at the gold
and sUver ; but since those came to an end they have in
creased the sugar-works, and in these and in tending the
flocks they are chiefly occupied, besides serving their masters
in aU else. And there being among the Spaniards some
who are not only cruel, but very cruel, when a man occa
sionally wished to punish a slave, either for some crime that
he had committed, or for riot having done a good day's work,
or for spite that he had towards him, or for not having ex
tracted the usual quantity of sUver or gold from the mine,
when he came home at night, instead of giving him supper,
he made him undress, if he happened to have a shirt on,
and being thrown down on the ground, he had his hands
and feet tied to a piece of wood laid across, so permitted
under the rule caUed by the Spaniards the Law of

94 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Baiona,' a law suggested, I think, by some great demon ; then
with a thong or rope he was beaten, until his body streamed
with blood; which done, they took a pound of pitch or a pipkin
of boUing oU, and threw it graduaUy aU over the unfortunate
victim ; then he was washed with some of the country pepper
mixed with salt and water. He was thus left on a plank
covered over with a cloth, untU the master thought he was
again able to work. Others dug a hole in the ground and
put the man in upright, leaving only his head out, and left
him in it aU night, the Spaniards saying that they have
recourse to this cure because the earth absorbs the blood and
preserves the flesh from forming any wound, so they get
weU sooner. And if any die (which sometimes happens)
through great pain, there is no heavier punishment by law
than that the master shaU pay another (slave) to the king.
Thus, on account of these very great cruelties in the begin
ning, some of them escaped from their masters, and wan
dered about the island in a state of desperation. They have
gradually multiplied, however, to such a degree, that they
have caused, and stiU cause the Spanish population a
deal of trouble. In consequence of the kings of Ethiopia
being constantly at war with each other ; for instance, the
Quinei, Manicongri, Gialopi, Zapi, Berbesi, when they
make captives from one another, they seU their prisoners to
the Portuguese ; even in this country some ill-wUl con
tinues among them, still they do no harm to each other;
on the contrary, when the Spaniards quarrel, the blacks
make common cause among themselves. Yet each nation
recognizes its own king or governor, which keeps the
tribes separate, and from this cause they do not do the
' This alludes to the plausible, but unjust and inhuman code, pro
mulgated at Burgos in 1512, by which the employment of Indians in
the mines was insisted upon. Old Purchas, following in the wake of
Benzoni, says— "the Law of Baian, as they call it, devised, I think, by
some cruell divell." {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 95
harm to the Spaniards that they might if they were all
united. The presidents and auditors of the island, finally seeing
that these blacks multiplied, and that all the Spaniards who
fell into their hands were made to die under every sort
of torment, began to collect men together and send them
into aU parts of the island where the negroes hid them
selves. At first it turned out very favourable to the Span
iards, for taking with them some blacks, under promise of
liberty, who knew the localities, they used to attack them in
the night, and finding the people asleep, like a herd of
animals without any fear of enemies, they captured and
kUled a great many of them. But in the sequel the run- ¦
aways learned to keep watch and to be very vigilant,
whereby the Spaniards often got the worst of it. Thus the
blacks have now become so fierce and so numerous, that
when I was residing in the island, it was asserted that there
were upwards of seven thousand. And in the year '45, while
I -was residing there, it was reported that the Cimaroni (for
so the Spaniards in those countries call the outlaws), had
joined in a general rebeUion, were scouring over every part
of the island, and doing all the mischief they could. Where
upon the almirante, Don Luigi Colombo, the president, and
the auditors of San Domingo, sent some messengers to en
treat and supplicate them to be content to live peaceably,
for the Spaniards would do the same and would not annoy
them any more, for they wished to be their friends ; and if
they wanted priests or monks to instruct them in the Chris
tian doctrine, they would wUlingly send some. To these
offers the answer was, that they believed in the doctrine of
Christ and wished for it, but would not accept of Spanish
friendship, for they did not trust in their promises.
Many Spaniards prophesy for certain, that the island in a
short time wUl fall entirely into the hands of these blacks.^
' This propMcy, after much sanguinaiTy warfare, has been fulfilled,

96 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Meanwhile the governors are very vigilant, when a ship sails
for any other province, in preventing any Spaniards from
embarking without permission, even if he be a merchant.
Although when the licentiate, Ceratto, president of the
island, brought liberty to the Indians, he allowed every
body to go where they chose, for which, being severely re
proved by some citizens, he angrUy answered : " Since his
majesty the emperor has given liberty to the Indians, it does
not seem to me just that the Spaniards should, against his
majesty's wiU, be kept in slavery, therefore I only fulfil
his royal will, and think it right to let them go freely
where they like."
But when he learnt how thinly inhabited the island was
becoming, and there being so few Spaniards that, at the
most, they did not exceed eleven hundred men, whUst the
outlaws were becoming daily stronger ; wherefore if an attack
took place there were not Spaniard?: enough to defend them
selves, so that there was danger of losing the island as weU
as their lives — he also was obliged to have recourse to re
strictions, and to shut the gates. Thus, of the Spaniards
who go on a venture to the Indies and touch at this island,
few are willing to remain there ; for any one going to those
countries has riches in view, and there are no longer the
means of obtaining them there.
As I have mentioned some of the circumstances that oc
curred in this island between the blacks' and the Spaniards,
it behoves me also to speak of the very great injury done by
the French to the Spaniards in the Indies, as well by sea as
by land. Not long after the discovery of these countries, in
and the empire of Hayti now boasts of a population little short of a
million in numbers ; and they are under a black emperor, with princes
— dukes — counts — barons — ^knights, and other adornments of the negro
court in abundance. {Trans)
' Benzoni calls them Moors, but expressly tells us they were from
the Coast of Guinea, and therefore blacks, or negroes ; which must be
bome in mind when the word Moors occurs in these pages. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 97
consequence of their famed riches, many French privateers
began to cruize about those seas during the war, hoping to
pick up some laden vessels on their return frora the Indies ;
and in fact they caught a great many, and among the richest
of their prizes, was one at the time when the inestimable
treasures of Peru were embarked for Spain, so that the share
to each of the ship's pages (boys) was eight hundred ducats
of gold. And the principal reason of the French getting
so many of the ships belonging to the Spaniards, was the
avarice of the owners ; for on quitting Spain, such was their
avidity to fill up with merchandize and passengers, that they
did not put the due nuraber of guns on board, in case they
had to defend themselves if attacked by an enemy's ship ;
nor even the number ordered by the Council of the Indies ;
which commanded that every vessel should have at least two
brass guns, six large iron ones, some small ones, and a cer
tain number of barrels of powder, besides other weapons.
The councU, moreover, appointed certain commissaries to
take special care by going to San Lucar, to visit the ships
when they were about starting, and ascertain whether they
were provided according to the orders issued. But the cap
tains of the ships, by putting a piece of gold into the hand of
the commissaries, made them say that all was right ; and with
this arrangement they went away to Seville, waited on their
superiors at the Contract-office, and swore to God that every
thing was in perfect order, and that the ship (whatever it
might be) was equal to fighting against four French vessels.
In this way three or four Spanish ships used to start, though
the best of them carried only two or three iron guns, half
eaten through with rust, and one keg of indifferent powder.
On their return, if a little French galleon (galleoncette) well
armed happened to meet a ship, even of fifteen hundred
or two thousand saime (about three or four hundred tons),
they attacked her without the least fear, knowing how
iU Spanish ships were provided. Firing first a few shot.

98 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
they then hailed to them to lower their topsails for the
king of France ; and if they did not do it directly, they
fired some of their great guns into them, right amidship ;
and the Spaniards seeing that there was no way of defending
themselves, and each man being afraid of losing his life, they
surrendered. The Frenchman immediately ordered them to
let down a boat, bringing the captain, the pilot, and the
clerk on board; he now demanded a report of the gold,
silver, pearls, emeralds, and other valuables usually brought
home by those vessels. Then he sent on board for these
things, and afterwards gave his crew leave to go and see if
they could find anything else ; consequently, as soon as they
got on board, they stripped the passengers, and even the
sailors if they had a good dress, giving them their old rags
in exchange, saying, " These are good for you, and those are
good for me." And no respect for Spain, or customary
usages of war, kept them from ransacking their boxes, and
„ hunting through every hole and corner to see if they could
find some piece of gold. Many captains were content with
seizing the cargo and spoils, yet released the ships ; but the
greater part used to take them to France, and landed the
Spaniards, with a wretchedly small sum of money to pay
their way to their respective homes. Of the captains, pilots,
and clerks who traded to India, few escaped without having
been captured by the French once or twice.^
I do not undertake to relate how some other people
sacked the Canary islands, and seized ships there laden
with cloth, sugar, wine, and other merchandize. Mean
whUe the Council of the Indies being informed how through
bad management so many ships were captured by the
French, they issued an order for all the vessels that used
to start for India at various times of the year, and which
' This was the opening of that noted system of freebooting, which,
under the filibusters and buccaneers, occasioned continual anxiety, terror,
and loss to the Spaniards. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 99
might amount, counting large and small, to fifty or sixty,
to load and wait for each other, then sail all together ; and
that, for greater safety, the merchants should send three
or four armed ships to accompany them to the great Canary
island, because that far, on the way out, is the great danger;
and thus through this wise order the French ceased taking
so many ships. But as to the evU caused to the inhabitants
of the Indies, it was some Spaniards, practised in that navi
gation, who led the enemy there, either through malignity,
or envy, or spite, for some injury inflicted on them. So
that the French also became as familiar with those waters as
the Spaniards themselves ; and although in the beginning
they restricted themselves to the vicinity of the Isla Espa
nola, and San Giovanni di Porto Rico ; yet when those dis
tricts ceased to yield the rich prizes that they had been
accustomed to, they frequented more of the islands, and
even some of the provinces on the mainland, where they
took and pillaged the following towns inhabited by Span
iards : Porto dell' Argetzto, Azua, Laiaquanna, and La
Maquanna, capturing many ships there ; and they would
have done the same to San Domingo, but that it has a for
tress on the bank of the river, remarkably well provided
with excellent brass guns, so that they had not the daring to
attack it, notwithstanding the threats of some of their cap
tains. Meanwhile the Spaniards fearing lest the French
should come in on some other side, the town being without
waUs, they kept good watch during war. And when I lived
there, it was said, as if for certain, that they would surround
it either with earth or brickwork ; but this was rather from
their fear of the outlaws than of the French.'
1 St. Domingo {Isabella) was the first European city built in the New
World, having been founded in 1502 ; and though fallen from its palmy
state, it is still an important place, containing spacious edifices of whioh
even Spain need not be ashamed ; and it was very j udiciously fortified.
The exasperation of Cromwell at the miserable failure of Penn and
Venables before this place, will be remembered ; when the adjutant-

100 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
In the year '43, Captain Pedro AnzuUes, with two ships
and a caravel, left Nombre de Dios for San Domingo, carry
ing a hundred thousand ducats in gold, and on the voyage
touched at Jaquanna, where he learnt that a French ship
had left only six hours before, which had pillaged and burnt
the town. Pedro AnzuUes, desirous of acquiring honour,
landed all the gold and silver, and, hoisting sail, went in
search of the French ship, and having overtaken her, they
engaged each other with spirit, and continued the engage
ment for a quarter of an hour ; but in the height of the
action Pedro was killed, together with several of his men, by
a great gun — da un pezzo d'artigliaria. The loss of their
brave commander so disheartened the rest, that they escaped,
and soon reached San Domingo. The French captain, not
caring to pursue them, resumed his voyage.
In this same year, two French ships came to San Domingo
and captured a caravel laden with goods that was going to
Cape la Vela; they anchored on the eastern side at Mona
Island, expecting some prize. The Royal Audience of San
Domingo, learning that there were some brigs at Launa,
armed two great ships that were in the port loading for
Spain, two caravels and a brig, and, appointing one Carione
di Triana to command them, they set sail. The next day
the Frenchmen, seeing the headmost ship and one caravel,
thought they were merchant vessels going to Spain, and
with great glee prepared to fight. But when they discovered
the other vessels and the brig, and saw that they were all
sailing towards them, the Biscayans, afraid of being taken
and treated as rebels and traitors, because they were sub
jects of the king of Spain, and being raoreover a mile farther
out in the fairway than the fellow ship, they hoisted sail,
and, without caring for their companions, escaped. The
general, being tried for cowardice, was not only cashiered and his sword
broken over his head, but he was also sentenced to serve as a swabber in
keeping the hospital-ship clean. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 101
captain of the remaining ship now feeling alone, and per
ceiving that the Spanish commander was coming right upon
him, closely followed by all the rest, felt that there was no
chance of getting off; so, confused and frightened, he de
termined to surrender, and ordered all the soldiers to pile
up their arms, saying, that it would be more folly than pru
dence to fight, since it was manifest that one ship alone was
no match for five enemies ; and that, by surrendering, the
Spaniards would treat them well as prisoners of war,' as
they were themselves treated. He was answered, how
ever, very angrily by one of his bombardiers, who said,
that neither he nor his companions would on any account
surrender, but were determined to fight; that he would
rather die fighting than disgracefully surrender to the
enemy; if he, the captain, was afraid, he ought not to go to
war. Though the foes were five and he alone, still he did
not care a farthing [un quattrino) for them, since Spaniards,
especially at sea and in those countries, knew not how to
manage guns ; but that he with four shots would undertake
to sink the commander's ship, and there was no doubt but
that, as soon as she was disposed of, the rest from fear would
fly. Certainly, if the captain had listened to this bombar
dier, it would have been better for them; for it was thought
that these brave words would be accompanied by brave con^
duct. Accordingly, when the Spaniard fired a gun, and
called out, " Surrender to the emperor," he was answered
by a heavy shot between wind and water ; but the captain
having determined not to fight, jumped below, and tore the
match from the bombardier's hands, he being on the point
of firing another shot in an equally dangerous place, and
^ Such seems to have been a necessary consideration, since it does not
appear that the vessel pertained to the royal navy. Charles V. and
Francis I. were certainly amusing Europe by personal defiances and
strange parade ; but the war between the two monarchs was only a kind
of lugubrious half- jest half-earnest affair. {Trans)

102 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
that would, in all probability, have sunk the ship, as he had
promised to do : for even the first shot occasioned her to
make a great deal of water before they could collect cases
and other things together to plug up the hole. Thus the
French ship was captured without fighting, and taken to
San Domingo, where it occasioned as much rejoicing through
out the town as if a kingdom of France had been conquered.
The Frenchmen were put into prison, especially the ablest
sailors ; but the captain passed the greatest part of his time
in the house of the almirante. The guns, the cables, the
anchors, were taken out of the ship, and then she was towed
into the open sea, burnt, and sunk. I, going occasionally
to the prison to see a friend of mine, used to converse with
the Frenchmen, who swore at their captain for having so
shamefully surrendered, thus subjecting them to great suffer
ing and ill-treatment. They were soon sent over to Spain
in detachments, sorae in one vessel, and some in another.
On the voyage, five of them made head one night, in a
caravel laden with sugar, and carrying fifteen thousand gold
ducats for the king. The Spaniards were thrown overboard,
and the vessel was carried to France as booty.
In the year 1536, a small French galleon, by them called
a patax, having lost sight of the flag ship in a storm, went
into Avanava, in Cuba, and took the town. The Spaniards,
fearing the enemy would burn it, as the houses were built
with wood and thatched, agreed to give them seven hundred
ducats of gold, with which the French were well content
and departed.' The next day three large ships entered the
port from New Spain, whereupon John de Rojas, chief head
of the town, ordered that all their gold and silver and other
1 This ransom appears to have been the commencement of a practice
which fully ripened under the buccaneers. Not that it has been un
known to regular forces ; but it was a systematic method of plunder on
the American shores. The irregularity of Benzoni's writing is seen by
his spelling Havannah in two different ways in this paragraph, namely,
AvaTMva and Avaim. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 103
valuable articles should be landed, and they go in search of
the Frenchman. They issued from the harbour one after
the other, with their boats ahead, and the commanding
officer's ship leading. Behind a point, not far from the
town, they found the galleon near the mouth of a river.
The headmost ship not daring to attack her alone [non
osando manometterla), delayed operations until the other
ships could join. The Frenchmen, surprised at this delay,
and attributing it to fear of attacking them, began to fire a
few guns, which so intimidated the crew of the headmost
ship that, without making any atterapt at defence, in the most
cowardly manner they left the ship and ran away on shore.
One of the other ships was not far astern, but seeing this
abandonment of the commanding officer's ship, its crew fol
lowed the vile example, and so they did on board the third
ship. Wherefore the Frenchmen, who were at first alarmed,
and made sure they should be taken prisoners, with great
exultation took possession of the three ships. Returning to
the Avana they now deraanded a similar sum to that they
had before for the ransom of the town ; and then departed.
After this, the Spaniards began to build the houses of
stone ; and on the borders of the port they erected a fortress,
mounted with some large guns, to defend them from the
French. This town lies in a plain near the sea, on the east
ern side ; it is built like a house that has the door well pro
tected, but is open on all other sides, without any walls, so
that people can enter it wherever they like. The French,
aware of this fort which the Spaniards had erected at the
entrance of the port, went to the river Chiorera, about six
miles distant, and suddenly disembarking at midnight, en
tered the town by early dawn [quarto delV alba). The Span
iards were all asleep, but hearing a noise quitted their beds,
and some by one door and some by another fled to the woods.
Thus did the French take the city which the Spaniards had
founded in this country.

104 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
And, moreover, in the year 1554, during the cruel wars
between the emperor Charles V. and Henry, king of France,
a French ship, with eighty soldiers, went to St. James of
Cuba, the principal place of that island ; and after taking and
sacking the town, they went towards the Avana, and having
landed their soldiers by way of the Chiorera, they entered
the town an hour before daylight, and captured some Span
iards, while others ran away. The French began entering
the houses, hoping to collect a deal of booty ; but they had to
return empty-handed, for the inhabitants having already
been several tiraes pillaged by the French, feared a repeti
tion ofit in future, and therefore had kept their riches at their
possessions.' Whilst the enemy went about rummaging and
sacking the houses, two Spaniards were sent by the General
Council to the captain ; first to see what number of people
they had, and then to treat of some compact, so that they
should not burn and ruin the town. Having therefore en
tered into discussion about ransoming the place, and the
people that they had taken prisoners, the captain demanded
six thousand gold ducats. The Spaniards pleaded poverty,
and said that the whole of their property would not amount
to the sura that they deraanded, but proposed to refer the sub
ject to their superiors, inforraing them of all the particulars,
since they (the deputies) could not decide anything without
the General Council. Thus taking leave of the captain,
they promised to return the following day without fail, pro
vided with the resolution. They then went to John d'Ories,
and the other members of the Town Council, who having
heard what sort of people their eneraies were, and the
amount of ransora they demanded, the greater part would
not consent to the terms ; saying that instead of giving them
money, they ought to be repelled by lances and archibusses,
since they deserved to be kiUed Uke ladrones, for they lived
1 This passage is obscure : " tenevano tutte le lor facultsl, alle sue
possessioni." Perhaps at their farms. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 105
on plunder, and that if they had been ever so many more,
they were stiU not worth a farthing ;' and that even the few
cavalry the town had, were enough to route them. Some
others were of a contrary opinion, aUeging that it was better
to seek some composition than to subject themselves to the
chances of Fortune, shewing themselves to be men of very
little judgment in not estimating the enemy ; therefore ad
vised that the captain should be again sought, so as to under
stand his wiU better ; and even if they found that he would
not swerve from the sum demanded, stUl they would feel
satisfied in having kept their promise ; and if there was no
appearance of accommodation, they would be at Uberty to
come to any other decision they might think proper. But
the opinion of the many had more force than the wise sug
gestion of the few ; wherefore some Spaniards and black
slaves, amounting to a hundred and fifty, put themselves in
¦ order, and at an hour after dark, expecting to find their
enemies asleep, caUing out on St. Joseph and St. Jaraes, they
assailed them, and firing their archibusses they kiUed four
Frenchmen, among whom was a nephew of their captain.
The French did not at all fail in courage, but jumping up,
seized their arms, and defended themselves with such spirit,
that after the first shower from their archibusses, the terrified
Spaniards turned their backs and fled to the woods for
safety. The captain remained up aU night keeping good
watch, extremely irritated at the death of his people, especi
aUy of his nephew, blaming himself for having trusted to the
promise of the Spaniards. In the morning, he ordered part
of his soldiers to coUect aU the pitch that they could find in
the town, and there were many cases that had been brought
from Spain to this port for repairing their ships ; with this
he ordered them to anoint aU the doors, windows, floors, in
short every wooden portion of the houses, and then set
* Non si dovevano stimare wn maravedis, a term of contempt ; the
maravedi being their smallest coin. {Trans)

106 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
fire to them, and as much as possible throwing down the
walls from their very foundations; also, while the houses
were burning, he repaired to the church, and did as much
there. A Spaniard on horseback, who had been hovering
about the woods, seeing this fiery spectacle, humbly came
up to him saying, — " Oh, captain, was it not enough to ap
pease your feeUngs to burn aU the town, without also attack
ing God's temple ?" To which the captain haughtUy replied,
— " Men without faith require no church." And when they
had destroyed the houses, they razed and pUlaged the for
tress, so that the captain ordered his ship to enter the port
and embark aU the spoUs ; then, fiercely threatening .the
Spaniards, he departed.
A few days after aU this had happened, I entered the port,
and saw everything so completely destroyed, that the very
site of the town could scarcely be discerned.
The tovm of San Germano, in the island of Porto-Rico,
after having been taken and sacked by the French, being
fi,rst situated on the sea-shore, was then transferred by the
Spaniards to a wood six" miles distant, hoping to be safe
there ; but it was not so, for when the French heard where
they were, they did not fail to go ; even eight miles from
the sea-shore in Jamaica.^ They also sacked the town of
Sevile, that had twenty-four wooden houses.
About this same period it happened that in the town oi Car
thagena, a province on the mainland, the judge had ordered
a saUor to be flogged, for a certain spite that he had shewn
him ; when the man was liberated he returned to Spain, and
thence went to France. But he led five Freqch ships here,
which anchored at the entrance of the harbour, and pouring
a hundred soldiers into their boats, they went to the town
' Benzoni's geography is occasionally very obscure. This Jamaica,
from the context, cannot be the great island of that name ; it may
therefore have been another tovra or hamlet two miles beyond Ban
Germano. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 107
and disembarked an hour before daylight. While the
Spaniards were still sleeping, the assailants began pillaging
the houses, which were partly of wood and partly of reeds,
roofed with palm leaves. The sailor, with some Frenchmen,
repaired to the house of the judge who had had him flogged,
and by repeated stabs kiUed him. Then some went scouring
in one direction and some in another. The greater part of
the Spaniards fled, some were killed, others were made pri
soners ; and thus the town of Carthagena was taken, pil
laged, and burnt ; yielding a booty to the French, between
the spoils and the ransoms of the Spaniards, of a hundred
and fifty thousand gold ducats.
Other French ships, both before and after, have haunted
that coast, taking and sacking Sta. Martha, Capo la Vela,
and other places. And to make an end of the actions of the
French : while the pearl fishery flourished iu Cubagua, one
of their ships arrived there, and being detected by the
Spaniards, they seized two country boats, and putting flfty
Indians into them with their bows and arrows, giving them
to understand that the people on board were unnaturally
vicious, and if they did not endeavour to kUl them they
would leap on shore, and seizing the natives would make
infamous use of them. The Indians did not wait to hear
more, but went immediately towards the ships. The French
seeing them coming, were staring at the new naked people,
perhaps thinking they were only going to look at them, or to
barter for pearls ; but when they got close to the ship, they
began to throw their darts and wounded some of them. The
French knew more about the pearls fished up around that
island than of the poisonous herb that the natives use ; as
soon as they felt themselves wounded, and found that
those darts were mortal, they immediately hoisted sail and
went away. Nor, as far as I have heard, has any French
ship ever ventured to that island again. In this manner
it was, and with this cunning, that the greatly frightened

108 HISTORY OF THB NEW WORLD.
Spaniards liberated themselves out of the hands of the
French.' After being in Espanola island for eleven months, I sailed
from the town of San Domingo in a ship bound for Terra
Firma, and in six days we came in sight of the snowy moun
tains of Sta. Martha. We shortly after entered the town of
Carthagena, so called from having an islet at the entrance of
the port, like Carthagena in Spain. This island is eight
miles long and three broad, and when the Spaniards first
went to those countries, it was all inhabited by Indian fisher
men ; but now there is no symptom even of the houses that
used to be there. Nor can we be much surprised at this,
since in all the other provinces, both maritime and inland,
wherever the Spaniards have reached, there are scarcely any
miserable Indian viUages remaining ; the cause of this great
evil was, that as long as that nation had any strength left, it
never would accept of the friendship of their invaders, on
account of the very great cruelties that they had inflicted.
These people have plenty of fruit, fish, and aU other things
requisite to sustain life. Their ordy clothing is a decent
bandage round their loins. When they went to war, the
women fought as well as the men : their arms are poisoned
arrows : they eat their enemies, and have eaten many Span
iards, and would do the same by the rest if they could.
On occasion of their feasts, they used to adorn themselves
as they were best able, with ornaments of gold, pearls, and»
emeralds, putting some on their arms, on their legs, on their
faces, and other parts of the body. Their principal products
are salt, fish, and pepper ; and they carry these inland, where
there is a deficiency, bartering them for other things. In
more prosperous times they held fine large markets of grain,
1 There is something rather lame in this conclusion, and the counter-
statement is wanting. At all events, as the story stands, the Frenchman
in question was very different in talent or courage— perhaps both— from
the gallant captors of Havannah, Carthagena, and the numerous Spanish
ships. {Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 109
fruits, cotton, feathers, ornaments, gold, and various sorts of
pearls, slaves, and other goods. Each man took only what
he wanted, without other conditions, or showing any avarice
whatever, saying. Do you take this, and give me that. But
amongst the articles they most esteem are eatables; although
now the greater part of those tribes have learnt from us to
hold temporal goods in very great veneration. Still there
are some individuals who do not esteem them, acting as they
used to do at first ; and it has happened to me to go to the
house of an Indian, and on asking whether he had a fowl to
sell, he answered, yes, and what would I give him in ex
change for it ? On my showing him a real, he took it out of
my hand, saying to me. What are you going to do with the
fowl ? to which I answered, that I was going to eat it ; the
Indian then looking me in the face, put the real between his
teeth and said, " Oh, Christian, if you wish me to give you
something to eat, give me in exchange something that I can
eat ; but what you offer me is worth nothing at all, so take
back thy real, and I wUl eat my fowl." Then I went to the
house of another man, who gave me a fowl.
Between Carthagena and Sta. Martha there is a large and
very rapid river, which falls into the sea with such violence,
especially during winter, that ships passing by can easily
take up fresh water.' Doctor Gonzalo Ximenes, acting in
Sta. Martha as deputy for Don Pietro di Lugo, governor of
the province, being desirous to enrich himself, started with
two little brigantines and forty-five Spaniards to go up this
' This river is now called the Madalena : it rises among the moun
tains two degrees north of the line, and passing Keva, Santa F6 de Bogota,
Mompox, and other towns, it falls into the sea as above. It is navigable
as far as Honda, four hundred and thirty-five mUes from its mouth ; and
it is infested with vast numbers of caymans or alligators. Like the Nile,
the Rhone, and other rivers which disembogue with impetus, its waters
are borne a considerable distance out to sea, and may be skimmed still
fresh, as asserted by Benzoni ; whose mention of it is the earliest we
have met with. We have known a large fleet water thus on an enemy's
coast in time of war. {Trans)

110 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
river ; and, having obtained some emeralds from the Indian
viUages, learned from whence they were brought, and deter
mined to go on, nor rest tiU they found the mines that pro
duced these jewels. At the end of some days they met
with Bagotta, a very rich prince, according to the opinion of
the lower class of the Spaniards. The Doctor, partly through
good will, and partly by rapine, coUected a good quantity
of gold, and then inquired whence they procured the
emeralds. Bagotta thereby perceiving the immeasurable
avarice of the Christians, thinking to get them out of the
country and never see them again, told him that they were
obtained from the valley of Tunia, and on this information
the Doctor started. They advanced among some mountains
inhabited by Indians, entered the valley of Tessuca, and Si-
mandoca, the chief of that province, seeing that the Span
iards entered his dominion without doing any harm (for the
Doctor had commanded his people, in order to gain the
good opinion of those tribes, that nobody should dare to
take anything without the permission of the natives), made
no resistance; on the contrary, he received them with
caresses. The Doctor inquired of him about the emerald
mines, and Simandoca very kindly led him to where those
jewels were found; for it Was twenty-five mUes beyond his
territory, in a spot devoid of grass or trees. He then made
his vassals dig out a good quantity, and, together with other
jewels and gold, presented them to the Doctor, as things
which he did not much esteem, for a basin of salt was to
him more precious than his mountains of emeralds and gold.
Thus the Doctor, with this beautiful and very valuable pre
sent, returned to Sta. Martha.
The fame of the newly discovered country, so abounding
in gold and emeralds, soon spread ; everybody desired to
go there, and Don Pietro di Lugo wishing it even more
than anybody else, prepared arms, horses, river-craft, and
other requisites : having but few soldiers, he sent for more

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. Ill
men from Carthagena, and so started. He reached the con
fines of Bagotta'si territory; but those chiefs having heard
of the horrors committed by the Spaniards wherever they
went, took up arms to resist them and to defend their
liberty. Yet finding, after many battles, that they were
always beaten, and that already a great proportion of them
were kUled, and moreover, that daily reinforcements of
Christians arrived from Carthagena and Sta. Martha, their
hopes faUed of ever being able to expel them from their
country, and, overpowered by the fear of being all destroyed,
they sought for peace. Thus did the Spaniards obtain the
dominion of a great part of that country. Then Don Pietro
di Lugo, after enduring some skirmishes with the Indians,
traversed many vUlages, burning and robbing, but coUecting
a great quantity of gold and emeralds, finaUy returned to
Sta. Martha.
This province is called by the Spaniards, the kingdom of
Nueva Granata, and Captain George Robledo, in the year
forty, erected there the town of Carthago, giving it this
name, because nearly all the conquerors who were there
when he arrived, came from Carthagena. From thence
they excavated, and stiU excavate, a great quantity of eme
ralds. The Velzari also having heard of this very rich dis'^
covery, started from Valenzuola by land, and continuing
through wUd countries, and crossing the snowy mountains of
Sta. Martha with good Indian guides, walked so far as to reach
the emerald province. Then, after making some forays,
and piUaging some Indian tribes, they returned to their
government. The oppressed natives seeing themselves per
secuted in this manner on every side, were unable to sustain
so much grief and suffering ; abusing and inveighing |
against the Christian name, they used to go to the woods to
' This chief's name was evidently transferred to the district ; and the
town built by the Spaniards in 1538, and which is now the capital of
New Granada, was called Santa Fide Bogota. {Trans)

112 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
hang themselves, the women as well as the men; and of
those who had nothing to tie themselves up with, as they
chiefly go naked, the one helped the other to tie their hair
round the branches of the trees, and then letting themselves
fall, with most bitter lamentations, with howls and shrieks
full of terror, and flUing the air with their miseries, per
sisted in making away with themselves.'
The inhabitants of the vaUey of Tunia and the surround
ing places, regard the sun as their principal deity. When
they go to war, instead of carrying a standard, they have
the bones of some of their ancestors, famed in arms, tied on
canes, to induce the rest courageously to imitate their vir
tues, and fight valorously against their enemies. Their
arms are lances made of the palm-tree and flint stones.
They used to bury their chiefs with their ornaments of gold
and emeralds, and with bread and wine ; so that the Span
iards found many rich sepultures. The inhabitants of the
baliks of the Great River are Caribbees, as well as those of
Sta. Martha. They have arrows stained with herbs ; and
before the Spaniards came into their country, they were
violent enemies of Bagotta, constantly fighting against each
other. They are brave, fierce, revengeful ; when they went
to war they carried with them their god Chiappe, who pre
sided over victory; so that before they started they made
many sacrifices to him, kUling the children of some slave, or
that had been captured from the enemy, smearing the
bodies over with their blood, and then eating the flesh
among them. If they proved victorious, they did the same
with the blood of their enemies, with very great joy, singing,
dancing, and getting drunk. If, on the contrary, they were
beaten, they were moody, melancholy, and grieved; and
offered more sacrifices to their idol to propitiate him, and
induce him to be favourable to them.
' We here find a repetition, in this fine valley, of the horrors which
occurred at Hispaniola, already treated of at page 77. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 113
There would be many more things to say about these pro
vinces and the habits of the people ; but not to be tedious,
I will go on to others. Returning to my journey : when I
arrived at Carthagena, the ship in which I came being very
leaky, she could not proceed for some time. It was neces
sary to wait for another opportunity ; so at the end of forty-
four days I embarked in a brigantine bound for El Nombre
de Dios. We always coasted along, and so entered the Gulf
of Vrana, and then into the port of Achla, the town being
situated two bow-shots from the shore. There were about
eight houses inhabited by Spaniards, though when first built
there were many more neighbours : but affairs have been
and are still more declining, both they and the Indians
having nearly come to an end. The greater number have
gone to seek better fortune ; and the same has occurred to
VAntica del Darien, as well as to other places along that
shore. Eight days before I entered this port of Achla} a ship
came there from San Domingo, freighted with mules destined
for El Nombre de Dios ; but on reaching the mainland, the
pilot not knowing the coast, and thinking he was lower down
on the confines of Veragua, put the ship about, expecting
thus to get to Nombre de Dios ; but was coasting along to
wards Carthagena, when he reached the entrance of this port.
The pUot not knowing where he was, nor where to go, stood
gazing at the land undecided, when it happened that a
Spaniard walking along the shore, seeing this vessel near the
port's entrance, and yet not coming in, feared she would be
lost from not knowing the anchorage; so instantly ran home,
and catching up a towel, tied it on a lance and returned to
^ It is rather difficult to identify the exact site of the once important
town and port of Achla {Bones of Men) : it was, however, to the west
of the gulf of Vrana, and a little beyond Careta, on the Darien Coast. It
will ever be memorable in American history, as having been the arsenal
of the adventurous and able Vasco Nuiiez, the discoverer of the Pacific
Ocean. (Trans)

114 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
the beach. When those on board saw the signal, they im
mediately went into the port and landed the mules. The
merchants considering that if the animals were embarked
again they might die from being so harassed, determined to
send the ship to El Nombre de Dios, whUe they led the mules
there by land. This they prepared to do, and laid in a stock
of food, sufficient, as they thought, for the journey. The
merchants requested me to be pleased to accompany them,
and so we started, taking with us a Spaniard, not a very ex
perienced guide, and twenty black slaves belonging to the
merchants, each carrying a knife in his hand to clear the
path for us ; nor could we ever have got on without this
precaution, for it was crossed by frequent branches. After
having walked very slowly during fourteen days we had
accomplished little more than half the journey, and found
only the remains of the abandoned huts of the Indian vU
lages which existed when they were prosperous. The mer
chants had already decided that one of the mules must be
killed, since their provisions were finished ; when one even
ing about sunset, whilst on the summit of a hill, to the great
joy of all we saw a smoke, and the guide asserted that it
proceeded from the dwelling of some Indians. StiU he was
of opinion that we should not go there until two or three
hours after nightfall, and so take them by surprise : alleging
this good reason, that if we went immediately, the moment
they saw us, thinking that we were certainly going to make
them slaves (as used to be the case before the imperial edict
came from Spain ordering their freedom), they would escape
to the woods, and we should not be able to get any pro
visions. We adopted his advice, and the more to insure our not
being seen, we descended half way down the hill, and waited
there a great part of the night. We then went to the houses,
which were four, and very small ; we entered, and the noise
awakening the Indians, as soon as they perceived us, they

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 115
set up a lamentable cry of Guacci, Guacci, a name that
sounds like, and means, a small quadruped that prowls about
at night, living on prey; and this same name they have
given to the Christians ! Having entered the huts, we
s'eized almost all the people that were there, and continued
very vigilant the rest of the night. I may say that I have
never heard so much crying, especially from the women, as
I did that night, since they thought for certain that we in
tended to make them all slaves ; they threw their heads
about disconsolately, talked grievously together, knocked
their heads on the ground, and with their hands and their
teeth tore our clothes like wild beasts, and spat in our faces ;
and truly, if we had not prevented them, some of them
would have killed themselves. So much so, that at dawn,
when their frightful screams subsided, in the best way we
could we sought to appease them, and by signs' gave them
to understand that we had not gone to their houses for any
other purpose but to seek something to eat, so as to pass on
with our mules to the other sea ; and that for the future they
need have no fear, for the king of Castile had commanded
that there should be no more slaves. Thus, and with other
similar words, we somewhat pacified them ; but they stiU
feared some deceit.
In this manner we were provided with bread, fish, fruits,
and the flesh of wUd pigs, which in India always have
bristles along the back. In payment we gave them some
knives, a little salt, and would have given them some reals,
but they would not have these, saying that they knew not
what to do with them. So, after resting four days there we
resumed our journey, and one of the Indians, of his own
good wiUj accompanied us a long way, until he had put us
into the right track. On being asked by us whether there
' Signs, in such a case, must have formed a miserably lame medium of
communication ; as probably only one party understood what was raeant.
(2Va?i«.)

116 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
were any other Indian habitations on our route, he answered
No ; for what with those that the Guacci had seized, and
others that they had killed, they had destroyed all the coun
try. With this he returned home, and we, after eight days
hard work, reached Panamd.
Some say that the features of this city are almost as grand
as those of Venice ; though I think that these authors cannot
have seen the more than magnificent and most Ulustrious
Venice ; a city so exalted, both as regards its power, its im
perial majesty, its commerce and riches, and also its distin
guished virtue and justice, as not to be inferior to any that the
sun shines upon. And, undoubtedly, ten Venetian merchants
would suffice to buy up all the merchandize that once a-year
is brought here, as well as the town also. And in order that
it should not be supposed that I say this to deteriorate from
the glory and ambition of the Spanish nation, I wiU also
give a complete account of El Nombre de Dios. This town
is situated on the Northern Sea. Therefore fourteen or
fifteen Spanish vessels, large and small, usually go there,
and the greatest may carry eighteen hundred salms [or about
three hundred and sixty tons). The cargoes consist of various
articles, but principally of wine, flour, biscuit, and the rest of
oil, some cloth and silk, besides various other merchandize
made in Spain for household use, as weU as for supporting
human life. And sometimes it has happened, that the market
has been so over-stocked, that the articles did not fetch the
price which they originally cost in Spain. I have even seen
some instances of people having various goods left on their
hands, such as oil, figs, raisins, et cetera, and not being able
to obtain any price for them, they have left them with the cap
tain of the ship for the freight. Whilst, on the contrary, there
have been times when everything was so scarce in consequence
of the ships not coming (owing to their fear of the French),
that every article was sold, as the saying is, for its weight
in gold. But then the ships arriving at El Nombre de

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 117
Dios,^ the merchants sent their cargoes in small boats up the
river Chiare, to a place caUed La Croce, fifteen mUes from
Panamd. There they are given in charge to a Spaniard, who
takes care of them till the muleteers gradually carry thera to
Panama. Then, by means of other ships built there, the
greater part are sent on to Peru, and to all the cities in that
large kingdom of Peru inhabited by Spaniards, including in
the number Panama and El Nombre de Dios. The largest
census yet made scarcely gives four thousand persons, so
that the reader may easily judge whether Panamel can be
compared in commerce with the very rich and most illus
trious city of Venice. There are some Spaniards in these
countries, so vain-glorious that they never cease praising
themselves, especially those who have (not) been in Italy.
Some boast that they have taken such a fortress, and that
they have fought in a. stockade, and have always been vic
torious. Others, with their own means, have taken and
sacked a large and powerful town ; and boast that one
Spaniard is worth four Germans, three Frenchmen, or two
Italians : and five hundred of them would doubtless suffice
' Here, again, is some geographical confusion, for the above passage
gives an inference that £1 Nombre de Dios was the port of the river
Chiare, which by resemblance would seem to be the Chagre : but the
port of that name, which became famous for the reception and trans
mission of the riches of Peru to Spain, was situated to the east of Porto
bello. Nombre de Dios, it will be recollected, was founded by the unfor
tunate Nicuesa in 1510, in the bight which Columbus had named
Bastimentos. It seems to have been sadly worried by the Indians, as
they were called ; insomuch that, about the year 1584, the inhabitants
removed to Porto-bello, as a place better adapted for commerce and
safety. That faithful old navigator, Dampier, visiting it nearly a cen
tury afterwards, thus describes it ; — " Indeed these parts have undergone
great changes in this last age, as well in places themselves as in their
owners, and commodities of them ; particularly Nombre de Dios, a city
once famous, and which still retains a considerable name in some late
accounts, is now nothing but a name. For I have lain ashore in the
place where that city stood ; but it is all overgrown with wood, so as to
leave no sign that any town hath been there." {Trans)

118 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
to conquer painted Venice, as if it was a straw or wooden
village consisting of some twenty-five or thirty-houses, like
those that they have built in India.
f~. There are many of them moreover, who, coming from
Spain to these Indies, or to the provinces, over which they
tyrannize, in their inflated vanity [sgonsi di vento) claim
descent from the Goths, and Gusmans, and Maurichi. Yet
when the truth is discovered, we find that in Spain they
were mere tenders of swine or shepherds.
Connected with this topic, I will here relate what occurred
in Italy to a Spaniard named II Montanese. He being, not
long before the memorable battle of Ravenna, in the magni-
^ent city of Sienna, in conversation with many persons, nobles
as well as plebeians, vaunting, with proud words, that the vir
tue of the Spanish nation was superior to that of every other
country, said, that among their many other rare qualities, no
one could compare with them in handling the sword. At these
words, uttered with unbearable arrogance, a young Roman,
named Giuliano, of the Parione district, came forward,
saying : " Oh, Montanese, if you will agree to fight, body to
body, and with similar arms, I should like to prove to thee
that there is not a better or more courageous foreign soldier
to be found than an Italian." This answer, so generous and
so modestly given, was unanimously approved by all ; and
it was therefore agreed between them that each should
select a companion, and that they would fight with Spanish
swords, and with capes, not shields. The Montanese chose
a young man from Cordova, an acquaintance of his, who
handled a sword well. And the Roman did not fail to
obtain II Tiracoscia da Castello, whom he lovingly and
pleasingly invited to the honour and glory of the Italian
blood. Almost all Tuscany flocked to this splendid spec
tacle on the appointed day; and the gentlemen granted
them their arena as an undisturbed fleld, it being formed
exactly like a theatre. This battle was fought vaUantly,

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 119
and encouraged on both sides ; as they felt that they had
boldly entrusted the public honour to these private hands.
The Spaniards, fighting in the style of ancient gladiators,
were the first to be exhausted, and to acknowledge them
selves vanquished ; having received seventeen severe
wounds, as weU on the face as on other parts of the body,
and the Italians had received only nine. This battle was
not only celebrated joyfully by the people, but was also
gloriously and learnedly sung by the poets, of whom there
was always a great abundance in Tuscany.
But to return to the city of PanamEl : it is situated
on a small plain near the margin of the Southern Sea,
and, at full moon, the waves frequently reach the houses
and enter those built on that side of the town. They are
encircled partly by reeds and partly by wood, and nearly all
roofed with shingles ; nor, in my time, did they exceed a
hundred and twenty.' The port is good and safe, but small;
when the sea rises, ships go in ; but when it falls again,
they go out with only part of their cargo ; for the water is
shallow, and recedes so far, that two miles of beach remain
exposed, and nothing but swamps are seen. The ships
that have gone out, lie a little farther in the offing ; and
both load and unload their cargoes by means of boats. As
to the staple articles that are brought to Panamd, they con
sist of maize, a little flour from Peru, poultry, and honey.
There is abundance of cows, pigs, oranges, lemons, all sorts
of cabbages, onions, lettuces, melons, and other produce of
the kitchen garden. This province of Panama used to be
inhabited by several tribes of Indians, and in all their rivers
there was a great deal of gold. But the Spaniards have
consumed everything.
' Panamli (abounding with fish) had suffered from foea and fires, but
when we cruized before it in the last year of the Spanish war, it was
wonderfully different in aspect to what Benzoni describes ; for it was
then a substantially- built city, and its citadel, cathedral, convents, and
other public edifices, fully stamped it a vice-regal residence. (Trans)

120 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
From Panamd to Nombre de Dios, is a distance of fifty
miles. During the first day's journey, the way is tolerably
good, but beyond this there are woods, and they continue
through the rest of the journey. Half-way, there is a
river, which, owing to its many windings, retards pas
sengers for three hours ; and it has happened to some tra
vellers, being there in the winter, whUe they were in the
midst of this river, that it began to rain desperately, and the
water rose to such a degree, that having no place of refuge,
they were drowned. I knew a Spaniard who was crossing
this river after it had begun to swell, and there remained
only the last branch to cross, whUst he was mounted on a
mule, with the value of four thousand ducats in gold and
jewels. The. stream carrying him down, he tied himself to
the branch of a tree until he could get to the bank, and so
having lost everything, reached Nombre de Dios in his waist
coat. This town is buUt on the sea-shore, extending from east
to west, in the midst of a wood. The locality is unhealthy,
especiaUy in winter, from the great heat and the humidity of
the ground ; for a marsh surrounds it on the western side.
Consequently a great many people die there ; and as to the
.^houses, they are like those of Panamd. When I resided in
that province there were fifteen or twenty merchants, whole
sale dealers ; all the other houses and shops being occupied
by small tradesmen, apothecaries, saUors, inn-keepers, and
other useful people. All the merchants who have a house
at Nombre de Dios, have one also at Panamd, and live there
till they become rich. On the northern side is the port,
which is capable of containing many ships. As to Spanish
articles produced by this pestiferous land, there are oranges,
lemons, radishes the size of a mouse's tail, some vegetables,
and a few smaU lettuces, not very good. All the rest is like
produce of Espanola island, of Cuba, and of the province
of Nicaragua, that is, maize, cazibi, salt meat, pigs, and

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 121
battatas ; and from Panamd they bring cows, if they wish
to eat fresh meat; and everything else, as 1 have said before,
v brought from Spain.
Among the woods on the eastern side, not very far from
Nombre de Dios, there are numbers of black runaways, who
have killed many Spaniards sent by the governors of the
province to destroy them. In those woods, near some
streams, they found several houses inhabited by Indians,
and made^friends with them. They throw poisoned arrows,
and often many of them go to the Panamel route, and kiU as
many travellers as fall into their hands, cruelly cutting them
in pieces. In winter, owing to contrary winds, the boats
that go to the river Chiare are a long time in reaching
La Croce ; yet by them the merchants send some articles to
Panamd, and they occasionaUy meet with these outlaws,
who plunder aU the goods, leaving the blacks who lead the
mules, unless they like to go with them. And this is the
substance of the treaties and contracts between the city of
Panamd a.T[id Nombre de Dios.
As I previously promised to give you an entire descrip
tion of the intensely sterile country of Veragua, this seems
to me the most appropriate place, as we are close to it ; so
that the reader may be convinced of the great difference
there is in speaking of a place from hearsay, and from one's
own experience.
In the year of our salvation fifteen hundred and forty,
Diego Gutierrez, of Madrid, was appointed by the emperor,.^
governor of Nueva Carthago, in Costa-Rica, a very rich
province; and he left Spain accordingly. He arrived at
Nombre de Dios, and then in a fregata, or barge, by the
canal he went to Nicaragua, to collect men and enter on his
government. But Roderigo de Contreras was still ruler of
that province, and in consequence of some discord that arose
between them he continued there two years longer, untU,
through the bishop's kind intercession, they became friends.

122 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Thus Contreras came to a consultation with Diego Gutierrez
on the government, and he made known to him what a ter
rible country it was, impossible to be conquered, from being
covered with impenetrable woods and rugged mountains ; so
that not only they could not go there on horseback, but in
many parts men on foot could scarcely penetrate into it :
that all the captains who had led men there, what with
those who died of hunger, and others who were killed by
the Indians, had lost nearly all their followers. If he
(Diego), however, was determined to go there, he would
advise him to keep a party of a hundred Spaniards always
on the sea-shore ; and three or four times a-year, in the
summer, to make a foray, sometimes in one direction and
sometimes in another, pillaging those people, who were all
very rich, possessing a great quantity of gold ; and that he
would oblige himself, on condition of sharing in the spoils,
to supply him with all the food requisite, according to the
Indian manner of living. To these words Don Diego
answered : — " That the emperor had conferred that govern
ment on him that he might people dt, and not for him to
pillage it; and if fortune had been -adverse to others, he
trusted in God that it would be mpre propitious to him.
That on no account would he abandon the enterprise, nor
did he wish for any corapanionship." So with this deter
mination he' prepared himself, bought some maize, pigs,
salt, honey, poultry, and other things ; and then left Gra
nata with sixty Spaniards, and embarked in two brigantines.
They went by the scolatoio (drain or canal) by which he had
come, soon reached the sea-shore, and going fifty miles along
the coast eastward (or rather S. by E.), entered his govern
ment by the river Suere. Six mUes from the sea, he found
some uninhabited houses on the bank of the said river, so
went on shore and settled himself as well as he could. Then
some chiefs came to visit him, and presented him with seven
hundred duca:ts of alloyed gold. The governor received

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 123
them with much kindness ; and although neither one side
nor the other could understand a single word, he wished
them to comprehend that he had come there to teach themi
how to save their souls. He then gave to each a paternoster
of glass beads, some jingles (sonaglie), bells, and other things.
He next asked them where they obtained their gold, and
they told him they got it from very distant countries ; that
it was found in certain rivers which descended from very
steep mountains. They now departed to their respective
homes, and sent some of their vassals with fish, fruits, and
wild boar's flesh dried at the flre.'
The governor seeing that many days had passed, that his
provisions brought from Nicaragua were diminishing, and
that, it being winter, he could make no progress, began to
ask the caciques for a supply of maize for a few days, be
cause shortly he wished to go farther on. But although
there was nothing that they wished for more than this,
thinking that if the Christians had nothing to eat they
must leave their country, under pretence of friendship
to the governor they sent hira a little. The soldiers,
however, feeling the want of food, and that they were
leading a miserable life, one night all agreed to run away ;
and by land along the sea-shore, reached the scolatoio
or drain. In two days they embarked on board two ves
sels coming from Nombre de Dios, and so retumed to
Nicaragua. The governor flnding that his soldiers had deserted, and
that there were remaining with him only his nephew, four
servants, and a sailor, had a hole dug in the earth, put into
it several jars full of salt and some honey, and embarked in a
' This meat—" seccato al fuoco"— is an early mention of the buccan-
ing of those days, when the Spanish matadores or monteros hunted the
wild bulls and boars for their hides and flesh, the latter being cured by
roasting and smoking. Hence arose the name buccaneers, which, about
1630, became the soubriquet of those bold piratical freebooters who
ravaged the Spaniards so fearfully. (Trans)

124 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
fregata (or river craft), in which he went down to the sea
shore, with the intention of returning to Nicaragua. But
just as he was putting out to sea a brigantine entered, com
manded by Captain Bariento, laden with people and ammu
nition from Nicaragua to help him. In consequence of this
succour the governor remained, and sent the brigantine to
Nombre de Dios, appointing his nephew, Alonzo di Pisa, to
command it : he gave him the cacique's presents, and com
missioned him to collect as many men as he could. On his
arrival at Nombre de Dios, the report was spread abroad of
a very rich country ; thus he coUected twenty-seven men,
and I being in that town at the time would be one of them,
although I was reproved by an old Spaniard, who had been
in the province of Carthagena, and Sta. Marta, and other
parts during fifteen years. He advised me on no account to
allow myself to be induced to undertake such an enterprise,
and not to believe anything the captain said, for they care
not to assert one thing for another to carry their point ; and
even if my wish was to go, at least to wait for another oppor
tunity, thus seeing how matters went on. But as I was
young and strong, and felt a sort of high aspiration, desir
ous also of enriching myself, I would not attend to his
^jv^ords ; so determined to go. We started, and in four days
reached the mouth of the river Suere; yet there being a
heavy sea, and not being able to enter without great dan
ger, we turned back and scudded to the Zorobaro islands,
which are near the confines of Nueva Carthago and the pro
vince of Veragua. If this is a bad country, that is indeed
a worse— s« ^ molto peggio. These are small islands, and the
Indians who used to inhabit them have retired to the moun
tains on the mainland.
In consequence of contrary winds, the month of June
being the beginning of winter, we reraained there seventy-
two days, and in all this tirae we did not see four hours of
sunshine. Almost constantly, and especially in the night.

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 125
there was so much heavy rain, and thunder and lightning,
that it seemed as if both heaven and earth would be de
stroyed. A black man and two Spaniards were struck by
lightning in the brigantine, and killed by it, and the rest of
the crew were greatly alarmed.' The captain of the vessel
approached the mainland, with the intention of landing
wherever he saw any Indian habitations, to obtain provi
sions, but after seeking on foot for eight days, without find
ing anything save woods and swamps, and mountains that
were astonishing even to the eye, he returned along the
coast with very great labour ; scarcely eating anything but
large snails, and some wild fruits that are found in those
woods, on which the apes feed, who are continually leaping
about the trees. .He led us to where the governor was, and
the brigantine did not enter the harbour for about twenty
days after us. The governor imraediately sent it back to
Nombre de Dios to collect more men, and we rested a few
days. Meanwhile we caught a great many turtles of immense
size, for during four months they flock to the beach to lay
their eggs, and they are consequently found there in im
mense numbers ; like crocodiles, they lay them in the sand,
and there the intense heat of the sun hatches the young
turtles. We took off the shells, and collecting the fat, tried
it down, and filled large earthen jars. We also salted some
of the flesh, but it soon spoiled ; though when fresh it was
very wholesome and excellent eating. The first day that
we entered the port, the governor graciously placed me at
his table, and took pleasure in conversing with me. The
greater part of his conversation was about gold, and sUver,
' It wiU be recollected how greatly Columbus was assaulted by gales,
and thunder and lightning, at this very spot ; when he and his men were
struggling against aU the elements and dreading them all, the rain
threatening another universal deluge the while. Among other meteoro
logical plienomena related by Ferdinand Colon, was a waterspout so
dangerous, that if it had not been dispersed by saying the gospel of St.
John, they had certainly been sunk ! (Trans)

126

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

and the wars, and the cruelties inflicted on wretched Italy,
and especially on Milan. But when he perceived that such
subjects were disagreeable to me, he took a dislike to me,
and never would bear the sight of me after.
Having obtained these stores, the governor started in his
fregata, accompanied by four Indian boats and all his sol
diers. Following the river for about thirty miles from the
port we soon entered the boundaries of Suere, and there he
occupied a house belonging to the chief of that district,
and which was for his recreation when he came to this river
to flsh.

A well-roofed house in the province of Suere.
This house was shaped like an egg, in length about forty-
five paces, and nine in breadth. It was encircled with
reeds, covered with palm branches remarkably well iYiter-
laced ; there were also a few other houses, but of a common
sort. The governor called this town St. Francis, because
we reached it on that saint's day. Then the chief of Suere
and Chiuppa, and other small chieftains, came to visit him.

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 12T
but presented him only with some fruits. The governor
accepted of them amiably, but was very much surprised why
they did not bring him any gold ; and through a Spanish
interpreter, who had had some intercourse with the Indians,
and had learnt their language tolerably, told them that he
had come to reveal to them something that would be of great
consolation to them. When the dinner hour arrived he
invited them to dine with him, and seated them at his table,
together with the priest and the interpreter. The Indian
chiefs eat very little, for there was nothing but fowls and
salt pork, a sort of food that they did not like at all ; so that
the greater part of what was put before them they threw to
their servants, who were near the table seated on the ground;
and even they, laughing at such victuals, threw it to the
dogs. When the banquet was finished, he began to discuss^;
matters of faith with his guests, and spoke in the following
tenor : " I am come to your country, my very dear brethren
and friends, to raise you out of the idolatry in which, by the
inducement of the false devil, you have to the present hour
been shackled. I intend to teach you the true path to the
salvation of your souls, and that Jesus Christ, the son of
God, our Saviour, descended from heaven and came down to
earth to redeem mankind. That priest has come from Spain
for no other purpose than to teach you matters of faith in the
Christian religion, and to prepare your souls to submit your
selves to so divine a law, and to obedience to the emperor
Charles V, king of Spain and monarch of the world." On
hearing this discourse the Indian chiefs answered not a word ;
they only bowed their heads as if they assented to every
thing ; they then rose from the table and went to their
homes.^ The following day the governor sent a Spaniard, accom-
^ Such speeches as the above, even if comprehended, could have been
but little relished by people who were already in possession of a religion
which taught the immortality of the soul, and a future state of rewards

128 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
panied by two Indians, to ask two caciques who resided on
(the opposite side of the river, to corae directly to see him,
pn his faith, without fear of any sort. They came, though
unwiUingly, and immediately the governor made them go
into the store-room, and putting a chain round their necks
had them led into his room, and there, near his bed, in an
instant had them bound; where, with some leaves under
them and a block of wood as their pillow, according to their
custom, they slept on the ground. These two caciques were
the same who presented him with seven hundred gold ducats
at the commencement of his government, as has already been
described. Then he began to ask for the salt and the honey
that he had left buried when he went down to the sea-shore ;
for he had sent to get it, and had not found it. They
answered that they knew nothing about it, and kept no ac
count of things in which they abounded. These answers
did not satisfy the governor, wherefore he threatened them
by saying that he would in one way or other be repaid ; so
much so, that the youngest, Camachire, gave him two thou
sand gold ducats, but of base alloy, worked into the shape of
boars, tigers, fish, birds, and other sorts -of animals. The
governor seeing but Uttle gold in proportion to what he
wished for, had a great fire made, and leading only Cama
chire there, placed a great basket before him, and fiercely
threatened that if, in four days, he did not give him as much
gold as would fill that basket six times, he would burn him.
The poor cacique therefore fearing death, promised to do
it, and sent some of his slaves to collect it. And because in
those countries of India the inhabitants generally wash
themselves two or three times a-day, a servant was entrusted
by the governor to lead the cacique every day to bathe, and
and punishments ; and this want of understanding their fellow-men,
proved how little the Spaniards understood the first principles of coloniza
tion. Hence the needless havoc of human Ufe, and the wreck of the
New World which followed. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 129
on one occasion, not fastening [non serrando bene) the place
well on his return, the cacique escaped the following night.
The governor was so mortified at this that he fell ill, and
was full of spite whenever he saw his empty basket after
wards. The other chiefs of Suere and Chiuppa, seeing the gover
nor's ill-treatment of his prisoners, burnt the houses, cut
down the fruit trees, carried away the grain from the fields,
and destroyed the country ; after which they retired to the
mountains. Affairs were going on thus unfavourably, and
the governor, though still somewhat ailing, yet did not cease
from repeating his attacks on the other cacique, named
Cocori, who continued in chains, and from whom he de
manded a certain quantity of gold. After having contested
with him for many days, during which the governor threat
ened several times to put him to death, Cocori persisted that
he had none of the metal to give him. At last he told his
prisoner, that if he did not collect the required quantity of
gold, he should be torn to pieces and eaten by the dogs.
The cacique on hearing these words, not at all intimidated,
accused him of being a liar, for he had often threatened
to kill him and then had not done so ; and he declared
that he wished to die rather than live in such misery, bound
as he kept him : he said he had come to visit the governorTj
depending on his proffered faith, thinking he should be well
treated instead of being so dishonoured : and finally, that he
could not imagine how Christians could be such a genera
tion of vipers, committing such great evil wherever theyi
went; he only wondered how the earth could bear thera.
The governor was greatly astonished on hearing this Ian-
gauge ; and only answered that he kept him confined
because he was a thief, having stolen his salt and his
honey. During the progress of these events, the governor had
sent a boat with six Indians down to the sea-shore to one of

130 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
his servants to get some cross-bows, shields, and other stores ;
but when they had obtained these articles, the Indians
made off with the boat and all, nor were they ever heard of
after.' Diego Gutierrez seeing that he had thus lost his
boat, that the Indians had escaped, that the brigantine did
not return, and that, through want of provisions, the greater
part of his soldiers wished to run away, became melancholy
and discontented, and having no other remedy, determined
almost like a desperate man to advance inland. He thus
commanded every one to prepare, and shared the little grain
he had amongst us all ; he sent the sick men down to the sea
shore, and a servant of his with them, to desire Captain
Alonzo di Pisa to follow him [up the river), informing him
that, as a clue, he would leave a cross wherever he went.
When we were all on the point of marching, and the cacique
saw that, as a mark of contempt, the governor intended to
take him and sorae of his Indians with him laden with
luggage, he was so grieved that he began to cry like a child ;
and he told our chief that if he would liberate him, he
would give him a good quantity of gold at the end of four
days. Diego would have very willingly done this if it had
not been for some of his suite, who dissuaded him, saying
that the cacique was a liar, and that if they delayed starting
there would be no provision left to advance with, and that
^he could at any time be ransoned ; they urged that it would
be better that same night to go and pillage the cacique's tribe,
and so get provisions, besides some Indians to serve them,
than to wait for the perforraance of his proraise. But the
governor would not consent to this, lest the Spaniards whora
he raight send there should run away. Thus we started,
and scarcely had we risen above the houses, than I guessed
what would become of us, so remarked to a Spaniard — " We
are going to the shambles ;" and he in answer said as follows :
' By mai pili, se n'hebbe nuova Benzoni does not mean that they were
lost at sea, but that the Spaniards never heard of them again. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 131
" Thou art one of those whom we intend shall have a prin
cipality in spite of thyself."
We marched five or six days without seeing any habita
tion whatever ; always through woods and over mountains,
and of the latter we proceeded down one the descent of which
continued fifteen miles, and in some parts was so steep that
we had to hold by the roots of the trees in order not to fall.
We then reached a large and rapid river, and on its banks
found some uninhabited houses that must have been occu
pied by hunters, for they contained numerous bones and
skulls of deer, tigers (Felis onca 9), and other animals. We
rested there two days, there being a good quantity of the
mammei apple ; and near a rivulet, many roots resembling
those in Espanola island from which the cazibi are pre
pared, but well flavoured, so that simply roasted among the
embers they do no harm. With these we pacified our hun
ger, and, proceeding onwards, in three days came to a spot
where two pathways met. Not knowing which to foUow,
the governor asked an Indian in our train, which it was best
to pursue in order to reach some Indian villages ; and when
he answered that he did not know, the negro' slaves were
ordered to kUl hira ; which they did accordingly. The
governor said this was the way to treat bad men : and then
put a similar question to the cacique, who answering also
that he did not know, Diego Gutierrez ordered the blacks
to do the same by him. When the cacique saw that they
were going towards him, he calmly set down his load and
bowed his head. Upon this the blacks were ordered not to
strike, but to let him live.
Three Spaniards were left in this spot ; for, exhausted
with hunger, they could no longer stand on their feet;
wherefore they were afterwards kiUed by the Indians. In
the evening the governor, seeing that we had nothing to eat,
1 The author's word is mori, but Italians give this epithet to every
thing black ; see ante, p. 114. (Trans)

132 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
and being unwilling to give any part of what he had, issued
orders for the dogs to be killed ; and that each man should
take his share. I, for my part, made a present of my share,
for it was full of worms. I then went to Don Diego, in the
hope that he would provide me with something ; but he told
me to go and eat of the roots of trees, whereat one of the
Spaniards who heard him, said : " Sir governor, since you
will not share the good and the bad with us, go and make
war by yourself." On the strength of these and other words,
and at the intercession of the captain, however unwillingly,
he gave up a piece of cheese weighing three pounds, and it
was divided into thirty-four shares ; we were thus pacified
for the evening. But that same night the governor ordered
his cook to boil him a piece of pork, and it being my turn to be
sentry till four o'clock in the morning, I walked about near
the fire, till finding that everybody was asleep, I quickly
took a piece of wood, cut it to a point with my knife, and
dipping it into the pipkin stuck the piece of pork. I then
immediately tied it up in my knapsack, and returned to
keep watch at ray post, better pleased than if I had found a
great treasure. "When the governor knew ofhis loss, although
he was a good deal annoyed, he only said it was now time to
abandon the pipkin. I, in the meanwhile, enjoyed my pork,
although it was rather salt, instead of eating the roots of
trees. In two days we reached the entrance to a wood, and saw
an Indian who was watching us from behind a tree ; and as
soon as he detected us, he ran off like a deer, to warn the chief
of the district of our approach. Consequently the next day at
dawn, a multitude of Indians advanced upon us. Don Diego
being on the side on which the enemy assaUed us, was the
first killed. Advancing with horrid howls and screams, and
noises with the buccinus— shell and drums, all painted red
and black, adorned with feathers, and golden trinkets round
their necks, together with other things, as practised by all

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 133
those Indian nations when they go to war, the battle began.
I, wishing to take up my sword and shield, stumbled with
one foot into the helmet of my companion, who had overlooked
it from some leaves having fallen on it. I put it on my
head, and by the grace of God it saved my life through that
conflict; for the Indians threw stones with such force, and hit
it in so many places, that it looked as if a smith had ham
mered it all over. Having fought on both sides for half a
quarter of an hour,' during which we killed and wounded
a great many Indians, we made them turn their shoulders ;
but fresh reinforcements coming up and renewing the strife,
and the greater part of us being more exhausted with hunger
than with fighting, we could not resist the great multitude
of infuriated enemies, and were mostly soon killed with
stones and sticks, and speared through with palm lances. I
found myself alone with our captain, and soon a stone was so
weU aimed at him out of the wood, that I saw him fall dead.
I now retreated behind a large tree, and was standing there
stunned, not knowing what to do, when two bleeding Span
iards came up to me and said : " What are you doing there,
MUanese ? as aU our party are kUled, come to the path by
which we raarched here, and let us endeavour to save our
lives." So I preceded them, and we passed through a
group of twenty-five Indians, all chiefs, each only holding
one lance and a mantle drawn up to one shoulder ; and they
were not painted at all like the others. One of them threw
his lance at my throat, but it did not hurt me much, for I
wore a jacket wadded with cotton. Thus we passed on; and
not far distant, on the summit of a hiU, we found our priest,
who had fled with two soldiers at the commencement of the
fight. In two hours more we met Captain Alonzo di Pisa,
who was coming with twenty-four Spaniards, according to
' This must have been sharp work, but the time of the conflict seems
very short : Benzoni's words are expressly— " ?'«r ispatio di mezo quarto
dhora." (Trans)

134 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
the governor's orders ; and immediately we were overtaken
by about a hundred Indians, armed with the swords, shields,
and cross-bows that they had taken from our slain. They
danced and leaped, and called out in bad Spanish : " Take
gold. Christians, take gold ;" but as soon as they saw our
numbers, they turned their backs and fled.
With very great labour and danger we reached the sea
shore. The two Spaniards who had survived the battle with
me remained at the foot of a mountain, not being able to
walk on account of their wounds. Then two young men
joined us, who had hidden themselves in the wood when the
enemy assailed us, and remained there till the Indians had
gone away. When they left their hiding place they found
that the natives had cut off and taken away the governor's
head, feet, and hands ; they had done the same by the two
negroes, and they had rifled all the rest and thrown their
bodies into the rivulet. They had also carried away every
thing except the oil and the soap. Of our people thirty-four
died, and six of us survived ; but of the enemy a great many
more were slain, for they were estimated at four thousand.
It is true that raany of them were very timid, and even
cowardly ; and if we had but possessed four horses the
Indians would not have fought, as they dread this very
spirited animal more than all the arras that the Spaniards
have used against them. So that they say publicly, it is not
the valour of the Christians, nor their arms, artillery, lances,
swords, or cross-bows that have subdued them, but the fear,
the fright, inspired by their horses. And we know this by
experience, for in every place where the Spaniards have been
unaccompanied by horses, they have been vanquished by the
-Indians : but when they first went to Mexico, the natives
fancied that the man and the horse were united in one.'
' Such a notion prevailed before the expedition of Cortez to Mexico ;
for it favoured the forces of Columbus in his second voyage, when he
encountered Caunabo in 1495. These horses, considering their trials,

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 135
Already my readers may see what was the leading feeling
in the Spaniards in conquering these Indian nations, al
though they praise theraselves so much in their histories as
having always fought for the Christian faith. But experi
ence clearly shows, especially in these countries, that they
fought from avarice ; and that this is the truth, is shewn by
the great variety of captains and governors that were sent out;
for wherever they did not find riches they would not stay ;
and among so many I will name a few.
First, Antonio Sedegno entered the gulf of Paria, • with
upwards of seven hundred Spaniards, in search of gold.
After hunting through three provinces without finding the
riches he expected, he would not reraain in the country :
he consequently fell ill from vexation, and from despon
dency more than from disease, ended his days; for out of
the great number of soldiers that he took with him, only
fifty-five returned to the gulf.
Fernando di Soto, with five hundred Spaniards, was ap
pointed governor of Fiorita (Florida), which province was
discovered by Juan Ponce de Leon : and he gave it this
name because he arrived there at Easter, or the day of the
Resurrection. Soto went scouring about through many
districts, making sure that he should find sorae very great
treasure ; and having seen several Indians wearing golden
trinkets, he inquired where they got them, and they said
from a very distant country. The governor thinking thar
they said this only to induce him to quit them (as they
already knew what the Christians were in quest of), began
to torment some of them to induce a confession of where
they kept it, and where it was to be found. Amongst other
cruelties that he inflicted on these people, he seized fifteen
must have behaved wonderfully well. They were probably the famous
Andalusians, suitable from being of a moderate size, well-knit, docile,
and of ready paces. (Trails)

136 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
caciques, and threatened to burn them if they did not
shew him whence they obtained the gold ; whereupon those
miserable men, surprised and frightened, hardly knowing
what they said, promised in the course of eight days to lead
him to a place where he would find it in great abundance.
But after raarching upwards of twelve days without seeing
any signs of gold, the governor, becoming bitterly enraged
against them, had their hands cut off and turned them adrift.
Soon after, one of the principal chiefs of that province came
to see the governor, bringing him a present of two parrots
and some feathers ; and then inquired who he was, whence
he came, and what he was seeking, doing so much evil.
The governor answered through an interpreter, what all the
other captains used to say : — " That he was a Christian, son
of God the creator of heaven and earth, and that he had
iCome to teach him his divine law." But to this the chief
replied : — " If thy God comraands thee to go to the country
of strangers, robbing and burning, killing and doing every
sort of evil, we give thee to understand that we are not
inclined to believe in him, nor even in his law." Having
said this, he went away. Then the governor proceeded,
sometimes in one direction, sometimes in another, hoping to
find very rich mines, without caring to build a town. At
the end of five years he died of a flux of blood, thus losing
his life and his thirst of gold together, as well as the trea
sure that he had got from sacking Atabalida in Peru.
PamphUo de Narvaez' went with six hundred Spaniards to
the river of Palras, on the same coast of La Fiorita, a hun
dred railes to the north of Paneccho. Hastening on shore
with the half of the people (though not in the place he
' The colleague of Pamphilo de Narvaez, on one expedition, was the
humane Clerigo Las Casas ; yet on that occasion occurred one of the
most causeless massacres that happened in the New World. Th6 Clerigo
himself records it : and the impression left is, that the Spanish brutes
were fleshing their swords for sport ! (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 137
thought, owing to a mistake of the principal pilot of the
expedition), and not finding any signs of gold, he did not
care to build, so sent the ships with the rest of his men to
seek for the said river. But a violent storm soon ensuing,
the vessels were blown on shore, and nearly all the Span
iards were drowned. The rest went prowling about those
districts during several years, and from want of food twelve
of them eat each other ! Finally, out of the six hundred
with which he started, only ten were seen to return ; who on
reaching Mexico said publicly that they had healed many
sick by only breathing on them, and moreover, that they had
resuscitated three dead men. But their holinesses must
forgive me, if I would sooner believe that they had killed
four live men than that they had resuscitated one half-dead
man — v.n mezo morto.
What shall we say of Fernando Cortez, when he went to
conquer New Spain, that after having entered Mexico with
the good will of king Montezuma, he had to go against
Narvaez, who had arrived at Vera Cruz with nine hundred
Spaniards, by order of Diego Velasques, governor of the
island of Cuba. He was to overthrow him [F. Cortez) or
thrust hira out of the kingdom, because he had not reported
on his success, pr on the country newly found, although he
was only a lieutenant sent by him ( Velasquez) on that enter
prise. Cortez having thus to quit Mexico, left Captain
Pedro d' Alvarado with two hundred and fifty Spaniards to
guard the town, and all their property ; but one day, while
they were looking at a great number of Indians of all ranks
dancing and singing, the Spaniards seeing that in honour of
this feast the Indians were adorned with a great variety of
jewels, they were seized with such an unconquerable rage
for plunder, that, without any fear of shame, Alvarado with
a party of his men assaUed them, and most cruelly wounded
and kiUed a great many, and tore off the jewels they were
wearing. This occasioned the Indians to rebel, and they

138 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
killed a good portion of the invaders.' Cortez having heard
these bad tidings after the defeat of Anaruiz (Narvaez),
returned to Mexico, but in a shtfH time the Indians chased
him again from the town with some loss on his side. The
natives themselves with a stone killed Montezuma, who was
standing with Cortez ; they therefore appointed another
king named Qualttimoc. But after Cortez had gone through
many labours, and had subjected many nations, he received
large succours from Spain ; whereupon, accompanied by a
great multitude of Indians also, he returned to Mexico,
besieged it, and took it at the end of three months.
The soldiers, who were delighted with the hope of finding
some enormous treasure, and of all becoming very rich, were
wretchedly deceived ; for the Indians had thrown all the gold
and silver they had into the lake ; wherefore the Spaniards,
being exasperated, began to torment the natives to reveal their
gold, and maimed and killed many, without ever being able
to discover it. Cortez was very much surprised also at not
finding the gold or silver that he had left in the town when he
ha'd to evacuate it. Nor could they hear anything of Monte
zuma's treasure, which was famed to be very large ; or of
that which was kept in the temples for the service of the
gods. And seeing that neither high nor low people would
acknowledge where those riches were, Cortez seized the king
and his secretary, and subjected them both to torture, think
ing in this way to raake them confess ; but they would never
reveal anything ; wherefore the secretary was most crueUy
burnt by slow degrees, he all the time exclaiming severely
— con grandissim,a lamentatione — against the wickedness of
the Christians, and died in six hours.
Cortez, now convinced that the king also would sooner let
' This was nearly the ruin of the Spaniards. Unlike Cortez, Alvarado
was merely a sturdy soldier, without mind ; who thought by a sudden
onslaught to intimidate the whole population. But it would have gone
hard with him, had not Montezuma generously (inconsiderately?) inter
fered in his favour. ( Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 139
himself be killed than reveal, ceased to torment him ; but he
soon afterwards put him into confinement, and carried him
about with him into several of the provinces ; and one day
sent him out to be hung, because an Indian accused him of
being concerned in a conspiracy to murder Cortez and all
the Spaniards who were with him. Or, as others say, he had
his prisoner murdered only because he was tired of watching
him, and therefore had the king accused of aU this treason.
And as to having tortured him, Cortez sought to excuse him
self by saying that he had done it at the instigation of Monte
zuma's treasurer, who told him that Qualttimoc knew where
the treasure was ; and also for the purpose of increasing the
public revenue.' But whether these actions that I have re
lated, and many others that might be described, are the
actions of men fighting for the holy faith, let any man judge
for himself.
Returning to Nuovo Cartago. As soon as we reached
the shore in the manner before described, we tarried there
several days, on account of the sea running high. While we
remained in that place I received a curious favour from a
soldier, and the incident was the following. This man
having kiUed a dog that had been left on the sea-shore
when we went inland with the governor, he roasted a quar
ter of it and invited me to partake of it with him, because I
had given him a little cheese off a piece that I bought from
Captain Alonzo di Pisa. And whUe I was eating with great
reUsh, thinking I had never tasted anything so weU fla
voured, he took it from before me, saying : " Brother, you eat
too much ; I am old and infirm, you are young and strong ;
' Cortez, though occasionally cruel and sanguinary, possessed some
great qualities, and seems to have been very much ashamed of the
horrid scene presented by the invincible fortitude of the fallen prince,
while suffering under his dreadful torments. But though he rescued
the royal victim from the executioners, he merely prolonged a life re
served for new pains and indignities. (Trv/m)

140 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD,
rise, and may God go with you, but I will not allow you
to eat any more of my dog." Thus, however unwUling, I
had patiently to go away.
When the sea became calm, we started, and went to the canal
of Nicaragua, to take on board a Portuguese named Fran
cesco Calato ; who, because he had lent our governor three
thousand five hundj^ed golden ducats, was placed there as his
lieutenant. On account of the wind being contrary for navi
gating towards Nombre de Dios, we were detained upwards of
two months, undergoing great sufferings from hunger ; and
had it not been for the abundance of crocodUe's [turtle's ?)
eggs that. we found in the sand along that beach, certainly
the greater part of us would have died of starvation. These
eggs (voua de cocodrilli) are of the size of a goose's egg, and
if beat against a stone, they get flattened but do not break :
wherefore it is requisite to open them with a knife. Their
flavour is that of half-rotten musk ; and at first I could not
in any way eat them, but necessity obliged me to do as the
others did. We also used to catch some four-footed animals
called iguane, resembling our lizards in shape, but having
frora their lower jaw up to the top of their heads a crest
somewhat like that of a cock, and with certain points on it
like spines. The females are most delicate food, and their
eggs are much better flavoured than their flesh. They live
as much in the water as on land. In this canal from
Nicaragua there are many and large fish ; and araong others
there is one sort called manate, in the language of La Isla
Espanola ; but I know not what the Indians call it who
used to live there, because they have gone to the woods on
account of the ill-treatment they experienced from the Span
iards. This fish is in shape alraost like the ludria^ it is
twenty-five feet long and twelve feet in thickness ; its head
' Probably a large seal. Benzoni calls the manati a fish ; but it is a
veritable mammal, and is well figured and described by Dampier—
who, however, gives smaller dimensions. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 141
and tail are like those of an ox, with small eyes, a hard and
hairy skin, of a darkish colour. It haf! two feet, somewhat
like those of the elephant in shape. The females bring forth
their young like cows, and have two teats with which they
nourish them. I have seen some in the islets among the
grass of this large river, and at Nombre de Dios I have
several times eaten of their flesh, that is to say, salted, and
its flavour resembled pork. Some people assert that the taste
of this fish is like veal, but this I attribute to one of two
things — either that those Spaniards through hunger ate it
with very great relish ; or that they had never tasted veal.
As to the habits of the natives in the province of Suere,
they are nearly like those already described, except that they
do not eat human flesh. Their language is very easy to learn ;
they call the earth ischa, men cici, Ulness stasa, and gold
chiaruchla. A very great number of wild hogs are found in
this province, and most fierce tigers (jaguaras f) ; together
with some lions [pumas ?), who are but timid, however,
for on seeing a man they run away. There are also snakes
of incredible size, and some apes. There is, moreover,
another animal, caUed cascuif by the people of the country,
in shape like a pig, black, hairy, with a very hard skin, small
eyes, large ears, cloven feet, and a small proboscis like an
elephant, and it gives so horrid a shriek as to deafen people ;
its flesh is weU flavoured. There exists also a monstrous
animal, that has a pouch under its stomach,* into which it
makes the young ones get when it wants to go from one
place to another ; this animal has the body and the snout of
a fox, with fore paws and hind feet like those of a cat, but
more handy, and its ears are Uke those of the bat. There are
also peacocks, pheasants, partridges, and other sorts of birds,
' This is probably a species of tapir. (Trans)
= Australia afterwards offered a congener to this animal in the
kangaroo, also in an arid district ; the creature, as remarked by Pro
fessor B. Forbes, being thus enabled to seek water afar. (Trans)

142 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
but all different from ours. There are similarly numerous
bats, that in the night go about pecking people, and although
they are found all along this coast as far as the gulf of Paria,
and in other places, yet nowhere are they so tormenting as
they are in this province ; for it has happened to me else
where, especially at Nombre de Dios, that they have whUst I
was sleeping, pecked my toes so delicately that I did not feel
it at all ; yet in the morning I found the sheets and matresses
so stained with blood, that it seemed as if they had inflicted
some large wound. But in this place they have never
bitten me without my feeling it, and suffering pain for two
or three hours after. Sometimes they fluttered their wings
about my face ; and if I kept my stockings on, they would
bite my hands ; wherefore, having no other remedy, I used
always to keep some bandages where I slept, and as. soon as
I felt myself pecked I bound up the wound ;. and thus they
healed in three or four days without any more ado. Here I
close the government of Diego Gottieres.
We left the canal in company with two other ships, that
came from Nicaragua laden with provisions ; and in fifteen
days we reached Nombre de Dios. Navigating a thousand
miles westward from this town, along an uninhabited coast,
the province of Fondura " is entered ; and three hundred
miles lower down, on the sarae coast, the country of Yucatan
is reached. The first Spanish captain who discovered this
province was Francesco Ernandez, of Cordova ; who on leap
ing on shore was very ill-treated by the natives, so that,
with twenty-two wounds, and the loss of many Spaniards,
he returned to San Jacopo de Cuba. Not long after, in
the year twenty-seven, Francis Montejo, having heard that
the country of Yucatan was very rich, started from New
Spain with the title of governor, and landed with five hun
dred Spaniards, many horses, and much ammunition. Some
' The reader will hardly recognize, under this name, and with such dis
tances, that Honduras is meant : it was, and is, a fine region. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 143
chiefs came to visit him under pretence of wishing for his
friendship, and remained a good while in his company, until
seeing an opportunity, one of them attempted to kill him
with a scimitar which he had seized from a Moor ; but the
governor perceiving it, immediately drew his sword and
defended himself, so they ran away without doing any harm.
Then the governor, drawing out all his forces, assailed
the natives in various places ; and whatever fell into his
hands he committed to fire and sword. The Indians de
fended themselves valiantly : but at last, after having waged
war for nine years, finding themselves destroyed and ruined,
nearly aU their chiefs and captains dead, and with no more
strength to fight, they submitted to the arbitration and wUl
of the Spaniards. Thus Montejo shared out the country
according to the royal edict, giving a band of Indians to
each conqueror. Then he built several towns there, that
i'i, Sevile, Merida, Salamanca, and other places, the greater
part containing from twenty-five to thirty houses.
The governor having thus arranged everything, both for
his own advantage and that of his soldiers, was one day con
versing with a cacique of that province named Alquinotep,
upwards of a hundred and ten years old ; who, although
baptized, frequently wept and sighed on account of his
country having become subject to the Spaniards. Thus he
said: "Signor Montejo, in times past, when I was a lad,
there came a general disease so severe that men vomited
worms, whence a great mortality ensued, so that we really
expected aU to die. And not long before thy arrival there
occurred two very direful battles between us and th6 Mexi
cans, occasioning the death of upwards of a hundred and
fifty thousand men. Yet all these events were nothing com
pared with the great cruelties committed by thee and thy
soldiers upon us !"
This country is very rocky, yet fertUe in fruits and maize,
and abounding in fish ; men are sacrificed here, but their

144 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
flesh is not eaten. No mine has been discovered, either of
gold or of silver. The natives nourish many bees, and grow
^ an abundance of cotton, of which they make cloaks like
sheets, and shirts without sleeves. This is the_principal
tribute^ that they give to their masters ; and these the Span
iards distribute in Mexico, in the island of Cuba, at Cape
Fondura, and other places.
In the province of Fondura, to say it in few words, there
were above four hundred thousand Indians when the Span
iards went there to conquer it ; but when I visited it there
were not eight thousand left; for what with those killed in
war, others sold as slaves, and many worn out in the mines
and other unbearable labour, the conquerors had inhumanly
destroyed them. Even the few who unwillingly remain,
like all the other nations that serve the Spaniards, whenever
they find the opportunity fly to live in some steep out-of-
the-way place, to see them as little as possible; so much
love and good will have they conceived for them ! The
Spaniards have built five towns in that province ; but the
houses do not altogether amount to above a hundred and
twenty, the greater part constructed with reeds, covered with
straw, and ill-inhabited in consequence of the gold mines
being nearly worked out. The principal of them, that is
Trugilio} at Cabo Vescovado, is situated on a little hill near
the northern shore. A hundred miles lower down is Puerto
dos Gaballos ; and a day's journey from this port lies the
town of San Pedro, erected on a plain near some moun
tains, not far from the river Vulua, and a lake that has on it
some heaps of earth covered with grass and bushes, which
move about in one direction or the other, according as the
winds blow. Eighty miles further on lies Oomaiagua and
Graciadios (Thanks to God), which two towns are upwards
^ This Truxillo, for Benzoni visits more than one, is, as he says, on a
height above the bay; and it has a harbour, now defended by three forts,
from which cattle and timber are exported. (Tran^.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 145
of a hundred miles apart, and the country being somewhat
cold, produced a great deal of wheat. Then we enter into
the beautiful and delightful, but already destroyed valley of
Olanchio, where the Spaniards erected a town called St.
Jacobo, consisting of about twenty houses, covered with
straw and ill- inhabited. To let the readers see how well we
are looked upon by the natives of those countries, I will
relate what happened to me in this valley with some Indians.
Having started from Comaiagua, in company with a Span
iard, to go to St. Jacobo, and having walked for four days
without meeting a single house, the provisions we carried
were exhausted ; finally we reached a small Indian popula- /
tion, and entreated them to furnish us with something to :
eat, but there was, no means, either by prayers or for love or j
money, to induce thera to give us anything whatever. On
the contrary, they cursed us, and spitting on the ground in /
contempt, desired us to go away. That same night we
reached the town, and there being no inn, we put up in an
empty house near the entrance, but supperless went to sleep
on some reeds.
It was usual in those countries, when the Spaniards lived
orderly, or rather, without order, before the Indians were
restored to Uberty, that they were lavish, triumphantly
thinking that those times would never come to an end.
They were daily therefore on the look-out for the arrival of
some stranger, almost coming to words as to who should in
preference, with a thousand civilities, lead him to his house ;
— but now, affairs no longer going on as formerly, when they
see some one coming, they retire to the woods, or pretend
not to be at home. There are Spaniards, not only in this
place but in many other towns also, who, though possessing
vassals, are reduced to such misery that they have hardly
bread to eat; for the Indians scarcely give their masters
anything but what belongs to them ; and if by chance any
Spaniard constrained his people to give him something more,

146 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
or ill-treated them, he would be immediately deprived of
them by the governors.
Then, ascending from the province of Fondura, and pass
ing by the mines of Chiulutecca, we enter the province of
Nicaragua, which extends to the shore of the Southern Sea.
The first time when I passed through that country, I lodged
in the house of one of the principal chiefs of the province,
called Don Gonzalo, who was seventy years of age, and
understood the Spanish language perfectly. WhUst seated
by his side one morning, he looked me in the face and said :
— "What is a Christian, the Christians? They ask for
maize, for honey, for cotton, for la manta} for women, for
gold, for sUver ; Christians will not work, they are Uars,
gamblers, perverse, and they swear. When they go to
church to hear the mass, they discourse on those who are
absent; they wound each other." Finally, he concluded
that Christians are not good : and when I told him that it
was the wicked ones who did these things, he inquired : —
" Then where are the good ones ? for I have known none
but the wicked." After we had finished reasoning on this
subject, I asked him why and how it was that they had al
lowed the Christians to enter their country ? To which he
answered me in this manner : — " Sir, thou shalt know that
we, hearing the Christians were coming to our countries,
and perpetrating cruelties everywhere, killing, burning,
robbing ; we collected all our friends and confederates, and
entering into council we decided, that rather than allow our
selves to be subjugated by the Christians, we would all die
fighting valorously. With this determination we prepared
lances, and stone darts, and other arms, and when the Chris
tians reached our people we assaulted them, and fought
^ A mantle or cloak ; perhaps the poncho still so universally worn in
the southern portions of this vast continent. The poncho is made like
a quilt, but having an opening in the middle just to put the head
through, the rest hanging down on all sides. (Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 147
great part of the day. But at last, most of us were so fright
ened by the impetus of the horses, as to take to fiight. We
then sent two ambassadors to the captain of the Christians to
ask for peace, only with a view to renovate our forces, and
thus he accepted us as friends. Then a considerable num
ber of us paid them a dissimulating visit, dancing and sing
ing, and we carried with us many ornaments of gold and
other things to present to them. In three days we got ready
and assaulted the Christians, but soon, as before, our people
ran away ; and again, with the sarae intention as before, we
sued for peace. Having obtained it, we collected all our
people together, and then in council we determined, after a
full and deliberate discussion, that we had rather die than
serve the invaders, and that if any of our nation turned
their backs to run away, they should be put to death with
out forgiveness. With this resolution, we prepared our
selves with our arms to go and attack the Christians ; but
our wives having heard of this conclusion, came to us, and
with abundance of tears begged and entreated us to serve
the Christians rather than die in that way ; but that if our
will was still to execute our former intention, that we should
first kUl them and their little children, so that they should
not reraain alone in the hands of those cruel and fierce
bearded men. Thus urged by the prayers of our women we
laid aside our arms, and submitted to the very rapacious
rule of the Spanish nation. But in a short time, through
the ill-treatment wreaked upon us, some of our tribes rose
against them ; for which they were punished in such a man
ner by the Christians, that even their infants were raost
crueUy killed by the sword; not content with this, they
seized other tribes under pretence that they were going to
rebel against them, so tormented them, and sold them into
slavery. " We were no longer masters of our wives, or our chil
dren, or of anything that we possessed. Affairs went so ill

148 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
that many men killed their children, others hanged them
selves, others starved themselves to death ; so that after
innumerable and insupportable sufferings, tyrannies, and
miseries, the king of Castile sent a decree that we should be
restored to Uberty." Thus the cacique ended his discourse.
The country of Nicaragua is not very large, but fertile
and delightful, though so hot in summer that people cannot
walk except at night, and the soil is sandy. It rains during
six months in the year, beginning in May ; but in the other
six months it does not rain at all, and the night is equally
hot with the day. It produces a great deal of honey and
wax, balsam, cotton, and many fruits of the country ; among
which is a sort not found in the island of La Espanola, or in
any other part of India : they are in shape like our pears,
and have a round stone within, about half as large again as
a walnut ; their flavour is excellent. The tree that produces
this fruit is very large, but bears a small leaf. They have
few cows, but a great many pigs of the Spanish breed. The
tribes are numerous, though the Indians are small ; their
houses are built of reeds, roofed with straw, and not very
large. They have no metallic mines of any sort, although,
when the Spaniards flrst went there, the natives possessed a
great quantity of gold, much alloyed, brought from other pro
vinces. There is an incredible multitude of parrots, who do a
great deal of mischief in the cultivated districts, and would
do a great deal more if the natives did not scare thera by
slinging stones from high sheds made of reeds.
From the great abundance that reigned in this province
when the Spaniards flrst subjugated it, they caUed it Ma
homet's Paradise. Two things are produced' in this country
which are not found elsewhere in India, except in the terri
tories of Guatimala, of cape Fonduri, and Mexico, and along
the shores of New Spain. One is a species of peacock, that
has been brought to Europe, and commonly called the In-

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

149

dian fowls.' The other is cacavate,^ which they use as
money, and is produced on a moderately sized tree, that flou
rishes only in very warm and shady localities ; for if shone
upon by the sun, it would die. It is therefore planted in
the woods in moist places, and this not being sufficient, they
plant a tree near it that grows larger, and when it has
reached a sufficient height, they double down its head so as
to shelter the other and shade it, preventing the sun from
giving it any annoyance.

The cacavate tree; shewing how the Iudians get fire from two pieces of wood.
The fruit is like almonds, lyiflg in a shell resembling a
pumpkin in size. It ripens in the course of a year, and being
plucked when the season has arrived, they pick out the
kernels and lay them on mats to dry ; then when they wish
' We call them turkeys; but in Italy they are still distinguished as
galli d'India. (Trans.)
^ Now called cacao in the South of Europe ; and by the English, cocoa.
It is generally prized, and extensively used, for the drink made from it
is not only soft and nutritious, but has proved to be extremely whole
some : yet Benzoni thought it fit for pigs ! (Trans)

150

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

for the beverage, they roast them in an earthen pan over the
fire, and grind them with the stones which they use for
preparing bread. Finally, they put the paste into cups,
made out of the calabashes produced by a certain tree that
grows all over India ; and mixing it gradually with water,
sometimes adding a little of their spice, they drink it, though
seeming more suited for pigs than for men.

Trees producing the calabashes, which generally serve tiie Indians as vases.
I was upwards of a year in that country without ever
being induced to taste this beverage ; and when I passed
through a tribe, if an Indian wished occasionally to give me
sorae, he was very much surprised to see me refuse it, and
went away laughing. But subsequently, wine failing, and
unwilling to drink nothing but water, I did as others did.
The flavour is somewhat bitter, but it satisfies and refreshes
the body without intoxicating : the Indians esteem it above
everything, wherever they are accustomed to it. The habits
of these people are nearly all like those of the Mexicans ;
they eat huraan flesh, and they wear cloaks, and waistcoats

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

151

without sleeves. All over India they light a fire with two
pieces of wood ; although they had a great deal of wax,
they knew no use for it, and procured light from pieces of
wild pine wood. They speak four languages ; the best,
however, is the Mexican, which pervades fifteen hundred
miles of country, and is the easiest to learn. They call
gentleman tutruane, bread tascal, fowls totoli ; occomaia
means the same as wait a little ; illness is called mococova,
and dancing mitote ; they dance in this way.

Method of dancing.
Two or three hundred, or even three or four thousand, of
them asserable together, according to the population of the
province, and having carefully swept the place where they
are going to dance, one of them comes forward to lead the
rest. He goes nearly always backwards, turning himself
occasionally, and so do all the others, by threes and fours in
regular order. Those' who beat the drums begin to sing
some of their songs, and the man who leads the dance is the
first to answer. Then the rest do the sarae progressively.

152 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Some carry a fan in their hand, some a calabash with pebbles
in it, some wear feathers on their head, others wear rows of
sea-shells on their arms and legs ; some turn in one way
some in another, some raise their legs, others flourish their
arms ; some act the blind man, others pretend to be lame ;
some laugh, others cry ; and thus with many other gestures,
and frequently drinking their cacavate, they dance all the
day, and sometimes part of the night also.
Ships going to Nicaragua by the Southern Sea, enter a
canal on the shore, and ascend it for about twenty-five miles
to a village called the Realegio, consisting of a dozen houses
made with reeds, inhabited by Spaniards who build ships, it
being a convenient place and abounding in timber. A day's
journey eastward of this spot lies the town of Leone, Cape
Vescovado, built on the shores of a lake ; founded by one
Francesco Ernandez ; as likewise was Granata, fifty mUes
further on, also on the shores of the said lake, near the canal
that opens into the Northern Sea. These two towns toge
ther do not araount to eighty houses, some built of wood and
some of bricks.'
Thirty-five miles from Leone there is a mountain with a
very large mouth, whence there often issues so much flame
and fire, that it is seen at the distance of upwards of a hun
dred miles. Some people thinking that there was molten
/gold within, a Dominican friar determined to make the ex
periment : he therefore had a chain made with an iron
bucket, and together with four other Spaniards went to the
\spot ; having thrown it in, the bucket with part of the chain
was consumed by the fire. The monk was very angry, and
returned to Leone complaining greatly of the smith, saying
that he had made the chain much lighter than he had or-
^ This, at present, is a very important part of the world, from its con
nection with the proposed navigable communication between the Atlantic
and Pacific Oceans. The climate is for the most part good ; but Benzoni
is rather confused in its relative positions. (Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 153
dered it. He therefore made another much thicker; but
returning to the mountain and throwing it in, the same
result ensued, and at the same instant a flame rushing out
had nearly killed the monk and his companions ; whereupon
they aU ran off so frightened that they never repeated the
enterprise. I knew a priest in that town, who, by favour
of the treasurer, addressed a letter to the king of Spain, en
treating to be furnished with two hundred slaves to open
that mountain, promising to draw very great treasure from
it. But his Majesty told him to open it at his own expense,
for he had no slaves to send hira ; and so the affair rested.
Three hundred mUes from Leone, westward of Nicaragua,
and keeping almost constantly in sight of the sea, we find
the town of Guattimala, founded by Don Pietro d' Alvarado,
when he conquered that province. It is situated between
two hiUs, whence smoke is often emitted. There are also
two other towns, that is to say, San Miguil and San Salva
dor, a hundred miles distant from each other. Alvarado,
having achieved this conquest, shared out the land and
erected these towns. He was tranquUly enjoying repose in
this province, when he received the news that Francesco
Pizarro and Diego d' Almagro had entered Peru, and had
found incredible riches. He procured permission from the
emperor to proceed to that kingdom, and to conquer and
settle in any part where there were no other Spaniards.
Thus, in the year 1534, he armed himself, and with seven
vessels quitted his government ; and navigating on this voy
age, at the end of seventy-four days he reached the coast of
Peru.' He landed on the beach of Manta neUa VaUe, which
was afterwards called by the Spaniards Puerto Viejo. Ad
vancing with good Indian guides, he passed over some very
1 It assuredly was a most tedious voyage ; and with a full embarcation
'of soldiers and horses, the making of 'only a dozen miles a day must have
impinged on the temper of Alvarado, who neyer was remarkable for
either prudence or patience, (Trans.),

154 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
cold mountains, which are always covered with snow : many
Spaniards died there, and the rest, for want of better pro
visions, eat some of their horses, until they reached the pro
vince of Quito. Pizarro being informed of this, immediately
despatched Diego d'Almagro, with a hundred and fifty
Spaniards, to endeavour to turn hira out of the country, or
else to make arrangements to buy his army. Upon reaching
Tumbesi, and learning that Alvarado had many raore men than
he had himself, he dared not lay hands on him ; but being
both at the Ribamba, the licentiate Caldera induced them to
agree ; and arranged that Alvarado should cede his army to
Pizarro and Almagro, and that they should give him a hun
dred thousand golden ducats, on condition that he should
go away and never more return to that kingdom. In this
manner Alvarado departed from Peru with four servants,
and returned to Guattimala in good spirits and contented.
But shortly after he armed ten vessels and four brigantines,
intending to discover new countries along the Western coast.
At the very time that Alvarado was preparing his array,
some friars of the order of Saint Dominic arrived at Mexico,
who had been upwards of a thousand miles through the
countries to the westward ; and they made known that the
province of Sibolla and other lands were fertile, rich, full of
gold, of turquoises, cotton, and other things. Wherefore,
Don Antonio di Mendoza, Viceroy of New Spain, and
Ferdinand Cortez, Captain-General of that kingdom, moved
by these reports, consulted among themselves whether to go,
or to send on this enterprise ; but not confiding in each
other when they carae to converse, Cortez went away to
Spain, and the viceroy sent off to ask Peter Alvarado to corae
to him with his armament as soon as he possibly could. He
therefore s^et out in a short time, and reached the port of
Ternitd by land, whence he went to Mexico, and agreed
with the viceroy to go to Sibolla ; he collected seven hun
dred soldiers, purchased arms and horses, together with many

history of the new world. 155
other things requisite for his journey, and quitted Mexico to
go and embark for the expedition. But on the way, he "
received the news that the Indians of Salisco had rebelled
against the Spaniards, wherefore he went to the assistance of
his countrymen with the greater part of his men. On
arriving, he found. Pietro di Zunica very melancholy on
account of the death of a great many of his soldiers. They
then went to a large hill, where the Indians had fortified
themselves by tying trunks of trees on the summit with
great stones, for their defence : and when the Spaniards,
with great fierceness (gran ferocitd), began to run up
the hill, the Indians, yelling frightfully, cut the trees
asunder, so that everything furiously fell headlong down to
the bottom, in such a way as to kill the greater part of the
assailants who were opposed to thera there. Alvarado was
precipitated from his horse, and in the course of two days
passed to another life. When he was asked what pained
him, he said his Soul affiicted him severely. He was of
moderate stature, a great talker, but false ; a great liar, very
cruel towards the Indians, and so ungrateful for benefits
received, that it is said of him, that he never kept his word
to any friend. He married two sisters, and cohabited with
both of them.^
Immediately after the death of Alvarado, Captain Fran
cesco Velasques Coronato was commissioned by the viceroy
to start frora Mexico with eight hundred men. The greater
part being mounted, he would not go by sea to conquer and in
habit that province. 'When he arrived in the country, the great
riches that he found there were an abundance of snow and
dearth of food ; so that some of his horses died, and many
of the Indian servants also. The captain, hoping to fare
1 The men of Xalisco here gave a memorable example to the rest of
their countrymen ; and the miserable death of Alvarado — one of the
so-called Conqubroes forsooth — is as refreshing in this dismal history,
as a sunbeam in a dungeon. (Trans)

156 history of the new world.
better, deterrained to advance further, and having marched
about a hundred and fifty miles he found a sort of animals,
not very large, but resembling cows-j and the Spaniards
killed many of them. Thus they appeased their hunger for
awhile: but finally, after the captain had gone over a great
deal more country, having fought occasionaUy with the
natives, who valorously defended their liberty, and having
burnt and destroyed several villages, and cursing the friars
who had brought favourable reports of such countries — after
losing many Spaniards, poor and naked he returned to
Mexico. Let us now return to Pietro di Alvarado. When the
news of his death reached Guattimala, Donna Beatrice
della Cuova, his wife, a woman truly proud, vain, and
haughty, instead of thanking the Omnipotence of the glo
rious God, and lauding his infinite bounty, declared that she
could not have been worse treated than to be bereaved of
her husband. She had her house blackened all over, she
would neither eat nor sleep, she refused all consolation,
daubing her hair (messava i capelli), coramitting and saying
many other follies. Then she had the most pompous obse
quies performed in honour of her husband ; but amid all
this weeping and lamentation, she called all the principal
people in the town to meet in council, and had herself sworn
in as governor (governatrice) of the province. Soon after
doing all this, on the day of the Madonna of September, in
the year forty-one, it began to rain so heavily, that on the
following day, two hours after dark, some Indians went to
inform the bishop of the province, naraed Francesco Maro-
quin, that at the base of the mountain, near the town, they
had heard a great noise and crash ; whereupon the bishop
reproved them, saying, " Have I not several times enjoined
you not to give ear to such things ?" But soon after mid-
ftight there began to arise from that mountain so great and
so terrible a quantity of water, and with such an impetus

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 157
and fury, as to precipitate rocks of incredible size, carrying
along and destroying whatever it met with in its course ;
and there were heard in the air cries and lamentations and
frightful noises. There was also seen a~black cow going
about the neighbourhood, and doing much damage. The
first house that was ruined was that of the governor, where
Donna Beatrice and all her attendants, who were said to be
in prayer with her in this very retired place, died ; and
simUarly nearly the whole town was laid waste and drowned.
Including men and women, there died about a hundred and
twenty Spaniards. Only those who fled at the commencement
of the noise saved their Uves. The next morning, when the
destruction had ceased, sorae Spaniards were found lying about
the country, some crippled, some had broken arms, others
broken legs ; and a daughter of Alvarado's (by an Indian
woman) Was found who had received no injury ; so that out
of all his race only this girl remained.
After the ruin of Guattimala} a town was erected on
that spot and continues there still ; it is in a small plain three
miles from the former site, towards the east, and consists of
between seventy-flve and eighty brick houses, the greater
part roofed with shingles. In this province the earth often
trembles so much, that being once in a monastery near the
old Guattimala, in a spot called Almolonga di Basco, and
talking with one of the monks on a Uttle bench, the earth
trembled so that the beUs rang of themselves, the greater
' This was the first destruction of the city in a country which, though
close to the Volcano de Fuego and the Volcano de Agua, was so pleasing
in aspect, with so good a climate, and had such comely natives, that the
discoverers designated it M paraiso de Mahomo. The town, Santiago, was
built in 1527, and met the calamity here recorded soon afterwards. It
continued, however, to be the capital under repeated visitations ; it was
all but destroyed by an earthquake in 1751 ; and again by a similar
attack in 1773, when it was left little more than a pile of rubbish, in
which the greater part of its sixty thousand inhabitants were entombed.
The present city was commenced in 1776, on a site about twenty -five
miles to the south of the old one. (Trans)

158 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
part of the garden walls were thrown down, the under
ground pipes that led water to the fountain were broken,
the principal chapel was rent in two places, and part of the
roof fell down : whereupon every one thought for certain
that the ground would open; and this alarm continued for
the space of a credo or belief}
This province, in consequence of the air being temperate,
produces a deal of wheat ; but of all the trees that the
Spaniards have endeavoured to introduce there, only the flg
and the apricot have succeeded, and these fruits not
beginning to ripen till the commencement of winter, they
are not well flavoured.
Two days journey from Guattimala, in a place called the
Izalchi, near the sea-shore, a very large quantity of cacavate
(cocoa) is collected ; this at present constitutes the riches of
the Spanish inhabitants who reside in that province ; and
they distribute the greater part of it through the country of
New Spain, for it being rather cold than hot in .many parts
of that kingdom, they cannot gather enough of it there.
These Guattimalese participate of the custoras both of the
Nicaraguans and of the Mexicans ; and they have continual
intercourse with them, so that many may be found who have
learnt some office or trade — as that of a carpenter, shoe
maker, painter, goldsmith, or other similar art. The
Spaniards used to buy these people as slaves, and improve
them ; but when they were expecting to derive benefit from
their instruction they were restored to liberty.
They hold daily markets, most of their goods being eata
bles and drinkables; that is — salt, fish, fruits, calabashes,
battate, and branches of cooked figs, which when made into a
beverage, were such, that merely seeing them was enough
to make one sick. They also buy and sell cottons, cloaks,
shirts, feathers, and other such articles. As to the com
plexion of these Indian people, they are more incUned to
' During the time that repeating that prayer would occupy. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 159
yellow and chesnut than to any other colour ; and of all the
nations that I have seen in this very large country, the
handsomest are those of the gulf of Paria and of the pro
vince of Valenzuola ; that is to say, those who live inland
near the mountains ; and I believe it to be because the sun's
heat is not so great there as in the plains, wherefore those
people who inhabit the Sea-shore are of a certain colour like
flesh burnt by the sun. Of all the things that the Spaniards
have introduced there from Spain, none has been so accept
able to the Indians as wine ; for although, as we have before
said, they make wine from maize and other things, they say
that it does not comfort the spirits, nor warm the stomach,
nor induce such sweet and soothing sleep as the wine of
Castile does. They also highly esteem iron, because they
use axes made only of copper, and knives made of flint.*
But the Indians have not been so surprised by anything as
by our reading and writing. So that when the Spaniards gave
a native a letter to take to some place, their curiosity left them
no peace ; nor could they conjecture among themselves by
what means that white paper, painted with black, could
speak. Of aU the provinces that the Spaniards conquered,
and StiU govern in these Indies, the most inhabited country,
and the one best peopled by the Indians, is New Spain;
then come Yucatan, Guattimala, Nicaragua, and some
portions of the kingdom of Peru.
Having travelled about this new world for the space of
fourteen years, as I before said, and having read the histories
that the Spaniards have written of their enterprises in
those countries, I find that they have eulogized themselves
in some respects rather more than they ought to have
done ; especially when they teU us that they are worthy of
^ Benzoni has expressed this rather awkwardly— omcom hanno avuto
caro il ferro, per cioche loro non adoperano, etc. But the meaning is
clearly, that as the natives could not procure iron, they were driven to
use other materials. (Trans.)

160 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
great praise for having converted to Christianity all the
tribes and nations that they conquered and subjugated in
India. Thus they say that they have made thera Christians,
as we might say that a baker has baked the bread well.
But I, imbued with the doctrine of Christ our God and
Saviour, feel that there is a great difference between the
name and the being one in reality. The more so, because in
the kingdom of Peru and other places, although it has been
published that we were Christians and children of the God
of heaven, yet, in consequence of the great cruelties perpe
trated araong them, there has never been the means, of
making them adopt the name ; this nation being endowed
with a raore terrible spirit than all the others that were sub
jugated by the Spaniards. For the people of Mexico and
the surrounding tribes, when the Spaniards began to go
over to India, calling themselves Christians, they also called
us by that name ; but the Peruvians, as we before said, would
not acknowledge the designation, and we shall return to it
in its place. Doubtless we can believe, that any nation sub
jugated by a foreign people, would liberate itself if it could,
and regain its forraer liberty ; and thus the Mexicans, espe
cially, were always watching vigilantly whether the usual
ships arrived from Spain ; for if some great misfortune were
to happen to that country (which might occur, it being
like all other empires, though great and powerful, yet all
the nations, kingdoms and cities subject to the erapire, are
liable to the variability of fortune), and the ships could not
go backwards and forwards to India as before, the whole of
the Indians would rise and murder all the Spaniards, making
a most solemn banquet of them. And I have heard from
some of the monks that they would be among the first vic
tims, because they opposed the bad habits of the natives.
To shew that this was the truth when I was in Guattimala
in the year 1553. The French and Spaniards being at war,
only two gaUeys of Don Alvaro Bazan had come during

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 161
fourteen months, from fear of privateers along that coast ;
one bound to Nombre de Dios, the other to Villa Rica, a
port in New Spain, wherefore the Spaniards were afraid lest
the Indians should revolt, for already they had heard through
some Moors (negroes) that the French were at war with
the Spaniards, and that they had done much damage in those
countries. I myself being one day at that epoch in a place
caUed dl Molonga, only a little lower down than where old
Guattimala' formerly stood, talking with some Indians, one
of them asked me whether the French had horses, and some
of those things that m^ke tan ! tan ! Meaning, although
they knew not how to express themselves, to ask whether the
French had any artUlery; and when I answered in the
affirmative, he drew a sigh from his heart, and God only
knows what he wished. The monks warned them not to
attempt any change, for the emperor would send a great
many Christians from Castile, who would treat them much
worse than they had been treated before. But notwith
standing this, if they saw an opportunity, they would not
fail to try to extirpate the invaders from their country.
Respecting everything else that I have endeavoured to
learn about those Indian nations, we must consider what
they hear of our faith. I therefore wish to give information
as much relative to what I have heard publicly asserted by
some priests and monks, as to what I have seen, and what
I have heard from those same Indians ; so that the readers
may perceive how scandalized they must be at our bad
actions. I, moreover, entreat my discreet and prudent
readers to be attentive, for they wiU learn sayings and
sentences deserving of very great admiration.
There are, then, many Indians, especially the sons of some
' By old Guatimala, Benzoni must allude to an ancient native city ;
for that founded by Alvarado in 1627, and destroyed about 1642 (see p.
167), could hardly haye had that epithet when rebuilt, so soon afterwards
as 1653. (Trans)

163 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
of the principal chieftains, who have learnt to read and
write, and have also gained a knowledge of God's command
ments, which they say are good ; but they are astonished
that we do not obey them, exclaiming, " Come hither, thou
Christian : God commands that thou shalt not take his name
in vain, — and yet for every trifle thou swearest and perjurest
thyself. God commands us not to bear false witness, and
yet you do nothing but complain and speak ill of each other.
God commands thee to love thy neighbour as thyself, and
to forgive his trespasses as thou wouldest he should forgive
thine ; but you do quite the contrary ! those are ill treated
who have but little ; and if any one owes you anything, you
have him put into prison, and want him to pay you although
he has not the means. And if there is a poor Christian
among you, in order not to give him some of your property,
you send him to our houses, for us to bestow charity on him."
/Thus, the Indians, seeing our rabid greediness and immea-
/ surable avarice, there are some among them who, taking a
I piece of gold in their hand, say, " this is the God of the
¦Christians ; for this they have come from Castile to our
countries, and have subjugated us, tormented us, and sold
us as slaves, besides doing us many other injuries. For this
they make war and kill each other ; for this it is that they arc
never at rest ; that they gamble, swear, tell lies, quarrel,
rob, tear the women away from each other ; and finally, for
this they commit every sort of wickedness." And I knew
one priest, amongst others, a great favourite of the Bishop
of Guattimala, who went about ainong the Indian nations
selling wine,' although it was prohibited by order of the
governors and presidents, and iu less than six months he
gained upwards of twenty-five thousand reals.
There are also monks who commit by day what other men
' Thoy had not at that time, it seems, the mischievous fire-waters
wliich were so attractive and so destructive to the American tribes of
northern America. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 163
would be ashamed of comraitting by night ; I speak of the
bad ones, not those of a better degree. But there was a
monk of the order of Saint Francis, who went about de
claring publicly that there was not a virtuous priest, or
monk, or even bishop, throughout India ; and that they all
gave themselves up to avarice, willingly going wherever
there were rich Indians, but avoided going where they were
poor. This monk, however, being at the head of Fondura,
in the town of San Pedro} awaiting the departure of some
vessels to return to Spain, was seized by order of his
superior for having uttered these words ; and sent to Guat
timala. I have also heard some priests, who had gone from
Spain to India for nothing but to gain money, argue among
themselves upon this point. I will relate what I heard frora
a monk whilst in the town of Comaiagua : he told rae that
he had known an Indian of very sharp intellect, son of a
small chieftain, who, when young, went to school and learned
to read and write, and everybody thought that he would
excel in knowledge and virtue, and that he would be a
mirror for all the rest. But when he was thirty years old,
he returned wicked, a ribald, and a viUain. On being asked
how it happened that from being a good man he had become
a bad one ; he answered, " Since I became a Christian I have
learnt to swear by God, by the Cross, by the words of the holy
Evangelists, and to utter oaths by the life of God ; yet I am
a renegade and do not believe. I have also learned to gamble
and never to tell truth ; I have bought an iron sword to
make quarrels [per far quistione), and to live as the Chris
tians do ; I want for nothing, except a mistress, and I hope
soon to have one."
It has happened to me to reprove Indians sometimes, who
' This passage is rather obscure. The town of St. Pietro may then
have been of great importance in Honduras, but it is far inland :— Ben
zoni's words are—" Stando questo f rate in capo di Fondura, neUa cittd. di
San Pietro." (Trans)

164 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
were gaming and swearing ; they have answered me — " we
learned it from you." These were people brought up in the
(liouses of Spaniards who did nothing but game and swear,
*and other such-like things ; and these are some of the
miracles that the Spaniards have performed in the Indies.
Then there are other Indians, who if asked whether they are
Christians answer Yes, that the bishop has made the sign of
'the cross on their face, and given them his benediction ; and
that they have raade a church and put the iraage ofthe holy
Mary into it, and have bought the bell. I once asked an
Indian whether he was a Christian, and he said, " how
could I be otherwise since I have served the bishop these
twelve years, and take care of his mule." Others say that
the priest has thrown water on their heads four or five
times. When these people see a priest or a monk approach
ing, they immediately go forward to meet him and say,
" Father, throw some water on our heads, for we would be
Christians, although we have been baptized before." And
when one begins, the whole population foUows, without
knowing what they are doing.
This happens where the Indians are few in number, poor,
and having neither priest nor monk resident among them.
Yet there have been some clergy who would not baptize
them, saying that baptizing an Indian was Uke baptizing a
brute beast. Others, after going from CastiUe to India, and
seeing the sort of life led, both by the Spaniards and the
Indians, have been so shocked that they went back to their
monasteries in Spain.
WhUe residing in Guattimala, I went often to the monas
tery of St. Francisco, and formed a friendship with a monk
caUed Francisco de Betanzo, a man well acquainted with all
those provinces, both in Guattimala and in New Spain. He
spoke weU in two Indian languages. Having inquired of
him what opinion he entertained of those people relative to
our faith, he told me that the old men were obstinate in their

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 165
idolatry, especiaUy their priests, who were often found sacri
ficing to their deities. And that it was necessary, in order
that the children should in time know our religion, to take
them away from the conversation and example of their
elders ; so that when they became men they should not be
taught their bad habits. Finally, he told me that those who
had been baptized had only the name of Christians.' Then,
treating of other details in our conversation, both respecting
the mode of life of the Spaniards and the governraent of
those provinces, seeing that I wished to know the state of
that country, he shewed me a letter written by a bachelor of
arts, a friend of his, named Diego Lopez de Zunega, ad
dressed to the bishop and president and auditors of Guatti
mala, in consequence of having been ill-treated, especially
by the bishop, for having uttered soraething against their
bad government. The letter being sent open to him, he
' We have no doubt that with a few of the explorers and conquista-
dores, an earnest desire for spreading the holy faith was as strong a
motive for adventure as the love of gold ; but the carrying out such
views made the minds of men, some of whom were neither avaricious nor
cruel, strangely overlook the brutality and perfidy with which they
acted. The natives were reasonably averse to commune with reckless
tyrants who could cut both hands ofi' their victims, torture them, burn
them alive, tear them to pieces by savage blood-hounds, work them to
death in the mines, hang them by dozens, and slaughter them by wholesale,
— all which Las Casas declares he saw "con mis ojos corporales mortales I"
These people had a religion of their own, such as it was, in which there
were some startling affinities with our own sacred records, as instanced
in the Deluge and the Tower of Babel : they believed in One Great God,
in whose honour they had sacrifices, processions, and solemn dances ; they
trusted in a future state of being ; and Acosta mentions a resemblance of
the holy communion, if, he piously adds — " Se soffre usar deste vocablo en
cosa diabdlica." So dreadfully treated, it is not surprising that the natives
should be little disposed to receive such theological precepts as would
be administered by their rabid plunderers : and the reply of the cacique
of Cenii to Enciso was in point — " In what you say about the Pope being
the lord of all the universe in place of God, and that he had given this
land to your king, the Pope must have been drunk when he did it, for
he gave what was not his." (Trans)

166 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
transcribed it, and I took a copy of it: it began as fol
lows : —
" Since Fortune began to lead me about the world, I have seen
several kingdoms and provinces, and in each place I have observed
many novelties ; but since my fate permitted me to come over to
these so-called golden Indies, wanting in every good quality, I have
seen so much, and such varied wickedness, that my tongue could
never end the narration of it, nor my heart to think of it. And the
worst of it is, that amongst you men there is neither justice, nor
virtue, nor goodness, nor chastity ; and you consume all your tirae
in deeds of partiality, in discord, lies, deceit, dissension, envy,
rancour, gaming, swearing, warfare, luxury, immorality, and ava
rice ; and finally, whoever behaves best is the worst thought of.
,1 have remarked with wonder that the larger portion of all of you
who have been in India are such, that not only heaven or the
angels, but the earth and the devils must hold you in horror ; and
you may look upon it as certain, that just as you have by force
made yourselves tyrants over many, so Jesus Christ will permit
you to become slaves of all for justice sake ; and if you require an
evident and mamfest proof of this, turn to the histories of Greece
and Rome ; see triumphant Rome, queen of the world ; Athens
and Lacedemon, the light and splendour of all good laws and good
habits ; and many other cities and kingdoms, of which scarcely the
memory remains. The men who were adorned with so many vir-
^mes, who were governed by such excellent and illustrious chiefs,
have all perished. And do you think, that the goodness of God
will permit that you should remain all your lives clad in so many
vices, and sunk so deep in malignity ? you must be benighted in
intellect, as are also these Indian Christians, if you are Christians
only in name. Believe me, gentlemen, one day's example of a
good life would be more useful to these poor wretches than a
year's lectures and doctrine : for with what benefit is it to preach
odoriferous roses with the tongue, if you afterwards sell them
pricking thorns in your works ? Some people, my lord bishop,
say that you do a great deal of good ; but take care that you do it
well, for we find there are those who do it badly. And your lord
ship is one of those, for you strip those whom you ought to clothe ;

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 167
you mistake bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter ; you love liars,
and have a horror for those who tell truth ; you deprecate good
men, and honour bad ones ; you favour the vicious and persecute
the virtuous. Finally, you are most liberal with other men's pro
perty, and very miserly with your own. What would you have me
say more ? except that you would be very appropriately placed to
row in a galle)-, for I will warrant that your lordship would have
more strength to handle an oar, than virtue in governing a bishop
ric. Others say that your lordship is much honoured ; but Seneca
teaches us that wise men hold the praise of fools to be a sign of
infamy ; for all that they think is vain, and all their words are
false ; what they condemn is good, and what they praise is bad ;
what they laud is infamy, and consequently all that they do is folly.
True honour consists in being praised and honoured by those who
are themselves worthy of honour ; and the greatest honour is to
please Jesus Christ. It was related to me that your lordship was
astonished at the patience with whioh I underwent my trials, and
I am certainly astonished jat your astonishment, because displeasure
at things badly done proceeds from wisdom, but surprise at things
being well done, proceeds from a shallow judgment and scant ex
perience ; and do you not know that forgiveness is not granted
except to those who are willing to be crucified with Christ relative
to this world, desiring to enjoy with him the glory of the next?
And do you not know that sentence written by Paul the apostle
in an Epistle to Timothy, by which he expresses that, all those
who would practise virtue in Christ, must be despised in the pre
sent time ? You appear not to be aware that what is hurtful to
the body, is beneficial to the soul ; nor do you seem to know that
the kingdom of heaven is not to be gained by fighting bulls, nor
by gaming with reeds, nor by pieces of gold shut up in a box, nor
by having hosts of slaves in the mines as your lordship has. It
cannot be obtained by contracts, nor cheating, nor falsehoods, nor
lies; but is to be gained by undergoing persecution, infirmities,
incarceration, imprisonment, poverty, hunger, thirst, contempt,
dislike, exile, torments, and various other labours and tribulations
which daily assaU the life of mortals. And if your lordship be
ignorant of these things, as I believe you are, you may class your
self rather with beasts than with men, There are many more

168 HISTORY OF THE NEW AVORLD.
things that might be said, as well of your lordship as of the presi
dent, but they are so numerous, that if I begin to write them down I
fear paper would fail me in the midst, and therefore I say no more.
Given inTrigillio, the 25th of May, 1552.
" Diego Lopez di Zunega."
When I first arrived at Guattiraala, the Licentiate Ceratto
was president ; this was the Ceratto who took to San
Dominigo the decree of liberty to the Indians, as we have
already said, and who was removed by the emperor from
that island and sent to govern this country ; and with truth
fl can testify that throughout India there never was a better
judge, nor one who practised good precepts more strictly,
obeying the royal commands, always endeavouring that the
Indians should not be ill-treated by any Spaniard ;' and
sometimes through the little respect that was shewn him by
his countrymen, in consequence of his considering the wel
fare of the Indians, he used to pray that God would liberate
him from such a bad people ; and still more, that if God
granted him grace to return to Spain, he would warn the
king not to let any priest whatever go over to India, on
account of their great dissoluteness : but death intervening,
he could not do it. Thus another president was furnished
from Mexico, naraed Dr. Chesada, who, in the short space
of two months after his arrival at Guattimala, passed to
another life ; and when some of the clergy sought to console
hira in his infirraities, saying. Be joyful, my lord president,
' In this sad exposition, Benzoni corroborates those who dared to
speak out ; and we are not to marvel that his work was never trans
lated into Spanish. Unscrupulous " heave-aheads " liken such turpitude
to darkness being dissipated by light : but had those conquistadores
possessed a grain of the wisdom of Eoman colonization, the New World
would not have so long remained a blot on the globe. For instance the
very province here treated of, Guatimala, contains only about one
million and a quarter of inhabitants ; yet such are its extent and
capacity, that if it were as well peopled as England is, it would contain
and provide for nearly forty millions of human beings ! (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 169
and of good heart, and other things. He answered, " How
can a man be joyful who has so much to account for to
God !" I have thought it right to record this here, so that
judges, by judging as they would be judged, and looking
well after their own conduct, may not have eternally to
weep in the world to come !

END OF THE SECOND BOOK.

170

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
BY
GIROLAMO BENZONI,
A MILANESE.

BOOK III.
Francesco Pizarro, Diego d'Almagro, and Fernando de
Luque, were rich in PanamEl, but hearing that assuredly all
the southern coast abounded in gold, silver, turquoises, and
eraeralds, they combined together and determined to go and
discover new countries ; each promising faithfully to do his
duty and share in a brotherly manner all the riches, the
lands, and the people whom they should find and conquer.
Having made this agreement, they bought two ships, with
arms and araraunition ; and they raised two hundred and
twenty soldiers. And thus, in the year 1526, Pizarro and
Alraagro left Panamd within a few days of each other ; ap
pointing the priest to provide whatever was requisite. When
Pizarro had navigated about three hundred miles, he landed
in a spot where the natives, making some resistance, killed
several Spaniards and wounded him, with some others.
After this bad beginning he returned to Panamd, repenting
of having entered on such an enterprise.
Almagro entered a river, which he named San Giovanni,
and was well received by the natives, who gave him upwards

history of the NEW WORLD. 171
of three thousand ducats' worth of gold. He then put to sea
again, and coasting along reached the spot where his com
panion had been so ill-treated. He landed, the Indians
attacked him, and a stone which they threw wounded him
in the eye, so that he afterwards lost it. They also killed
and ill-treated sorae of his people, obliging him likewise to
return to Panama. On rejoining Pizarro he revealed to him
that the country he had discovered was very rich in gold ;
hc was therefore of opinion that they should again prepare
their forces to go and conquer it : wherefore, as soon as they
had recovered from their wounds, they started with two
hundred soldiers, a great many Indian servants, two ships,
and several boats of the country, made of the trunk of a tree.'
With great trouble, on account of the current, they reached
the same part of the coast, though not the same spot they
went to before. On their landing, the natives, not liking
this bearded people, attacked them most vigorously, slew
many, and in this manner obliged them to retreat to the ¦
Uttle island of Gorgona, uninhabited, and within six hiiles of
the mainland. Desirous of acquiring that province, on ac
count of the great shew of gold that they had observed, and
not having men enough for such an enterprise, Diego del
Magro went to Panamd for a fresh supply : and thus, though
rather late, he returned with eighty-five Spaniards, and
found Pizarro with all his people half starved. The biscuit
and wine, however, and other things that he brought, soon
restored them. Then they started, and twenty-five miles
further on they disembarked, thinking they should aU be
come rich. But a considerable number of natives overtook
and boldly attacked them with their lances and stones, killed
some of the Spaniards, and repeUed the rest from their coun
try. Finding their measures thus frustrated, they retired to
1 These barche del paese, were the well-known canoes of those regions
—the monoxyla of Greece ; embarcations which were generally adapted
to the nature of the coast they pertained to. (Trans)

172 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
an uninhabited island, which, from havmg a promontory
shaped somewhat like a cock, the Spaniards called by that
name, Isla del Gallo.
Pizarro, being greatly enraged against those people for
having destroyed a great portion of his soldiers, and desirous
of revenging himself, sent his colleague to Panama, urging
him to bring as many men as possible. When Almagro was
about to start, some Spaniards wished to accorapany him,
they being melancholy and ailing, cursing the country and
its riches ; but their leaders would not consent to it, nor
were they allowed to write, lest they should abuse the coun
try and dishearten fresh succours ; but nevertheless it be
came known, for some Spaniards wrote secretly of the death
and trials that they had had to struggle with, as well as of the
extremity of affairs, and the sterility ofthe country; complain
ing both of Almagro and Pizarro, because they would not con
sent to their returning to Panama, although they were in a
bad state.
Then, when Almagro reached Panama, he found that
Pietro di Funne had arrived as governor of that province,
who had no sooner heard the news than he immediately sent
ofi" one of his followers to the Isla del Gallo to Francisco
Pizarro with provisions, but strict orders that no Spaniard
should be detained there against his will. When he arrived
at the island, and Pizarro saw the governor's orders, he was
deeply grieved, for the greater part of the Spaniards who
were with him went away. The rest who remained, about
fourteen, and mostly sailors, were very much praised by him,
and he made thera great offers, entreating them to have
patience till Diego Alraagro should come with reinforce
ments. They thus remained in that island several days,
eating oysters, shrimps, and fish,' until Almagro sent a ship
' This islet must have afibrded miserable quarters for such a party, it
being small, and though furnishing wood and water, it possessed nothing
else. It is close to the mainland, and afi'ords tolerable anchorage. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 173
with provisions ; but without any men, on account of the
bad reports which had reached Panaind of those countries.
Pizarro found himself thus with very few followers, poor, and
without hopes of any assistance. After having diacussed with
them as to what should be done, they at last all agreed to
run along shore to see if they could find a good country ;
and having sailed about five hundred miles, they landed in
Chira, a province of Peru. They seized some native sheep ;
and also several young Indians, so that they raight teach them
the Spanish language. They then returned to Tumbes, on
account of the report they had from the inhabitants, of the
great riches of that nation ; but there not being a single
Spaniard who had the courage to land, on account of the
great multitude of Indians along the shore, Pietro, a native
of the island of Candia, deterrained to venture ; so, with a
two-handed sword, he went on shore, and not without great
admiration on the part of the Indians, seeing such a man
with a beard. He was much caressed by the chieftain. He
entered the fortress, in which there was a temple dedicated
to the sun, so richly adorned that he was greatly astonished,
and alraost thought it was a dream. At the gate he saw
some animals like lions (pumas), and two tigers [jaguars),
which shewed him no ill will. Then, when the chief wished
to give hira some golden jewels, he dissembled, giving them
to understand that he did not seek for such things ; but,
returning to the ship, he detaUed all. Pizarro, greatly
delighted at having found so rich a country, immediately
put his ship about and returned to PanamEl ; there he re
lated to his friends the great fertility of the country, to whom
it belonged, and the riches of Tumbes. In consequence of
this good news, they could scarcely contain themselves;
wherefore Almagro and Fernando de Luque proposed to
send Francisco Pizarro to Spain, to ask for the conquest of
Tumbes from the emperor : and being devoid of money, in
consequence of having employed all their means in the

174 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
discovery of these new countries, they now borrowed
from their friends about fifteen hundred golden ducats, and
having given them to Pizarro for his expenses, he departed.
On arriving in Spain he presented himself to the council of
the Indies, and after describing to thera the countries that
he had found, and the expense which he had incurred, as
well as the hardships that he had undergone, and promising
very great treasures to the crown of Castile, he asked for
the government and the conquest of Tumbes for himself
only, without making the slightest mention of his compa
nions. Having thus obtained all he asked, procured pro
visions, obtained a confirmation frora the emperor, and raised
some soldiers, he went to St. Lucar de Barameda ; where he
embarked and sailed with four brothers, that is to say^
Fernando, Gonzalo, Giovan Pizarro, and Martino de Al
cantara.' With a prosperous wind, they soon, arrived at
Nombre de Dios, and from thence he sailed to Panama.
He was magnificently received by his companions ; but
when they learned that he had negotiated in Spain only for
himself, they could no longer bear him, especially Diego
d'Almagro could not find peace, as he considered that he had
spent all he possessed and much more than Pizarro, and had
lost au eye and three years' time in that discovery ; besides
all which, he had borrowed the money to send him to Spain
to obtain favour for the whole corapany and not for himself
alone. Pizarro, wishing to appease Almagro, said that the
emperor would only grant him the conquest of Tumbes, but
bade his friend be of good cheer, promising on his faith to
procure him some other government in the same country;
and, moreover, that being his partner, he might arrange
everything to his taste as if he was governor. Alraagro,
however, disregarding all his arguraents, not only would not
beUeve them, but they irritated him greatly against Pizarro;
' Alcantara was a half-brother of the conqueror, by the mother's side,
and fell while gallantly defending him from the Almagrians. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 175
so that he publicly accused him of being a liar, and a faith
less man. After passing several days in disputes and recri
minations, more from the press of circumstances than from
inclination, feeling himself immersed in heavy expenses with
little money and without provisions ; knowing besides that
Almagro had plenty, though on account of their animosities
he would not grant him any, and considering that unless
they were reconciled, his affairs would not thrive, so that he
could not well proceed to his government — Pizarro entreated
Dr. della Gama to raake peace between thera. This was
soon accomplished, and the doctor insisted on Almagro's
giving both arms and horses to Pizarro, as well as other am
munition that he possessed, besides a certain sum of money ;
Alraagro sharing equally in the honours and dignities that
the emperor had granted to Francis Pizarro.
The league being thus renewed, leaving out Fernando
de Luque, the other companion, they made peace : and that
nobody should doubt of their promised faith, they took the
wafer consecrated by the most holy sacrament, swearing
never to break their word ; but to cherish their rautual
friendship till death. On this corapact, Francisco Pizarro
left Panamk with a hundred and fifty soldiers and raany
horses ; enjoining Diego d'Almagro to follow hira as soon
as possible with raore men.
He reached Colonchie, in the province of Guancavilichi,
and passing over to Pund, he was kindly received by the
native chief; who perceiving, however, the very bad conduct"^
of the Christians, in going frora house to house seeking gold /
and silver, seizing the women, and doing other things besides
which men are apt to perpetrate in warfare, — with a con
siderable number of Indians took up arms, and attacking the
Spaniards, hoped to turn them out of the island. But when
they encountered each other, the chief could not long resist
the shock of the eneray; and suff'ering great loss, soon
sought shelter in the woods. Pizarro made very cruel use

176 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
of his victory ; and with many Spaniards passed on to
Tumbes} fifty miles distant from the island. He landed
there, but the natives having heard how ill the Spaniards
had behaved at Pund, retired into a fort at a little distance
from the shore. Pizarro sent to ask the governor of the
province to come and see him, as he very much desired his
friendship ; but he not only refused to do so, but, with all
his might, did him the utmost harm he possibly could. Not
withstanding this, Pizarro one night crossed the river, with
a considerable portion of his people and sorae good guides ;
walking among thorns they fell upon the enemy, who were
confidently sleeping, and made a great slaughter of thera.
He then returned to Tumbes, captured the whole of it, and
spoiled and sacked the temple of the Sun entirely.
At this time, Atabaliba, king of Peru, was at Cassiamalca,
and hearing that a nation with beards and possessing ter
rible animals had entered his country, pillaging and raurder
ing everywhere, he sent an arabassador to Francisco Pizarro,
threatening that he would make him repent if he did not
leave his vassals unmolested and return to his own country.
Pizarro gave for answer, that he was not wilfully inclined to
offend any one, but had come to do them a service, and to
benefit everybody that was inclined to accept of his friend
ship ; which had been comraanded him by his lord the era
peror : nor could he return to Spain without great blame if
he did not first see his royal person, and inform him of
useful things for the happiness both of the soul and body.
Thus Pizarro marched towards Cassiamalca, and entered
the province of Chira, the chiefs of that district entreating
his friendship ; they being bitter enemies of Atabaliba,
> Tumbez, which figured with its temples and palaces in those days,
was reduced to a hamlet of huts and wigwams when we arrived oif its
Salto, or cove so named ; even the very stonea are gone, so that it is
periere ruince ^\th a vengeance. Still there is a little commerce in cocoa,
carubba, fruits, and other products ; among which we were surprised to
find golden-pippin apples. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 177
whom they accused of having usurped their country frora
them. There being a navigable river here, he founded a city,
called it St. Michael} and shared out all the booty (tutto
quelle c' haveva pigliato) ; so that each man should take care
of his own property. Atabaliba hearing what the Christian^
were doing ; that they were few, fatigued, and could not \
walk, but rode on great pachi, the name they give to horses, '
laughed at the bearded men, and sent back his ambassadors
to say, they had better not advance any farther if they held
their lives precious. Pizarro replied that he was in duty bound
to see his greatness with due honour ; he therefore urged
his troops on, and reaching Cassiamalca, he sent the captain
of his cavalry to see the king, who had retreated two miles
from the town on account of the Spaniards arriving. And
they, on coming in sight of the king's suite, began to show
off their horses, making them curvet and gallop. Hereat the
natives were greatly alarmed at these new monsters ; but
the king showed no change at all, only he complained of the
disrespectful conduct of the bearded men. With the aid of
the interpreter, Fernando Pizarro notified to his majesty
that he was brother of the captain who came from Castile,
commissioned by the pope and the emperor, desirous of
being friends with him, and requesting him to return to the
town to hear the messages they had to deliver to him ; after
which they would retire to their own country. Atabaliba ^
answered that he would do everything, provided they quitted
his country ; with these conditions Fernando returned, and
related the wonderful riches and great display of the king,
as also his royal will, that he would not suffer any bearded
' The word cittd, is often indefinitely used by the Italians. It is
probable that the San Miguel of 1530, being intended for securing rein
forcements or retreat, stood at the mouth of the river : the present sub
stantial town is thirty miles inland, in a well-cultivated plain, and near
a volcano of the same name. (Trans.)

178 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
men in his kingdom. In the night, the Spanish officers
prepared everything for battle, encouraging their men, and
holding out to them that the natives were beasts, wretchedly
frightened at the horses. Stationing his soldiers, and placing
his guns around the palace, so as to command the gates, he
ordered that no man should move until a given signal. In
the course of the day the king came, attended by above
twenty-five thousand men, carried in triumph, adorned with
a number of golden wreaths and beautiful feathers of various
colours, drest in a shirt without sleeves, only a decent band
of cotton round his middle ; a tassel of very fine red wool on
the left side of his head shaded his brows, and his shoes
were almost apostolical. He thus entered triuraphantly into
the city and palace, feeling quite safe, to hear the messages
of the bearded men. Brother Vincente de V^alverde, of the
order of St. Dominic, with his cross and breviary in his
hand, advanced to the presence of his majesty, as if to make
that monarch believe that he had some great theologian
before him. By means of the interpreter, he gave him to
understand that he came to his excellency coraraissioned by
his sacred majesty the eraperor, with the authority of the
Roman pontiff, celestial vicar of our Saviour, who had given
him the unknown countries, so that he might send there
worthy persons to preach and to publish his most holy name,
doing away with their false and diabolical errors : thus say
ing, he shewed him the law of God, who created all out of
nothing. He related the beginning of Adam and of Eve,
and how Jesus Christ descended frora heaven, and was in
carnate in the virgin's womb, how he then died on the cross,
and rose again to redeem mankind ; having then reascended
to heaven he confirmed the resurrection of the dead, and the
life of Peter his first vicar ; he shewed the authority of the
pontiffs his successors ; and finally, the authority of the era
peror and king of Spain, monarch of the world. He con
cluded with shewing the king that it was his duty to become

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 179
a friend and tributary, submitting to the divine law and
Christian religion, abandoning the false gods, — " and if you
do not accede to this, war will compel you to it."^
When the king had heard all this, he said that he would"
live in friendship with the monarch of the world ; but it did
not seera, to him, incumbent on a free king to pay tribute to
a person whom he had never seen : and that the pontiff raust
be a great fool, giving away so liberally the property of
others. As to the religion, he would on no account aban
don his own ; for if they believed in Christ who died on the
cross, he believed in the sun, who never died. Then he
asked the Dominican how he knew that the God of the
Christians had made the world from nothing, and that he
died on a cross ? The monk answered that that book said
so, handing it to Atabaliba, who took it, and after looking at
it laughed and said : — " This says nothing to me," so threw
it on the ground ; whence the monk took it back again, and
immediately called out with a loud voice, — " Vengeance,
vengeance. Christians, for the gospels are despised and
thrown on the ground ! Kill these dogs, who despise the
law of God." Francisco Pizarro having unfurled his flags,
gave the order for battle. Thus the first guns were fired ;
and imraediately on this alarm the horses followed, with bells
round their necks and on their legs, making a great noise,
added to the crashing of the trumpets and druras. Laying
hands on their arms they attacked the Indians, who, stupified
by so rauch novelty, by such ferocious animals, and by the
sharpness of the swords, began to clear away and fly in utter
disorder. Owing to their very great multitude they trod
each other down, and were suffocated on the ground ; so that
the lances and the swords raade the most horrid havoc of
them in their attempt to escape : happy he who could get away
^ ''& TOOTI lo f arete, la guerra vi sforzerd A questo." In other words,
the ranting Dominican said to the unofifending sovereign of another
people — " Do as you like ; but if you don't, we'll make you !" (Trans)

180 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
to save his life. Pizarro, with his foot-soldiers, went towards
Atabaliba, who was surrounded by a number of Indians ;
and since none of them defended themselves, by their
death he cut himself a way ; and reaching his highness, he
wounded those who supported him ; and every raan, by
killing the natives, hoped to be the first to take the king
prisoner. He was already falling from his high seat, when
Francis Pizarro seized him by the shirt, and he fell on the
ground without being able to defend himself at all ; so he
surrendered, and in this manner was Atabaliba taken and
imprisoned, without the Spaniards suffering either a death
' or a wound, except Pizarro, who, when seizing the king,
received a hurt in his hand from a soldier, which was aimed
at an Indian. Fernando Pizarro scoured the country all
I that day with the cavalry, killing the natives in aU direc-
' tions, not pardoning one. Meanwhile the monk was going
about urging on the soldiers to kiU by thrusts, lest by using
the sharp edge of their swords they might break them. After
this sanguinary and terrible victory over that miserable and
unhappy nation, they passed the night in dancing and luxu
rious feasting. 1
Pizarro went the next day to visit Atabaliba, and soothed
him ; but bade him not to fear dying. The king complained
of being hurt by his chains ; and perceiving what the Span
iards sought for, told Pizarro that if he would liberate him he
would give him gold and silver vases enough to fill that hall
up as high as they could reach with their hands ; and with
the condition, besides, that the chains should not be broken
until he had paid this sum. Pizarro being content with such
an arrangement, and Atabaliba, desirous ofhis Uberty, trusting
^ In this sad warfare, according to one Spanish writer, two thousand
Peruvians were slain, while another author swells the number to six or
seven thousand, and a third says five thousand. All the authorities, how
ever, agree with Benzoni, tha.t— most unhaijpily— the only Spaniard
hurt was Pizarro. ( Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 181
to the invader's promise, immediately sent some of his captains
to all those provinces, and especially to Cusco, six hundred
miles distant from Cassiamalca, with express orders that as
soon as they possibly could they should provide means for his
ransom. Thus, in a short tirae, there began to come from
many places a number of Indians loaded with gold and silver.
But above a month having elapsed without rauch raore than
the half having arrived, the sura being great, the Spaniards
began to raurraur, saying that Atabaliba, under colour of
sending to collect the ransom, was levying a large array to
destroy thera all. They therefore urged Pizarro to murder
him ; and without doubt he would have done it, if he had
not been deterred by certain gentlemen of the force.
Atabaliba hearing this report, complained very much of
Pizarro, saying that he had not the least reason to be angry
with hira, that men were being collected in his kingdom only
to carry the ransom, and it having to come from a distant coun
try it could not arrive very soon ; but that if he did not be
lieve his words, he might send some ofhis own people to Cusco,
whence the greater part of the treasure had to come. He
therefore sent Captain Sotto there, with two other Spaniards,
and they found it all true ; for on the way they met a great
number of Indians loaded with vases of gold and silver.
But anxious to see the riches of Cusco, they would not turn
back. Fernando Pizarro, commissioned by his brother, went
with some cavalry scouring through several districts, and
similarly found many laden Indians going to Cassiamalca,
and, proceeding onwards, he went to the country of Pa-
cama, whence he brought away a good quantity of gold and
silver. When the ransom was at last completed, and added to the
booty, it exceeded two millions of gold.' A fifth was put
1 The surprising advantages in riches and territory which rewarded
the daring effrontery of these marauders, show how accidentally the fate
of nations may be decided. 'When Pizarro landed, a civil war was raging

183 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
aside for the king of Spain, and the remainder was shared
out according to the several merits and rights, so that every
man should take care of his own property. At this time,
Diego d'Almagro arrived, and to prevent his making a tu
mult, he and his soldiers were allowed their share ; to some
five hundred, and to some a thousand ducats. The con
queror then sent Fernando Pizarro to Spain with the king's
fifth, and informed his majesty of everything. Several of
the Spaniards went away in his company, with their riches to
the value of full thirty or forty thousand ducats. Having
arranged all this business, Francis Pizarro and Diego d'Al
magro, with several other captains, then consulted among
themselves, what was to be done with Atabaliba ; some say
ing that he should be killed, others that he should be re
leased, and there were sorae who thought he should be sent
^to Spain to the emperor. Finally, after each had given his
opinion, it was decided by the greater part that he should
die. Some say that an Indian named Filippello was the
cause of his death, by having revealed to Francis Pizarro,
that Atabaliba was in secret collecting men to fall on the
Spaniards, and that therefore they executed him. I have
heard, however, that from the time of his taking him prisoner,
Pizarro always intended to make away with him, the better
_ts subjugate and govern the country; concluding that when
the head was dead, the Umbs would fall into perpetual ser
vitude. If this had not been true and he had not consented
to his death, he could have honourably sent him to Spain to
the emperor, as Atabaliba often entreated him to do; and
God, in fact, permitted that all those who consented to his
death, should come to a bad end. When Atabaliba heard
the tidings that he was to die, grievously sighing, he began
to shed tears, greatly complaining of the perfidy of those
between Atabaliba— or Atahualpa— and his brother Huascar ; a fortu
nate coincidence of which the Spanish leader never could have dreamt.
Hence his unmolested march into the heart of a great empire. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 183
wretched, bad, and wicked hairy men. And when Pizarro
announced the sentence to hira, humbly praying to him as
they do to the sun, which is their principal deity, he said
these words to him : —
" I have been rauch surprised at thee, oh captain, that having
given me thy word, that I having delivered to thee the pro
mised ransom, thou wouldst not only free me from chains,
but restore me to liberty, and go away from my country,
but now thou hast sentenced me to death ; and if Filippello
has told thee that I am contriving how to kill all you bearded
men, he has not told truth, for I never imagined such a thing,
so that I pray thee to be content and grant me my life ; as I
have never thought or committed any harra towards thee de
serving of death. And if thou wilt not believe me, send me
to Spain to the eraperor, and I will present a quantity of
gold and silver to hira : but if thou killest me, I warn thee
that my vassals will create another king, and will kill the
whole of you bearded men ; whereas if you let me live, I
will keep the country quiet, and no one will dare to move."
When Atabaliba had finished his discourse with many tears,
Pizarro answered that the sentence could not be annulled ;
and thus with a rope round his neck, wound round a piece
of wood, caUed by the Spaniards garotta} he sent him to be
strangled by sorae Moors, — and this was the end of king
Atabaliba. He was of moderate stature, wise, energetic,
and desirous of empire. When Pizarro entered the country
he was at war with Guascar, his elder brother, successor to
the paternal kingdom, and then he had him put to death.
He had a great many wives, and the legitiraate one was his
sister, named Pagha ; he left some chUdren. Of all the
things that the Spaniards shewed him, none pleased hira
' This is a very early mention of the now too well known garotte, a
peculiar mode of strangling. In 1810 we witnessed an execution of this
sort at Cadiz, on a Spaniard who had been detected in firing rockets from
the roof of his house as signals to Marmout's besieging camp. (Trans)

184 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
more than glass ; and he said to Pizarro that he was very
much surprised that having so beautiful a thing in Castile,
he went to foreign countries seeking so rough a metal as gold
or silver. His father was named Guainacava (Huana Capac),
and was so esteemed and honoured by his vassals, that they
still weep for him, and hold it for certain that he will soon
come to life again, to govern the country afresh. He lies
buried on the borders of Chito (Quito), where all his ances
tors also lie ; with a very great quantity of gold and silver,
fashioned into the form of men and women, and even into
the shape of various sorts of aniraals and fishes. And although
several Spaniards have applied torture to a great many
Indians to make them confess where he is buried, there has
been no way of getting them to do it ; nor would they reveal
it, even though they were all put to death.
After the murder of the king, Francis Pizarro quitted
Cassiamalca and went in the direction of Cusco, the capital of
the kingdom of Peru : there he met Quisquiz, the captain-
general of Atabaliba, who, collecting a great raany men, had
entered on the campaign, with a confident high-minded de
termination to kill all the bearded raen and avenge the death
of his king. But after sorae skirraishing, and finally with
great loss on the part of the Indians, Pizarro routed them,
left Alraagro to pursue them with a few soldiers, and losing
only five Spaniards, passed on. Arriving in sight of Cusco,
and seeing several fires, he thought that the inhabitants had
flown and had set fire to the town ; to assure hiraself of this,
he sent sorae of his cavalry on to reconnoitre. They found
that these were signal-fires, to make known that the gover
nor of the bearded men had arrived. The headstrong
Spaniards had got close up to the town, when they were
quickly repelled with stones; at this moment Pizarro overtook
the party, and seeing them on the retreat he raUied them, and
then forming them into one body, he spurred aU the horse
on furiously together. Wounding and lulling, he routed

/i/.,,

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 185
the enemy ; so that affrighted by the horses and by the edge
of the sword, they even threw down their arras to run the
faster. But night closing in, Pizarro feared some ambus
cade, and therefore rested there, which gave the Indians
time to reach the hills, together with their sheep, their
shirts,' and their salt.
The following day Pizarro marched into the town, slew
the garrison, made some prisoners, sacked the houses, and
pillaged the very rich Temple of the Sun. Wherefore Cusco
afforded greater booty than did Atabaliba at Cassimalca.
Still, not yet satisfied, but mad with gluttonous avarice, and
all insatiable for gold, under every sort of torraent, full of
cruelty, they tortured their prisoners to reveal their" buried
treasures ; so that we might exclaim — " Oh how many Neros,
how many Domitians, how many Commodi, how many
Bassiani, how many hateful Dionysii crossed over into that
country ! There have been Spaniards, who, for arausement,
used to kill Indians, and gave them to be eaten by their dogs.
Having sacked Cusco, and shared the country araong them,
the marquis returned to the sea-coast, where raeeting Diego
d'Almagro, he sent him to be governor of that province ;
and he founded the City of the Kings on the banks of the
river Lima.
After this, Pizarro passed over to Trigilio, to divide the
Indians among the conquerors. At the same epoch Diego
d'Almagro received a letter from the emperor constituting
him mareschal of Peril, and governor of three hundred miles
of country beyond Pizarro's jurisdiction. With this good
news, and seeing that Cusco was not within Pizarro's domain,
he began to share out the Indians in his own way. But Pizarro
hearing of it, immediately sent his brother John, with some
other Spaniards, ordering them to oppose Almagro's making
any alteration whatever in the country without his permis-
' Prom this it would appear that they held their camicie or sleeveless
shirts in great estimation. (Trans.)

186 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
sion ; and as they returned without coming to any conclu
sion, Pizarro went there himself, post haste. He entered
Cusco and found Almagro ; they argued together, but the
latter — on the strength of the imperial letter — would not
obey the marquis ; yet feeling that he was.inferior in strength,
he pretended at last to be quite reconciled to his will. The
Indians meanwhile, seeing that their country was going to
destruction and ruin, and that fresh Spanish succours arrived
daily, were desirous before they increased too much, to re
cover their liberty. To divide the Christian forces, they
spread a report that the country of ChiU, a thousand miles
distant from Cusco, towards the Strait of Magalianes,^
abounded in gold and silver, and in everything else requisite
to sustain life. Pizarro seeing that this was a good opportu
nity of getting Almagro out of Cusco, urged him on, until
he persuaded him to depart.
They agreed that if he found the country good, the govern
ment of it shojild be procured from the emperor for him ;
and if not, that he should return and they would share the
country they had already discovered and conquered, accord
ing to the covenant they came to in Panamd. Then they
again took many oaths that they would always remain friends;
and with this resolution, Almagro put himself into marching
order, preparing arms and horses, and everything else that
was necessary for the enterprize ; then with five hundred
men and a great many Indian servants, he took his depar
ture. He underwent on the march great and heavy hardships,
traversing mountains that are constantly capped with snow,
whereby a considerable nuraber of the Indians died from
cold, as well as some Spaniards and horses, until he at last
reached the country of Chili. Not long after his departure
' This is only a variation in the same name (p. 41) of the Strait of
Magellan : those, therefore, who cite him as an authority for assigning
the name of the navigator, Martin Behaim, to tha;t important passage,
are entirely wrong. (Trans.)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 187
from Cusco, Fernando Pizarro arrived at Lima with the im
perial orders ; one conferred on his brother the title of mar
quis, the other was addressed to Diego d'Almagro, con
formable to the letters that the emperor had written him, as
before related, which gave rise to most cruel wars between
them ; ending at last in the one adventurer being strangled
in prison, and the other raurdered in his own house. This
you will read when I come to treat of the civil wars ; nor of
these men shall I relate more than is manifest to everybody ;
for having often heard them the subject of conversation, I
have found that in many particulars, the one relation did
not agree with the other, because eacb individual favoured
his own leader : and I raust say, moreover, that truth did
not abound in that country.
In this interim. Mango Inga, brother of Atabaliba, on
whose head Francis Pizarro had put the crown, shewing
himself a tumultuous man, Ferdinand put him in prison with
irons on his feet, in the fortress of Cusco. But shortly after,
by giving his brother John a good quantity of gold, and
promising to be faithful to him, he obtained his liberty.
Mango finding himself thus free, and seeing that the Span
iards were divided into various bands, who went about rob
bing, burning, ruining, and conquering all tbe country, —
invited many chiefs and organized a rebellion ; and when he
had prepared everything requisite for war, he began to
scour through several districts, and killed many Spaniards
in the mines, who were with the Indians working out gold.^
He sent one of his chiefs with a considerable body of men to
Cusco, and having entered the town, he imraediately took
the fortress, and slew John Pizarro with a number of his
^ Benzoni's — " ammazzb molti Spagnuoli che stavano nelle miniere,
con gl' istessi Indiani che cavavano Voro" — would lead to an inference
that in 1535 the two people were labouring together : but Zarate ex
pressly says, that the Spaniards were then superintending the working of
the mines. (Trans)

188 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
companions. In a short time the Spaniards regained that
post; just after which. Mango Inga^suddenly arriving with
upwards of a hundred thousand men, retook and burnt it,
killing the greater part of the Spaniards.
The marquis hearing of Mango's rebeUion, and not being
aware of the great body of men that he had in the field, sent
Diego Pizarro with seventy-five Spaniards, who were all
killed ; as well as Captain Morgovio, with many other Span
iards, who started from Guamango to go to rescue Cusco.
Again the marquis sent eighty horsemen, under Gonzalo de
Tapia, who, with the greater part of his men, were similarly
massacred near Guamango ; and then he despatched fifty
Spaniards under Captain Gaete. At last, after the lapse of
many days, the marquis getting no news, either from his bro
thers or his captains, began to fear some evU ; he therefore
despatched Francisco Godoi, with forty horsemen, to bring
him information of all : but being assailed in a narrow pass
by the Indians, Godoi saw his men so imperilled that, caring
more for his life than for his honour, and knowing that he
had a good horse under him, he turned his back ; and on
his way heard from some Spaniards all that had happened.
Returning to Lima, he inforraed the marquis of deaths, ruin,
sieges, and destruction ; and, moreover, that a large army
was coming in the direction of Lima. Pietro di Lerma was
consequently despatched with fifty horsemen, accompanied
by a number of friendly Indians ; on the following day he
himself started, and meeting the enemy they fought valor
ously on both sides ; though the Indians, not being able to
resist the impetus of the Christians, finally turned their
shoulders, and retired to a strong hiU not very far. from
Lima. A great many Indians died in this assault, though
only two Spaniards, but a good many were wounded ; and
Pietro dair Erma (di Lerma) had his teeth knocked in by a
stone. The marquis was afflicted with much grief in this
unfortunate conjuncture; being left with only four hundred

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 189
men and two hundred horses, receiving jjo news of his bro
thers, and supposing Diego d'Almagro to have died in Chili.
Thus straitened by his enemies, and poorly provided with
men, he beseeched Alfonzo d' Alvarado, who was conquer
ing Chiachiapoi, to come with his people to his assistance,
and he begged aid of Fernando Cortez : he sent to Trugilio
for all the Spaniards, to Panamd, to Nicaragua, to New
Spain, and other places ; whereby he obtained succour from
everywhere. The first captain who reached Lima was Al
fonzo- d' Alvarado, who was appointed captain-general, and
with three hundred Spaniards, chiefly mounted, was sent off
directly, not to rest till he had destroyed all the Indians and
raised the siege of Cusco. He went, and chased the natives
from the hills around Lima, and then, near Pacama, he raet
Tizoia, Mango Inga's captain-general, who was in the field
with upwards of fifty thousand men ; but, meeting in battle,
they were defeated and had to retreat. Alvarado went to
Sausa^ for the recovery of his wounded men, and there he found
Gomez di Tordoia, with two hundred Spaniards, sent to his
assistance by the marquis. Proceeding in his march he
again met Tizoio, who had increased his army, determined
to be sure of killing the bearded raen, and they fought
together desperately ; still in the end the Indians took to
flight. Whilst these occurrences were taking place, Diego d'Al
magro had quitted ChiU, because he found it a poor country
in every way ; and he had nearly reached Cusco, when
Mango Inga, hearing of his approach, was afraid of being
caught between him and the marquis ; wherefore he lost all
hope of regaining his kingdom. With twenty thousand men
1 Sausa, or Jauja, is about one hundred and twenty miles to the east
of Lima, near some productive silver mines. It now has a population of
about fifteen thousand, who carry on a considerable trade in woollens,
cattle, and agricultural produce. Moreover, its air is so good, that a fine
cavalry barrack is established there ; thus justifying Alvarado's choice.
(Trans)

190 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
he abandoned Cusco, and intended to retreat to some moun
tains above Guamanga ; but the district being sterile, he
could not feed so many people ; and they gradually abandoned
him. Thus Mango, unwilling on any terras to accept of the
friendship of the Spaniards, reraained among those moun
tains with three or four thousand men. When the president,
Della Gasca, entered this kingdom, after cutting off Gonzalo
Pizarro's head, as will be related in the sequel, he sent some
Indians to invite Mango to agree upon terms without fear
of any kind ; for he was come to punish the wicked, to
reward the good, to restore peace to the country, and give
every man liberty. On the arrival of these messengers.
Mango said to his followers : — " Now what do you think
this Apo (the name they give to princes) will do to^ me when
I am in his power ?" The Indians answered : — " They will
do to thee what Francisco Pizarro did to thy brother ; he
will deraand of thee a house full of gold and SUver, and then
he will send thee to be strangled:" — with this answer the
messengers returned.
When Mango Inga retreated to the mountains as we have
said, Diego d'Almagro shortly after arrived at Cusco ; and
desiring to enter the town as governor, Ferdinand Pizarro
resisted him, saying, that without the permission of his brother
the marquis, as it was in his name that he governed the pro
vince, he could not allow it; but if he would enter as a
private man, he should be welcorae, and be lodged together
with all his soldiers, until they could learn the will of his
brother. Almagro said that it was unnecessary to ask any
body's perraission to enter his own house ; yet a deal of con
tention ensued to no purpose. Therefore one night, seeing
that Pizarro would not on any account adrait him Into the
town, he went' in by the assistance of some friends, and
' This vi entrd of Benzoni's is a very general term for an act which,
according to Zarate, was accomplished with all the violence of a night
attack. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 191
seizing both Ferdinand and Gonzalo Pizarro, he iraprisoned
them, the one separate from the other ; he would have even
executed Ferdinand as the cause of all the evil, had he not
had very good interceders. The following morning, with
the consent of all the citizens, Alraagro was .proclaimed
governor, according to the royal decree ; then having again
heard that Alfonso Alvarado was in Abancaia with a great
many Spaniards, and fearing he would oppose him, he sent
several of his countrymen to desire him to come to
Cusco, and join his army, or otherwise to leave his jurisdic
tion. But not seeing bis messengers return, and concluding
that Alvarado had detained them, he prepared for battle :
and with a good detachment of soldiers, though leaving
some faithful friends to guard the town as well as the pri
soners, he started from Cusco. Reaching the river Abancai
one night, and hearing that the bridge was strongly guarded,
he went to the ford, there crossed over unheard to the quar
ters of Alvarado, and succeeded In seizing him and several
other Spaniards without any bloodshed.
Proud of his victory, Almagro returned to Cusco, boasting
he would not rest till he had expelled all the Pizarrists out of
Peril. Imprisoning Alvarado, however, together with Gon-
zolo Pizarro, they availed themselves of this, and suborning
the guards one night by making them very large proraises,
they both escaped and went to the City of the Kings. When
they informed the marquis of all this, he collected five hun
dred soldiers together, with the resolution of going against
Diego d'Almagro. But Giovanni de Gusman, the king's
treasurer, and Diego de Mercato his factor, with some bro
thers of the order of the Madonna, seeing the preparations
that the marquis had made, and considering that sorae great
evil must inevitably ensue, endeavoured to make peace be
tween them. The case being referred to these mediators,
they decided that both parties should lay down their arms,
that Almagro should liberate Ferdinand Pizarro from prison.

192 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
and that they should write to the eraperor in Spain, so that
he might specify anew what was to be done about the govern
ment, — that the two chiefs should repair to Mala, each accom
panied by ten horsemen, in order to be reconciled. These
terms being agreed to, the marquis left Lima to go to Mala,
commissioning his brother Gonzalo to follow in his rear with
the camp, and to place some arquebuseers in ambush along the
route that Almagro had to follow, so as to kiU hira ; it is even
said that the raonks were aware of this treachery. But it
did not succeed, for as soon as Alraagro had reached Mala,
and was going to enter Into conversation with Pizarro, a
soldier whispered in his ear, that if he valued his life he had
better go off" instantly. He therefore mounted his horse and
started, together with his companions ; but seeing' the am
buscade of arquebuseers, he took another route and fled to
Cusco. This led to much lamentation on the part of the
Pizarrists ; and the monks said that ever since the time of
Pilate, there never had been such an unjust suspicion.
The marquis, finding that Almagro had discovered his
plan and fled, feared he would molest his brother ; he there
fore sent Diego d' Alvarado to Cusco to pacify him, and to
try all possible means of concluding peace between them, by
swearing to him that he — the marquis — was innocent of what
his brother had done, and that he was sorry and deeply re
gretted what had happened. Alvarado, trusting to such
words, went to visit Diego d'Almagro, and deUvering his
embassy, begged that for love of him he would consent to
be pacified and be friends with aU, for the marquis was not
aware of what had been planned against him ; and finaUy, he
asserted that the marquis had given his faith that he would
' The scene of this atrocious and prepense treachery was about 48 miles
to the southward of Lima, in a valley of the same name, Jlala. It is now a
decayed village ; but a spot is pointed out as the site where Pizarro and
Almagro met to settle their diff'erences. The cause of the rupture was
a subject of indignant complaint with the Almagrosti. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 193
do nothing more until a new commission arrived from the
emperor. Although Almagro had been warned by sorae of
his friends not to believe in the promises of the marquis,
still he was persuaded by the entreaties of Alvarado to accept
of the treaty ; and having again become friends, he released
Ferdinand Pizarro. As soon as the marquis saw his brother
liberated, he forgot his promises and oaths several tiraes
repeated, and, instigated by bis brother, shortly after cau
tiously sent Achlncha to notify to Diego d'Almagro that a
new coraraission had come out from the emperor, ordering
him immediately to quit the country that he (Pizarro) had
discovered and conquered. Alraagro answered, " That as
soon as he had seen the coraraission he should be ready to
obey it ; but that he would not move till then." On this the
marquis replied, " That if he did not immediately evacuate
Cusco he would expel him by force, according to the new
coraraission ; and therefore this would not be breaking their
compact." Almagro, being firm and constant to his pur
pose, asserted that when he saw the imperial coraraission
referred to, he would depart from the country. On receiv
ing this answer the marquis prepared for a march, with a .
good number of Spaniards and a great raany Indians. He
left Lima, saying that he was going to expel his eneraies
from Chincha, the site of his government. Alraagro, hear
ing of his approach and knowing that his forces were infe
rior, retired to Guitara, a high rocky mountain ; but being
pursued by his enemies he fled to Cusco, and collected all
his men together. He made the Indians construct a number
of helmets and other arms, both of gold and of silver. Im
prisoned all the Spaniards of the opposite party, and sent
several of their ringleaders to be strangled.
The marquis, being sorely worn, named his brother Fer
dinand judge-In-chief,' and Gonzalo captain-general ; then
' Here Benzoni is obscure. Zarate, Garcilasso, and others, represent
Ferdinand as being made a lieutenant-general under the marquis, and

194 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
sent them, with all the camp, to Cusco against Diego d'Al
magro, hiraself returning to the City of the Kings. When
Alraagro heard that the enemy was coming, he sallied out of
the town, formed his camp two miles away from it in a
strong position, and divided his men as he best could. He
sent forward Captain Hordoniez (Orgognez) with the in
fantry, accompanied by some friendly Indians, to place him
self on the royal road between the mountain and the town,
on the edge of a small lake. He appointed Francisco de
Chlaves and Giovan Tello captains of cavalry; and sent
Alfonzo Perez, with other Spaniards and a great many In
dians, to another pass towards the mountain, so that they
might assail the enemy's flank if occasion required. Ferdi
nand Pizarro descended into the plain, and seeing the enemy
quiet, sent Captain Mercadilio, with the greater part of the
cavalry and a good number of Indians, to discover whether
there were any ambuscades. On findmg Alfonzo Perez, he
commanded his friends to attack the other Indians; and the
battle having begun, Pizarro sent the archibuseers to assail
the enemy's cavalry, and killed many of them ; wherefore
Francisco de Chiaves (Chlaves ?), seeing his loss, fired seve
ral pieces of artillery and slew some of the opposite party,
upon which, being alarmed, they immediately turned their
backs ; but Fernando Pizarro and his brother arriving, they
gathered courage and returned to the field, both sides fight
ing valiantly, until Pizarro finally gained the victory ; and
he availed himself of it most cruelly.
Almagro, being somewhat indisposed, did not participate
In the battle, but remained on a hillock, from whence, see
ing his party defeated, he sought to escape ; pursued, how
ever, by Fernando Pizarro, he was taken and put into prison.
Hc was then tried and sentenced to death — being accused
Gonzalo a major-general ; appointments which suit well with the narra
tive. " Giustitiero maggiore"' might be rendered chief executioner by
a satirist, (frans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 195
on his return from Chili of having entered Cusco by force ;
and of having Imprisoned him and his brother without any
reason : also of having shared out the land in his own way
without an authority frora the emperor ; of having been the
cause of the death of many Spaniards ; of having broken the
league and his oath ; and of having fought against the king's
laws. The sentence being communicated to Almagro, he
was extreraely cast down at it, and wished to appeal to the
emperor. Then, Pizarro refusing hira this favour, he begged
of him, for the love of the mercy of God, to consent to repeal
the sentence, as the prisoner was already old, weak, and
gouty ; and if he would not release him from prison, he
might keep him confined during the short remainder of his
days, to do penance for his sins ; entreating Fernando espe
ciaUy to consider, that his very dear brother the marquis
was in great measure indebted to hira for having risen to such
great honour and riches ; that even he (Fernando) had been
his prisoner, and he might have killed him with a safe hand,
yet he refrained from doing it. Pizarro was also entreated
by several gentiemen, especially by Diego d' Alvarado, who,
when he made up their previous quarrel, staked his life
for whichever of them failed In his word, and all with
abundance of tears, and with such words as would have
softened the head of the most ferocious lion, and mollified a
heart harder than a diamond ; but frora this raan it was never
possible to extract a symptom of pity, as is acknowledged
and attested. Ferdinand Pizarro sent orders to the prison
that he should be strangled; and that his head should then
be publicly cut off" in the market-place. This was the end
of Diego d'Almagro.! Such cruelty displeased many, but
1 Thus perished the valiant and open-hearted Almagro, a.d. 1538, in
his seventy-fifth year ; and his body was treated with all t.he ignominy
of a common felon. It is remarkable how few of the eminent men among
those discoverers artd conquerors of the New World died in peace : and
it is also a singular trait in their characters that, during their desolating
career, they werc equally reckless of life and fearful of a future state of

196 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
irritated Diego d' Alvarado more than any one else ; so much
so, that he went over to Spain in order to complain at the
court of the marquis and his brothers ; but soon after reach
ing Valladolid he died, and it is reported that he was poi
soned for having such an intention.
Almagro rose from a very low condition, nor could it ever
be ascertained who was his father. He did not know his
letters at all ; but was diligent and eager for honour ; and
when he gave any reward, he wished everybody to know
why. He was very cruel towards the Indians. He left a
son, also named Don Diego after himself, whom he had by
an Indian woman in Panamd,
When Pizarro had executed Almagro, he shared the booty
among his soldiers ; and after he had arranged the pubhc
affairs of Cusco, he went to visit his brother the marquis.
Then they prepared for discovering and conquering new
countries. Thus they sent off Pietro de Valdivia, with two
hundred soldiers, to Chili ; while Gonzalo Pizarro went to
Coliao, a province very rich in gold, and when he had con
quered it, he proceeded to the Canella ; whence he finaUy
returned worn out and wretched. He despatched Pietro de
Vergara to Bracamori ; but he found the natives poor and
warlike, wherefore It has never been conquered. He also
ordered captains to Trugilio, Chiachiapoi, and other places.
In this manner, shedding a great deal of blood, and com
mitting very great cruelties, the Spaniards destroyed the
being. In confirmation of their untoward ends it may be stated, that
Columbus died broken-hearted — Roldan and Bobadilla were drowned —
Ovando was harshly superseded — Las Casas sought refuge in a cowl —
Ojeda died in extreme poverty — Enciso was deposed by his own men —
Nicuesa perished miserably by the cruelty of his party — Vasco Nunez
was disgracefully beheaded— Narvaez was imprisoned in a tropical dun
geon, and afterwards died of hardship— Cortez was dishonoured— Alva
rado was destroyed in an ambush — Almagro was garotted — Pizarro was
murdered— and his four brothers cut off : and there was no end of the
assassinations and executions of the secondary chiefs, among the ener
getic and enduring adventurers. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 197
greater portion of that country. After having sent his cap
tains to conquer the above mentioned provinces, the marquis
deterrained to send his brother Ferdinand to Spain, with the
trial of Almagro and the king's fifth, (the royal share of the
booty) although he had been warned not to go, since he
could in no way excuse himself to the emperor for Almagro's
death. The raore so because Alvarado had gone to the
court, with bitter coraplaints against him and his brothers.
StIU Ferdinand, confident in himself, persisted in going;
boasting that he deserved great rewards for the benefits that
he had done his majesty, by pacifying the country, and
punishing the seditious by law. Thus he went to Spain,
and, with a good quantity of gold, presented himself at
court ; not long after his arrival, however, on account of the
execution of Almagro, he was, by royal commission, put
into the castle of Medina del Campo, called la Motta, and
the result was never known.
When Ferdinand Pizarro had left Lima for Spain, there
were many friends of Don Diego's, both of the father and the
son. In the City of the Kings, and dispersed in other places ;
they were poor and desperate, from having been despoiled of
all their property by the Pizarrists. Giovan de Rada, there
fore, one of the principal leaders, consulted with Don Diego
how to avenge his father^s death : accordingly they arranged
a plot, and began secretly to collect arms, inviting all their
friends and confederates to repair to Lima as quickly as pos
sible. The marquis was warned that the AlmagristI intended
to put him to death ; but he slighted the threat ; and think
ing that the Intimation was prompted by sorae Internal quar
rel among theraselves, desired that they should be left In
peace, saying, that they had undergone sufficient misfortune
without being farther persecuted. But being afterwards
again warned to be on his guard, for undoubtedly there was
an Intention to make away with hira, although somewhat per
turbed, he said that he did not believe it. Notwithstanding

198 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
this, he sent for Giovan Velasquez his lieutenant; and he
not being able to go to him, on account of indisposition, sent
Dr. Picada his brother-officer and judge in ordinary, who
by the Spaniards are called alcaldes. When the marquis
asked him whether he had heard anything of Don Diego's
weaving a plot to kill him, he answered that he knew nothing
of it, and that the marquis need not fear whilst he held the
rod of justice uprightly ; which somewhat composed him.
Affairs were in this state when it was hinted to the conspira
tors, that if they did not hasten they would be discovered ;
therefore Giovan de Rada accompanied by eleven well-armed
friends, crossed the square of the town exclaiming — " Long
live the king ! death to the tyrant !" He entered the house
of the marquis, who, suspecting the meaning of the noise and
of the cries, ordered the hall to be shut, and went to arm
himself. Francisco de Chiaves opened it, thinking that his
authority would suffice to arrest their progress ; but the
Almagristi rushed in, and with a knife-wound on his head
killed him. The doctor let himself down by the garden
window, with his tail in his mouth.' But Martino de Alcan
tara, elder (Jialf ) brother of the marquis, with other follow
ers, defended the door of the roora, thinking they were quite
equal to the assailants, till the Marquis came In, when he
found only his brother remaining alive. StIU he exclaimed,
" Let us hold fast against these traitors, for I swear to God
we two are enough to slay them all." And although his
brother was immediately killed, he defended hiraself valiantly,
till the enemy falling upon him, one man gave him a wound
in the throat, by which be instantly fell dead to the ground :
and thus ended the life of Francis Pizarro.
This momentary escape did not save the poor doctor, who appears to
have been secretary to Pizarro, aud is called adelantado by other writers ;
for when Dou Diego had made himself master of Lima, Velasquez and
Picado were immediately taken into custody and executed, after being
barbarously tortured. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. l99
He was born at Trugilio, was of a robust form, strong
and courageous ; but treacherous, cruel, and negligent. It
was reported that he could not read, that he was son of Gon
zalo Pizarro, who was a captain of Navarre ; some say that
he was a legitimate son, others deny it, and assert that being
left at the door of a church, it was difficult to find any one
to nurse him. He was said to have been afterwards ac
knowledged by his father, who employed hira to tend swine ;
and having one day lost sorae of them, he dared not return
home. He ran away to Seville, and afterwards crossed over
to India, to the province of Uravsl, with Alfonzo d'Hoieda. ^.-
As soon as the marquis was dead, the Almagristi began to
cry out " Long live the king and Diego d'Almagro !" At
the sound of these words, many friends of the marquis col
lected, and several people lost their lives in the struggle ;
but the Almagristi being the most numerous, made the others
retire. They pillaged the house of the raarquis, and those
of several other rich men who were attached to him. They
seized some of his followers ; others fled from fear of their
eneraies. Don Diego caused hiraself to be sworn governor
until the emperor's pleasure should be known ; and It was
thus that he gave the rod of justice to his most intiraate
friends. He collected about three hundred soldiers, seized
the arms and horses of all those on whom he could not de
pend, and appointed Giovan de Rada [Juan de Herrada) his
captain-general. This done, he went to Cusco, and was de
ceitfully received by some of the citizens, who were attached
to the opposite party; whereby Grazia d'Alvarado having
some words with Christopher Sotello, Alvarado, with one
stab, killed hira ; and then he took^'measures to murder Don
Diego, but the treaty being thus broken, scopto il trattato,
Don Diego killed him.'
1 Our author is rather entangled here. According to Zarate, an un
fortunate quarrel occurred between the Almagrian captains, Garcias
d'Alvarado and Christoval de Sotolo, in which they drew their swords

200 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Other affrays occurred ; so that at last the emperor, hearing
of their discords, as well as ofthe deathof Diego d'Almagro
and of the marquis Francisco Pizarro and other Spaniards,
^ent the Licentiate Vaca de Castro to gather correct information
__as to who was guilty ; and, as much as possible to restore
peace to the country. With this coraraission Castro left Spain;
and on arriving at Panamd, he erabarked for Peril. Owing
to contrary winds he only reached Buena Ventura, and land
ing there, he with great labour traversed the governorship
of Venalcacere (Benalcazar) and arrived at Chile; here he
heard ofthe conduct of Don Diego, that he would not obey
Gomez de Tordoia, who had orders to take possession of Cusco
in Castro's narae. He then went to Trugilio, leaving Diego
de Mora as his lieutenant in that town, and with two hun
dred soldiers collected from several places, he proceeded to
Lima, where, shewing his royal coraraission, he was accepted
by all the citizens as governor of Peril,.
Castro borrowed ten thousand ducats to pay the soldiers,
he collected raore raen, bought more arms and horses, and
with five hundred Spaniards he went to Guamanga, whence
he wrote to Don Diego (who had already evacuated Cusco
with his forces) to lay down his arms, to submit himself obe
diently, and then he should receive a free pardon ; and,
moreover, that he would grant hira the means of living most
honourably in the country, in a manner suitable to his sta-
-tion. Don Diego answered,—" That if he gave him his
father's government and an imperial letter of pardon he would
be quite content : but that he would not otherwise depend
on his word, because, even whilst they were negociating, he
(Castro) had been secretly endeavouring to induce his fol
lowers to revolt." Vaca de Castro, on receiving this reply,
and the latter was slain. As Don Diego took this much to heart, a
sense of personal danger led Alvarado to compass the death of his leader :
but he appears to have been caught in his own trap. They were a
sanguinary and inhuman set ! (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 201
quitted Guamanca, on account of Its being a sterile place ;
and advancing, placed his camp on an elevation — called
Chiuppa by the natives — In sight of the enemy. But if Don
Diego had been made aware of It In time, while Vaca de
Castro was ascending, his men fatigued and in confusion, he
could easily have defeated him.' The next day, however,
both commanders prepared for battle, each encouraging his
men, proraising thera the reward of victory; and to the
conquered, loss of life, of honour, riches, and command.
Don Diego, the better to assail the eneray, placed his artil
lery, commanded by Pietro di Candia, on a flat spot ; but
Francisco Carvalle, an alfiere of Vaca de Castro, perceiv
ing this, led the array to another place In the vicinity, where
it could not be attacked. Don Diego therefore stationed his
cavalry on each flank of the artillery, and the infantry In the
centre. He himself went to the right wing, accompanied by
many Indians armed with lances, stones and arrows. Vaca
de Castro, having placed himself In his vanguard of thirty
horses, his own people made him retire to the rear. With
the cavalry divided into two squadrons, Alfonzo de Alvarado
was on their right, Peralveres Olguin on their left, with the
royal standard, and the infantry In the centre. Don Diego's
Indians were the first to push forward and begin the battle, —
they being repulsed by the enemy, he advanced valiantly
and the engageraent becarae general. After fighting for
sorae tirae, Castro's infantry gained the eneray's artillery ;
and Don Diego's people had done great execution, and taken
two ensigns. The struggle was universal, accorapanied by
cries and laraentations ; already night was at hand, yet the
victory was dubious, each side hoped to conquer ; all dealt
deadly blows. Still in the end Vaca de Castro was the victor.'^
On the Iraperial side three hundred Spaniards perished, and
' We learn from Zarate that it was then in the middle of winter ; and
that during the three days when Vaca de Castro occupied the Chupaz
position it never ceased raining. (Trans)

s

202 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
the greater part of the officers. Of the opposite party a
hundred and fifty were killed, some ran away to Guamanga,
others elsewhere ; but being captured, were delivered up to
the Licentiate della Gama, who ordered some of the leaders
to be quartered and others to be hung ; while some of the
soldiers were sent into exile.
Don Diego fled to Cusco with four soldiers, hoping to
save his life ; but his lieutenant, Roderigo de Salazar, on
whom he had bestowed many gifts, having heard of the
defeat and joined by several citizens, laid hands on him, and
presenting him to Vaca de Castro he was condemned to be
beheaded.' / After the death of Don Diego the country remained in
' peace. Vaca de Castro shared numerous Indies among his
faithful soldiers, and sent the rest to conquer new countries.
Meanwhile, the Indians were compelled to work as much as
possible at the gold mines and at other sorts of labour,
enduring the greatest miseries. Whilst these events were
occurring In Peru, the Council of the Indies, by command
of the emperor, issued orders for liberating the natives ; and
a viceroy for Peru was appointed by imperial commission.
This was Vasco Nuiiez Vela, a haughty man. He left Spain
with four auditors, that is to say, the Licentiate Diego de
Cepeda, Ortiz, Giovan Alvares, and Doctor Lisondi. At
the end of January 1644 they arrived at Nombre de Dios ;
and meeting there some Spaniards, who had come from Peru
with a great quantity of gold and silver for the purpose of
going over to Spain, they Inquired by what means they had
acquired it. And on hearing that they had sold their In-
1 The youthful Don Diego was a true son of Almagro, and, as Garci
lasso says, the bravest son of an Indian woman that ever the New World
produced. His untimely end was deeply regretted by Manca Capac, the
fugitive Inoa, Mho, in remembrance of the friendship which had existed
between him and the elder Almagro, provided Diego with a large quan
tity of armour and arms, sufficient to equip two hundred men, which he
had taken from the Spaniards whom he had defeated and slain. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 203
dians, which was contrary to the laws newly established, the
viceroy ordered the king's officers to confiscate the gold till
they could ascertain the truth. Many of the citizens were
irritated at this, the more so because that city was beyond
his domain ; and if it had not been for the auditors and
influential men of that country, who interfered and begged
that he would restore the property, without doubt he would
have confiscated everything. However unwillingly, he al
lowed the whole to be restored ; and then he shortly after
departed from Nombre de Dios, going by land to Panamd,
very angry with the auditors on account of certain differ
ences that had occurred among thera, often saying that the
emperor had given him as auditors a youth, a madman, a
fool, and an ignoramus. Cepeda was young, Giovanni Al
vares was mad, Pietro Ortis M'as ignorant because he did not
know Latin, and the other a fool : and in this mood hc em
barked on board a ship.
Thirteen days after leaving Panamd he reached Tumbes,
the shortest passage that ever any ship had made.' There .^
he began to restore liberty to the Indians, and commanded
that they should not supply any article of food without being
paid for it ; and that the Spaniards should not load thera/
against their will. For before that period the governors of
the kingdom bad proclairaed that, any Spaniards going on
foot frora one village to another, should be provided by the
caciques with three Indians to carry their luggage ; and
those who rode on horseback, to be furnished with five.
Morever, that every raan should be supplied with a fowl, a
rabbit, and a jug of the wine of the country, called by them
' It is curious that in the Cornwallis frigate, in 1807, we also
made this passage in exactly thirteen days ; for we left the anchorage
before Tumbez on Saturday the 15th of August, and anchored off' Pa-
checa, in the Bay of Panamk, on the 28th of the same month. We,
however, were not thinking it a nautical feat to clear fifty or sixty
miles a day ; we were cruising, and catching all that we could along
shore. (Trans)

204 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
azua, without any payment. All these things the viceroy
prohibited ; and meeting, in Tumbes, a priest and a servant
who had been in the battle against Diego d'Almagro, he
ordered thera both to be hanged. Also, at St. Michael's, he
deprived Diego Paloraino of his vassals because he treated
them very badly. He threatened that he would punish
severely anybody who acted against his authority. In this
way he entered Trugilio (Truxillo) and published the laws ;
the citizens wanted to appeal, but he would not consent,
saying that he had an express commission from the emperor
to execute them, without listening to or accepting any ap-
^peal. So that people, seeing the harshness and obstinacy
of the viceroy, cursed him and the laws, and whoever had
occasioned them to be made. Those who had slaves marked
with the king's brand complained, saying that they had no
other property with which to maintain their families. The
conquerors , moreover, represented that they had devoted their
lives and their property to the emperor's service, by subdu
ing and maintaining so rich a kingdom, and were now so Ul
>^ewarded. Brother Peter also, of the order of the Madonna,
used to say, what a wretched return his majesty made to
those who had served him so well and so faithfully ; and that
those laws savoured raore of rapine than of holiness and jus
tice, as every command that was now promulgated was in
tended for nothing but to increase the royal revenue. For
this the viceroy sent one night and had hira strangled !
Already everywhere the arrogance of the viceroy and the
rigour of the enactments that he established were complained
of. Then the Spaniards began to be tumultuous, saying
that they would rather die than obey such laws ; so that
when the viceroy sent one of his lieutenants to Cusco to
Vaca de Castro, in consequence of a requisition from the
citizens, he would not receive the officer. Shortly after, he
started with a great many Spaniards towards the City of
Kings, to see how affairs were going on there. But when

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 205
the inhabitants heard of his coraing, and' of the people that
he was bringing with hira, he was warned not to advance or
some evil might happen to him, because he had not admitted
the lieutenant ; that he would raise suspicions by bringing
so many men ; and that he had better return to Cusco, and
hold the town in the name of the king. But Vaca de Castro
thinking that it was not suitable to his station to turn back,
left the greater part of his suite, to avoid giving urabrage,
and proceeded immediately to Lima, where he fouud every
thing in confusion. Another party had advised the viceroy
as soon as possible to quit Trugilio, and corae to Lima before
Vaca de Castro entered the town. He thereupon hurried
himself greatly ; and on his way, at a place called la Fossa,
he found a document, saying — " Whoever shall come to
snatch away my house and property, let him reflect well on
his conduct, or he will pay for it with his life." He w;is
told, moreover, that the citizens of Lima were determined to
turn him out of Peru, unless he suspended the laws, until
the emperor provided others. The viceroy, very much en
raged at this, left la Fossa, and when near Lima he was met
by Gulielmo Suares,' the king's factor, who, in the name of
the senate, made him swear that he would respect their pri
vileges, immunities, and benefices received from the emperor ;
granting also appeals from the new laws. The viceroy
solemnly engaged to do whatever was for the service and
honour of bis majesty. He thus entered the town to the an
noyance of the greater portion of the Inhabitants. He Im
mediately published a proclamation ; and being entreated by
some of his followers not to do so, for the Spaniards would
rise against him, he arrogantly answered that at all events he
would do as he pleased, and as the emperor authorized.
The viceroy then imprisoned Vaca de Castro on pretence
' This alcalde, who appears to have wished to make the best of a bad
bargain, is named Yllan Suarez by Zarate. On the whole, it seems, the
viceroy was received with much apparent respect and pomp. (Trans.)

.)

206 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
that he had not accepted his laws at Cusco, accused him of
having shared out the Indians, as a governor, and of having
fought against Don Diego without permission from the king ;
wherefore he sent him to Spain as a prisoner. The citizens,
seeing this conduct of the viceroy's and the imprisonment of
Vaca de Castro, who had been more than ever inclined to
help and favour them, they became so excited against him,
that the greater part of them wrote to Gonzalo Pizarro, who
was at the Chiarche (las Charcas) working his mines without
thinking of these affairs, entreating him to repair to Cusco as
soon as possible about some important affairs : and thus
when Pizarro arrived at Cusco, the rigour of the laws that the
viceroy had promulgated was represented to him, and that on
no account would he allow of appeal. They therefore begged
/oi him to consent to display the banner of captain and pro
curator, to defend their lives and their property, each man
promising faithfully to be loyal, to serve, and to obey him.
Pizarro answered, desiring them not to ask such things of
him — " Why act contrary to the laws ? It was the same as
contravening the emperor himself, who most positively com
manded that they should be executed." Yet the conquerors
/so far persuaded hira with their various argunients and jus
tifications, that he accepted of the charge.
Pizarro having thus become governor and procurator-
general of Peru, displayed his flag, and soon coUected up
wards of four hundred soldiers. AVhen the viceroy was
Informed that Gonzalo Pizarro had been constituted governor
of Cusco, he sent Geronimo de Loaza, bishop of Lima, to
Cusco, to beg of hira to abandon the enterprise that he had
undertaken against his king, and that he would come to Lima
to be reconcUed ; assuring him that he had no unfavourable
intentions : on the contrary, that he was about to shew him
some signal favours. But the bishop had to return without
coraing to any conclusion ; for Pizarro would not listen to
him. The viceroy now seeing Pizarro';; intentions and incll-

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 207
nations, and fearing that he would march down upon Lima
with his army, apprehended what might happen, from not
having people to defend him. He therefore collected fifty
arquebuseers as a body guard, and raised as many men as he
could, sending to several places for fresh succours. He then
seized the king's fifth,^ which Vaca de Castro had laid aside
purposely to send over to Spain ; and he also borrowed some
money to pay the soldiers. Then there came in a short time
Pietro de Puelis frora Guaneco, and Gonzalo Dias from
Plura, with many Spaniards from Chito ; but finally, not
long after their arrival at Lima, they, together with all the
men and the other officers, ran off to Gonzalo Pizarro. And
in a short time even some gentlemen, who lodged In the
factor's house with two of his nej^hews, followed. Also
Alfonzo de Monte ]Mayor, being sent by the viceroy with
fifty horsemen to seize the deserters, found the fugitives ;
but through the perverseness of his party, Monte Mayor was
taken, and all his men went over to Gonzalo Pizarro.
The viceroy seeing hiraself thus abandoned by his own
partizans, and persecuted by strangers, was very irate with
the factor (poor Yllan Suarez), aud thinking from the hate
he bore him, that he was to blame for all the mischief,
sent for him, and when hc had entered his house said angrily,
" What treachery Is all this, Seiior Factor ? you are come in
an evil hour, unfortunate that I am, to have been ruined
through you." The factor answered, " I am as good a servant
to the king as your lordship." The viceroy exclaimed,
" Thou liest in thy throat," and so saying, gave hira two
stabs with a dagger ; and wben the murder was completed
by his own order, he made his servants throw the body out
1 This was a sum of more than one hundred thousand crowns, which
Vaca de Castro had drawn from Cusco to transmit to his sovereign. The
present occurrences took place in the year 1544. Some of the remonstrants
were disposed to reason, but the inflexible viceroy would not listen to
their supplications. (Trans)

208 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
of the window. Then some of his slaves below dragged him
to a distance by the feet, for it being night there was no one
to prevent them ; but when day came he was honourably
buried. On the Licentiate Carvaial hearing that the viceroy
had killed his brother, he swore never to rest till he had re
venged his death. A number of the citizens also were alarmed
at the death of the factor, each fearing that he might do the
same to himself, and therefore they wished that Gonzalo
Pizarro would come to free them from so much dread. The
,;i'Iceroy, feeling the hatred that every one bore hiin, and
having lost all hope of conquering his enemy, now saw his
errors, and deterrained to retire to Trugilio with the royal
auditors ; thinking he inight there regain strength. Although
they did not approve of it, he had two ships fitted out, and
asked Alfonzo Richelme the king's treasurer, and Alfonzo
Contatore, with other gentlemen, to be in readiness to depart
the next day, because he Intended to go to Trugilio ; sending
his brother Vela Nunez by land with the soldiers, whilst the
wives and property of the array, as well as of the auditors
should go by sea. None had the courage to disobey him in
his presence, but they informed the auditors of all that had
occurred, and combining together they deterrained not to
quit Lima : and they expressly commanded the Inhabitants,
on no account to allow their wives to be embarked, or any
thing else. Moreover, they protested against the viceroy's
..^olng away, warning him that his retreating would give
heart to the enemy ; whereas by remaining he would keep
him In check : besides which, they were ordered by the
emperor to reside in that city and nowhere else.
The viceroy, however, not caring for these protests, nor
for any arguments, deterrained to have his own way ; whence
there arose a very great turault in the town, so rauch so that
they had recourse to arras. Vela Nunez being in the Piazza
with other officers, abandoned by the soldiers, sought shelter
In tbe monastery of San Domingo ; while the rest ran to the

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 209
house of the viceroy and closed the door. The citizens
battered the house for a quarter of an hour, the viceroy's
soldiers defending the place more by cries than by arms ;
for they fought with their pikes turned the wrong way, and
fired their arquebusses without ball. So much so, that An
tonio de Robles scaled the wall and entered the apartraent.
He made thera open the door, upon which sorae Dominican
friars went to the viceroy and entreated him to surrender.
This he consented to do to Lorenzo dal Danna and sorae
other officers, desiring to be taken to the Licentiate Cepeda;
when he arrived there, much alarmed, as there had not been
wanting some one to fire an archlbuss at him on the way,
he said : " Signor Cepeda, do you take care of me, and see
that nobody kills me."' Cepeda told him to entertain no
sort of fear, and so led him Into his house. The auditors,
endeavoured to console him, declaring that they deeply re
gretted his troubles, that they had not been to seize him, nor
had they ordered It ; but since they now had him in their
power, for his own good they would send him to Spain to
the emperor.
Whilst aff'airs were in this state, again the city rose in
arms. Sorae held that the viceroy ought to be liberated ;
others insisted that he should be executed ; or at least ex
pelled from the town. Finally, after many agreements,
arguments, and contests, it was decided to send hira to Spain
to the eraperor (as we said above) ; thinking that, as soon as
he was gone, Gonzalo Pizarro would lay down his arms, that
all the country would be restored to peace, and that the em
peror would be satisfied. They consequently drew up a
formal statement that the viceroy had been the cause of all
the mischief, and forced him into a ship, together with his
' The story of this curious night agrees substantially with the descrip
tion ofit by Zarate, though there is a slight circumstantial difference. The
oydors, or auditors, appear to have acted with a most guarded modera
tion, but were firm and resolute in their remonstrances. (Trans)

210 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
brother. What with presents and his salary, and the amount
for which his property was sold, he had upwards of two
hundred thousand ducats in gold ; all of which was confided
to the Licentiate Alvarez, who was to conduct him to Spain.
/I'hey started ; but on arriving at Tumbes, Alvarez released
him from custody. This afterwards was the cause ofhis death.
About this time, Gonzalo Pizarro marched from Cusco,
having first executed Filippo Gottierez and some other
gentlemen, because they had sent evil reports of him to the
king. On reaching Lima, he planted his camp within two
miles of the town ; and learning that the viceroy had been
released at Tumbes and was raising raen, he desired to ascer
tain the intentions of the auditors and of the citizens towards
hira, before he would enter. For he had heard that there
were some who seeraed still to be very much attached to the
viceroy ; therefore, in the name of all the conquerors, he de
manded of the senate the command of the city, as beneficial
to the king's service and the general interests of the coun
try. The more numerous party were of opinion that his
terms should be accepted, since he would otherwise enter by
force and pillage the place. Others, especially Cepeda, who
had collected a good raany soldiers, would not consent, and
wished at any risk to resist him ; but hearing that the greater
part of the garrison had gone over to Pizarro's camp, and,
moreover, he being reproached with wishing to come to open
hostiUties, which was not for the good of his majesty's ser
vice, since the result raust be very injurious to both parties,
they laid down their arms. Indeed, all these threats were
/ mere feints, acted only to seem to do their duty by the king ;
and thus Gonzalo Pizarro entered Lima} with the consent of
' Pizarro made his public entry with eff'ective pomp, having all his
troops in martial order ; Bachicao — the cruel brute who figures in
the next paragraph as Captain Machicao— marching at the head ofthe
vanguard with artillery, consisting of twenty field-pieces, the equipments
and ammunition of which were borne on the shoulders of six thousand
Indians ! (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 211
everyone, and was elected governor, with the proviso that if
the eraperor ordered otherwise, he would resign the charge ;
but that In the meantime he would ministrate like a good
and faithful Christian, In the service of God and the king.
Then the governor put everything In the town in order,
he dissolved the auditorship, fearing some deceit, and he
took forty thousand ducats as a loan from the royal chest to
pay his soldiers ; he then sent Captain Machicao to Panamd,
and Dr. Teiada to Spain, to inform the emperor how mat
ters had gone on under the new laws. From the want of
ships, Machicao left with two brigantines and fifty arque-
buzeers. Coasting along, he took two ships at Trugilio and
another at Tumbes. He alarraed the viceroy, chased Giovan
DlUiaues, and Irapressed some soldiers at Porto Vecchio
(Puerto Viejo). Near Taboga he took a ship ; and because the
captain did not lower his sails iraraediately, he ordered him
to be hanged. Thus he reached Panamd, where Juan
Gusman did not wish to let him enter, because he was rais
ing men for the viceroy ; but the governor of the province,
hearing that Machicao was come only for the purpose of
accompanying Dr. Teiada, who was going to Spain to the
emperor as the procurator-general of Peru, he opposed Gus
man, saying " That it was not right to obstruct ambassadors,
and so occasion, perhaps, the death of many men without
reason." Accordingly he allowed him to enter ; and irarae
diately, on leaping on shore with the greater part of his men,
Machicao made himself master of two ships tbat were in the
port. He collected all the soldiers who deserted frora Giovan
de Gusman, with raany vagabonds who came over from Nombre
de Dios. He slew Bartoloraew Perez and his ensign, and
would have killed raany raore had they not raade their escape ;
for they had conspired to raurder hira, and give the army up
to the viceroy. He carried away the artillery from the town ;
and took a good deal of property from the raerchants to clothe
the soldiers ; promising that hc would pay them at a future

212 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
time. Thus, with these and other shameless exactions which
he committed, having his eight ships and upwards of four
hundred soldiers, he left Panamd to return to Peru.
Meanwhile Governor Pizarro, fearing that the viceroy
would provide hiraself with men from Panamd, that place
being handy for the vessels coming from Spain to Nombre
de Dios, he determined to make himself master of its port.
But having learned that the citizens and merchants of Pa
namd complained much of Machicao, on account of the harsh
extortions and ribald conduct that he had practised among
them, Pizarro deprived him of that appointment, and named
Pietro de Noiosa In his stead, notwithstanding some alterca
tion ; for a party wished that Machicao should be continued
In the comraand. Thus Noiosa, with the rank of captain-
general, left Callao de Lima, and coasting along he cap
tured Vela Nunez at Buena Ventura, with twenty thousand
ducats ; for he was fitting out two brigantines there to pro
ceed to Panamd, wbere he was to raise raen for his brother
the viceroy. But Noiosa sent hira to Lima to the governor ;
where, being afterwards accused as a seditious man who
wished to raise himself on the domains of the king, he was
sent forth and beheaded. Noiosa' at the same time reco
vered a son of Gonzalo Pizarro's, whora Vela Nunez had de
tained with him. With this booty he sailed frora Bueiia Ven
tura, accompanied by eight ships and three brigantines, to
Panamd. At tbis time Giovan de Llanes ( Yllanez) was there
raising men for the viceroy, and as soon as he saw the ships,
he beat to arras, went to the piazza with his soldiers, and
cried out with a loud voice to the citizens, — " Come out of
your houses, you traitors, come and defend the king's do
mains from these tyrants ?" At these words raany of them
were highly incensed against him.
' This Noiosa, or Inoisa, is the Hinojosa of Zarate. The illegitimate
sou of Pizarro had been captured at Quito, and the royalists hoped to
secure both ransom and terms from having him iu their power. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 213
The next day Pietro de Cassaja, chief justice of that pro
vince, by desire of Giovan DlUianes, sent to Nombre de Dios
to raise raen ; he also sent to Noiosa to inquire the cause of
his coming, and was answered that he came to pay the debts
of Machicao, after which he wished to return to Peru.
Noiosa, however, having heard, on the other hand, that arms
had been taken up against hira in Panamd, and that Giovan
DlUianes would on no account consent to his entering the
town, he landed his soldiers and placed them among the
rocks on the sea-shore. He then sent his brigantines along
the beach, with some pieces of artillery. Whereupon Giovan
DlUianes coming out of Panamd, faced hira with three hun
dred Spaniards, and encamped close to the eneray. When
a gunner by order was about to fire a cannon, a monk of
the order of the Madonna, riding on a raule, with the crucifix
in his hand, in corapany with Don Pietro de Cabrera, shouted
" Peace, peace !" The two sides thereupon consenting to ne
gotiate, it was agreed that Noiosa should be free to enter
the town accompanied by twenty-five soldiers, if he sent his
ships away to Taboga with all the rest of his men, until he
had paid the debts of Machicao ; and for surety should give
as hostages any two gentlemen that Giovan DlUianes should
ask for. One was Don Baltasaro, son of the Count della
Goraera; and the other was Captain Paulo de Menese. Thus,
with these tricks and dissimulations, peace was concluded.
Yet shortly after, because Giovan DlUianes had not raoney
to pay his soldiers, they gradually went over to the Pizarrists
at Taboga, as the Greeks entered Troy singing by threes and
by fours, whUst the truce lasted ; he, left with only one page,
quitted Panamd and went towards Carthagena. Noiosa
now entered Panamd with all his array, crying out to the
soldiers, " Long live the king and Gonzalo Pizarro !" He
then sent Don Pietro de Cabrera and his son-in-law with
two corapanies, to guard Nombre de Dius. But not
long after, Melchior Verd ugo having come down by tho

214 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
canal of Nicaragua with two hundred soldiers, intending
to attack Pizarro's party, landed in the night ; the inha
bitants hearing the noise, thought the French had come,
whereupon the greater part fled to the woods, and set fire to
Cabrera's house, hoping to burn him in it; but he had
already run away, as well as his son-in-law. In the direction
of Panamd. Thus did Verdugo' make himself master of
Nombre de Dios ; but in consequence of the soldiers ill-
treating the citizens under pretence that they favoured the
tyrants, and forcing their merchandize from them with much
abuse, the towns-people coraplained to Dr. Rivera, the
governor of that province and residing at Panamd, of the
injuries and thefts that they suffered from Verdugo. AVherefore
the governor asked help frora Pietro de Noiosa, and they
went together to Nombre de Dios with a hundred and fifty
arquebuzeers. Having repriraanded Verdugo, Noiosa or
dered that he should first repay the citizens for all the mis
chief and damage he had done them, and then immediately
quit the province, or he would expel hira by force of arms.
Verdugo replied that he (Noiosa) deserved much more,
because he aided the tyrants in the king's territory. On re
ceiving this raessage, Noiosa entered the town, and ordered
his soldiers to attack the eneray. But Verdugo's raen, seeing
so many arquebuzeers coraing against thera, turned their
backs without attempting any defence ; and he himself was
the first to jump Into a brigantine. Only one soldier was
Avounded ; and this was the end of Verdugo's bravados.
Whilst these events were occurring at Panamd and at
Nombre de Dios, Gonzalo Pizarro sent Francisco de Cara-
y&ial(Carvajal), his carap master (sup Maestro di Campo),
against Diego Ccnteno, who had revolted against him.
' This Melchior Verdugo, of Truxillo, was one of the richest men in
Peru and the staunchest loyalist. Hinojosa was greatly chagrined at
Verduga's capture of Nombre de Dios and the burning of Cabrera's
house ; an exploit which he was bent on revenging. Dr. Ribera, tho
governor, was but a tool in his hands. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 215
Meeting Diego near Potosi, they closed and quickly routed
him, taking several of his soldiers, whom he ordered to be
hung. But Centeno, together with Luigi di Rivera and one
of his servants, escaped to sorae arid mountains inhabited by
Indians, not far frora Arechipa. Proud of this victory,
Caravaial went scouring the country around, and pillaged
Chiarche ; then, changing his route, he returned to Arechipta,
and frora thence proceeded to Cusco, robbing, hanging, and
quartering, all that he met inclined to the royal party. At
this very time, the viceroy was In the province of Popaian,
in the government of Venalcazer (Benalcazar) , having es
caped (era scampato) frora the hands of Gonzalo Pizarro, his
persecutor. The viceroy being falsely informed that Pizarro
had left Quito and returned to Lima, although grieving at
the imprisonment' of his brother, yet was not without hopes
of recovering his government, and revenging hiraself for the
many Insults received from the Pizarrists. With the assist
ance of Sebastian Venalcacere, he prepared to march wltlT
four hundred Spaniards, and departed. When he was near
Otaballo he heard that Pizarro had not gone to Lima, but
was coraing towards him with a large force, and was not far
off". The viceroy, alarraed at this unexpected circumstance,
made a great many fires during the night to deceive the^
enemy, and two hours after dark decamped with all his men ;
they marched through difficult districts all that night, and
the greater part of the next day, with good Indian guides.
Fatigued and exhausted with thirst, they entered Quito,
where a black woraan gave him a jug of water to drink.
Receiving farther information of Pizarro's host, he was some
what alarmed ; and being advised by raany to surrender and
^ This brother, who appears to have been a brave gentleman, was im
prisoned in 1545 ; but on the death of the viceroy, ho received a condi
tional pardon. In the following year, being drawn into a plot for the
restoration of the former authority, Pizarro caused him to bc brought to
trial i(.i It tndtor to the hing, and had him publicly belioaded. (Trans)

216 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
be reconciled with him, he answered that he would die
sooner than surrender to such a man. Then, not confiding
in the inhabitants of Quito, he evacuated the town, and en
camped on a sraall plain three miles outside of it. Gonzalo,
who had sharp spies everywhere, heard of the viceroy's flight
and countermarches, so iraraediately altered his course, and
2e following day arrived in sight of the enemy. The vice-
y iraprudently faced him ; the battle soon began, and
Pizarro's arquebuzeers in the first assault killed some of their
opponents. Then the cavalry hampered the viceroy, who
fought valiantly, and Captain Cepeda coming up, repulsed
thera. But the viceroy fell from his horse, and. In conse
quence of the great weight of his armour, was unable to rise
again. Not being recognized, the sacrestano of Quito went
towards hira to discover who he was, and when leaning over
him, the viceroy said, " Don't do me any injury, I am the vice
roy." The sacrestano replied, " You are the man we seek ;"
and then informed the Licentiate Caravaial, who wishing for
nothing so much as to revenge the death of his brother the
king's factor, was about to dismount in order to despatch
hira, when Pietro de Puelis prevented his doing so, saying
that It was not suitable to his station to corarait such an act;
therefore, calling one of his slaves, he ordered him to put
the viceroy to death and then cut off his head. This trophy
was carried to Quito, put In the place where malefactors'
heads are exposed ; and, as a still greater disgrace, there
were not wanting people to pull his beard ; but his body
being taken to Quito, the governor ordered it to be buried
the next day.
There died five Spaniards In this battle on the PIzarrist
side, and on the other a few more.' The governor then be-
' This account by no means agrees with the assertions of Zarate, who
states that the royalists lost about two hundred men, and the victors only
seven. He also says Pizarro caused the body of the viceroy to be car
ried to Quito, and there interred with much pomp aud solemnity. This
battle was fought on the 16th January, 1546. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 217
haved humanely towards his enemies : he made some pre
sents to Venalcacere, although he had been opposed to him,
and sent him to his government. He did the same by some
of his captains ; but Bonilia, the treasurer of Quito, with
some other citizens, he sent as exiles to Chili, although as
soon as embarked, they escaped to New Spain. He deputed
Manuel de Statio as his lieutenant In Guaiaquil ; Lopez
d'AIale in Puerto Vecchio ; Alfonzo Mercadilio in Sarsa ;
and Diego de Mora in Trugilio. He provided in a simUar
way for all the other towns ; and after arranging the govern
ment of Quito, and leaving Pietro de Puelies as his lieutenant
there, he went to the City of the Kings to the great satisfac
tion of everybody.
Whilst these events were occurring in Peru, as above re
lated, it was reported to the emperor that the citizens of
Lima had seized the viceroy, and that Gonzalo Pizarro had
arrogantly arisen and taken arms against him ; all which
greatly grieved him, and he complained severely of the audi
tors for having consented thereto. But being afterwards'-
informed that the viceroy had been the principal cause of all
the evils, by not consenting to appeals frora the new laws, he/
became somewhat mitigated ; and considering that lamenta
tions were of no avail, as well as to avoid the occurrence of
any stIU greater evil, he determined to remedy wbat had
happened. He proposed to send a man of sedate character,
and bestowed the title of president on the Licentiate Pietro
della Gasca, a raan, indeed, to be compared rather to the
most sly fox than to a fierce lion. Arraed with all the
authorities and provisions that he chose to ask from the empe
ror, and accompanied by the Licentiates Cianca [Ganas) and
Renteria, he started from Spain in the year 1546, and, hav
ing a fair wind, reached Nombre de Dios In fifty-five days.
They then proceeded by land to Panamd; as secretly as
possible they Investigated the state of Pizarro's afifairs ; and
when asked by the PIzarristi with what view he had come

218 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
from Spain, the presid.ent replied, often with his cap in his
hand, that he had arrived to restore peace to Peru, and to
revoke the orders that the viceroy brought, even to pardon
all the past ; and that his anxious desire was to put those
provinces into a good state, so that every one might hve well
and peacefully. He often talked in this guise familiarly with
the soldiers, teUing them to be merry and good humoured,
for he wished everything to go on so comfortably, that he
would make them all rich : and that his intention was only
to regain the territories for the emperor, to make them see
their errors, and return to his obedience and service. With
such words and many more, he began to tease Noiosa to give
him up the army ; and he wrote a letter to Gonzalo Pizarro,
of which the following Is the substance : that he should cede
the government and lay down his arms, for he would be al
lowed to pardon him all that he had done, and revoke the
obnoxious laws, leaving to every man his property ; and,
moreover, warned him not to trust in the people who had
till then followed him, for, on hearing the voice oftheir king,
they would all finally abandon him, and be the cause of his
death. Pizarro, on receiving this letter, summoned the principal
men In his government, so that each might give his free
opinion. They reasoned a long time on the subject ; and It
was finally agreed upon by every one, that on no account
should Gasca be allowed to enter Peru ; and that ambassa
dors should be sent to the emperor informing him of the
death of the viceroy, supplicating his majesty at the same
time to confirm Gonzalo in that governraent, and promising
to send him a large sum of money, if he would consent to
tbis arrangement. With this deterraination, they sent off
Brother Geronimo dl Loaisa' and Lorenzo dal Dana to go to
Spain; giving them also a letter for the president deUa
Zarate, who was then resident in a public character in Peru, men
tions these deputies as consisting of Don Geronymo de Loyasa, archbishop

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 219
Gasca, subscribed by sixty-four veterans, and expressed in
the following style : —
" Most Magnificent Signor. — We heard of your arrival at
Panama, and that you wish to proceed to Peru, which, if you had
come before the viceroy's death, would have afforded us all great
satisfaction ; but so many battles having ensued, and so many
Spaniards been killed, not only would your coming be unsafe, but
might be the cause even of some still greater evil. It would therfe^
fore be advantageous to all if you would return to Spain with our
ambassadors, who are going to inform the emperor of all that has
happened, and of our resolution that his majesty may be pleased
to grant us the favour of confirming Gonzalo Pizarro as our gover^
nor ; he being a person more accustomed than any other, by the
long experience he has had in governing and in managing the
affairs of this country ; for which, and for his rare virtues, he Ls
beloved by everybody and regarded as thepater patrits. He main
tains peace and justice throughout the country. He preserves the
royal fifths and revenues. We therefore trust that the emperor
will grant us this favour, after the services we have so long ren
dered. And although your governors have made war against us,
and have robbed us and consumed the king's revenues, it will be
found that, if we took up arms against them, it was only to defend
our claims conformably to the laws. None of us ask pardon, be
cause none of us have erred. We therefore supplicate you, by the
zeal and love that you bear, and have always borne, to the service
of God and of the king, to return to Spain to inform his majesty
of all that is requisite ; and we hope that in your prudence you
will do this."
They wrote also to Noiosa ; and Gonzalo told Lorenzo
dal Dana to give Pietro della Gasca fifty thousand ducats if
he would return to Spain ; and if not, to make an end of
hira — overamente che lo accidesse.
On the above letter reaching PanamEl, Lorenzo dal Dana
of Lima; Lorenzo de Aldana ; friar Tomas de San Martino, pro
vincial of the Dominicans ; and Gomez de Solis, major-domo to Pizarro.
(Trans.)

220 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
notified everything to the president, and warned him to look
out for his life ; assuring him, on the other hand, that
Pizarro would never receive a superior in Peru, although
many people desired to see him [the president). At first
Noiosa would on no account give up the army, in conse
quence of the promise he had made to Gonzalo ; but at last,
seeing the iraperial orders for a general pardon, he was over-
persuaded to the act. The president was extremely deUghted
when he had obtained the array ; for, without it, he would
have found it irapossible ever to succeed in his enterprize.
He appointed Noiosa himself to be the general, leaving all
the other officers in their previous stations. He sent to
Nombre de Dios for some pieces of artillery which he had
brought frora Spain ; he wrote to Mexico, to Guattiraala, to
-^''^Nicaragua, and to San Doraingo, to have raen, arras, horses,
and ammunition sent to his assistance. He borrowed a great
deal of raoney frora sorae merchants wherewith to pay the
fioldlers. He sent Lorenzo dal Dana with three ships to
j Peru to publish the orders for a general pardon, and the re-
' vocation of the new laws ; who, starting frora Panamd,
stopped nowhere till he had reached the Calliao di Lima ;
thence he sent a ship to Trugilio and another to Arechipa to
publish the iraperial decree. As Noiosa had ceded the
array to the Licentiate della Gasca, the greater part of the
inhabitants rebelled against Pizarro. First Diego de Mora
of TrugiUo revolted ; and Roderigo de Salazar in Quito, who
murdered Pietro de Puelies in his bed by repeated stabs ;
and Francisco Dolraos shamefully kiUed Manuele de Statio
in Guaiaquil because already the royal flag had been low
ered ; having first put to death three other citizens in Pund.
While I was at this time of revolt in Puerto Vecchio, Diego
Mendez took AUope d'AIala, and had Captain Morales
strangled. Yet all this was done more frora savage revenge
I than frora zeal for justice. Diego Centeno^ being sent for
' Zarate hints that Centeno was invited to this otherwise desperate

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 221
by Diego Alvarez in Arechipa, issued frora the mountains
where he was concealed, joined him, engaged others who ar
rived, collected to the amount of eighty Spaniards, and went
to Cusco in the king's name. There he heard that Antonio
de Roblez was in the town with about three hundred soldiers,
whom he was going to take to Gonzalo Pizarro. One night
therefore he entered, caught the enemy asleep, killed some
of them, wounded many others, took the captain, had his
head cut off', and impressed the rest in the king's service.
Centeno becoming arrogant on the strength of this victory,
quitted Cusco to go to Potosi against Alfonzo de Mendoza
and Giovan de SUvera, who were there with a great many
men, holding the place for Gonzalo. Hearing of Centeno's
arrival, however, they joined his party. He then went to
the canal of Tiquacaca with the intention of awaiting the
president there, keeping the communication shut, so as to^
prevent the enemy's passing in any direction. ' Pizarro found
himself therefore in the City of the Kings under these cir
cumstances, — he saw that his friends were graduaUy aban
doning him, especially those who had been the principal
cause of his entering on the enterprize, — that Pietro de
Noiosa (on whom he relied more than on any of the rest)
had given up the army to deUa Gasca, and that aU the districts
had rebeUed against him. StUl, notwithstanding these very
adverse incidents and reverses of fortune, his courage
never failed. He therefore sent Giovan da Costa, with two
hundred soldiers, to Trugilio against Diego de Mora ; though
finding that officer had retired to Cassiamalca, and that he
was stronger than hiraself, da Costa returned to Lima.
Pizarro again sent him off" with more men, in the direction
step by some of the principal inhabitants of Cuzco : but for this it
would have beeu inexcusable rashness in him, with so small a band of
followers, to have attacked so superior a force. Zarate gives Centeno
forty ill-armed men, and De Bobles five hundred soldiers ; but here, per
haps, Benzoni's statement is the most probable. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
of Cusco, thinking that Centeno was there, and intending to
turn him out of the town. Not long after his departure,
Lorenzo dal Dana arrived In the port with four ships, which
occasioned a great tumult in the Pizarrlst camp, and induced
Giovan de Rolas and Alfonzo Maldonato with many more to
make their escape. Pizarro, therefore, fearing that others
would also abandon him, determined to quit Lima and go
to Arechipa ; but notwithstanding this step, the Licentiate
Caravaial stole away with all his relations. The flight of
this man mortified the governor greatly, as he had been one
of the principal officers of his army; therefore having left
Lima, he wrote by post to Giovan da Costa, that on receipt
of his letter he should iraraediately turn round and come to
Arechipa. When he was near Guamanga, Sotto Mayor and
Captain Martino Dolraos, with the greater part of his men,
deserted. Meanwhile he reached Arechipa, and Lorenzo
dal Dana entering Lima, hoisted the royal flag.'
After the junction of Giovan da Costa with his governor,
they held a council as to what It would be best to do to save
their lives, since they could not support themselves in that
country, and they unanimously concluded to go in the direc
tion of Chili to conquer new countries. Therefore Pizarro
prepared his raen, who amounted to about five hundred
Spaniards and a great many Indian servants. Aware that
if he took the direct route, he must encounter Centeno, who
was stationed not far from a very narrow pass with twelve
hundred Spaniards, he sent Francisco Spinosa with thirty
horsemen by the way of the Tiquicaca canal, to induce the
enemy to believe he was adopting that route ; but he de
spatched Caravaial, his master of the carap, with the army, in
' The principal inhabitants had already declared for his majesty in
their own uames, aud in the names of all the loyal citizens of Lima. It
was on the 9th of September, 1547, that Aldana, assured that Gonzalo
was eighty leagues from the spot, landed and took charge of the city.
f Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
another direction by Uscovio, near some very steep moun
tains in Guamanga : who detecting a priest, that was a spy
for the imperialists, he had him hanged.'
Centeno, being informed by Captain Olea, who deserted to
him, of his adversary's intention, changed his position and
went to Pucoran. Pizarro having heard that the enemy was
approaching hira, and finding himself shut up in Guarina as
well as Inferior in strength, sent to Centena for perraission to
pass, as he Intended to leave that country and go to Chili.
Centeno replied that he would not allow hira, and that he
must surrender hiraself. Pizarro then said : " Thou art not
the king that I must surrender to thee ; only the other day
thou wert ray servant, and because I would not give thee
what thou didst ask, thou hast revolted against me." On
this answer Centeno passed on, and cutting the (rope) bridge
of Tiquicaca arrived at Pucoran, fifteen miles distant from
Gonzalo Pizarro. There he rested several days, thinking that
the Pizarrists would be sure to desert to him. But when he
found that there was no change at all, he pushed his camp
on eight miles farther, and entrusting it to Alfonzo de Men
doza and Giovan de SUvera, said that he had a disease in his
side, and retired to a safe place with Giovan Solano, bishop
of Cusco. Immediately Alfonzo de Mendoza and his cora
panions wished to prepare their troops for battle, but in the
most disorderly order {ordine molto disordinato) Intended to
assault the enemy. They shewed off raany bravados, skir
mishing [scaramuzzando) one with the other, and saying that
they would suffice even if the Pizarrists were three times as
many. Caravaial, being now informed of the state and
situation of Centeno's camp, said to Pizarro : " Let us go,
Signor Governatore, and assault these traitors ; for by the
life of God we shaU conquer." Accordingly, putting their
' To render this execution the more ignominious, the priest was
hanged with his breviary and ink-horn suspended from his neck. Carava-
jal usually added bantering insult to his brutality. (Trans)

224 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
squadrons in array, they began their march, with the greater
part of their arquebuzeers in the van. When they reached
the eneray's camp they gave the assault, and the musqueteers
in the first effort made a great impression on them. Alfonzo
de Mendoza then advancing with forty arquebuzeers, at
tacked Gonzalo Pizarro's squadron of horse, and had nearly
routed them ; when Caravaial, who was hastening about
everywhere to encourage the men, seeing his governor sur
rounded by the enemy, exclaimed to Giovan della Torre :
" Let us go and help our master, who is in great danger ;"
and by assisting him the battle was renewed with great
vigour, every man exerting himself, till finally Centeno's
men fell into confusion. Fatigued and unable to resist the
fury of their enemies, they took to flight. Centeno,' seeing
his men routed, leaped on his horse, without waiting for the
bishop, and escaped.
About eighty Spaniards fell on the side of Gonzalo Pizarro ;
Cepeda and Giovan da Costa were wounded. And of the
opposite party four hundred and fifty, including Giovan de
SUvera and other captains. Pizarro sent Caravaial with
thirty arquebuzeers In the direction of Arechipa to search for
Centeno, and not finding him, he entered the town and pil
laged many of the inhabitants. He also sent Captain Boba
dilla, with a similar party of soldiers to the Chiarche, to
seize all the arms and horses they could find. He ordered
Machicao to be hanged, together with six other Spaniards,
who in the beginning of the battle deserted to Centeno.^ He
' Other accounts state, that during this battle Centino was so ill that
he was carried on a litter by six Indians, almost in a state of insensi
bility ; yet, by the care of friends, he was saved after the defeat of his
army. This conflict took place near Guarina, on the 19th of October,
1547. (Trans)
" This Machicao, otherwise the noted Bachicao, believing the royalists
would be victorious, had gone over to them : but seeing it prove other
wise, imagining his defection was unobserved, returned to his post. On
being dragged to execution, Caravajal bantered him with bitter jokes,
calling him his most dear friend and comrade. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 225
pardoned all the others, because they promised to go with
him and serve him most faithfully. He thus quitted Gua
rina, went to Cusco and entered it, to the great terror and
confusion of the whole population. He caused the Licentiate
Martello to be strangled, as also twelve of the principal In
habitants. He had some arraour made of gold and silver,
and placed good guards throughout the town. Some say
that Caravaial warned Gonzalo Pizarro not to put faith In
the people that he had enlisted after the defeat of Centeno,
nor in sorae others, for that at the most critical time they
would betray him ; and advised him to fall back upon Chili,
burning, destroying, and ruining all the country he passed
through; so that. If the enemy attempted to follow him, he
should find nothing to live upon, nor even grass for his
horses. To this Pizarro answered : " That he was deter
mined to be lord of that country, or to lose his life in the
attempt." Caravaial receiving this answer said : " Up then,
my lord governor, let us go forward, for by the life of God
I have as good a neck as you." And truly. If Gonzalo
Pizarro had taken this sage advice, Pietro della Gasca might
have scratched his head and worried his life out, and tben
returned to Spain without having done anything : but this
was to be his end !'
At this period the president, Delia Gasca, started from
Panamd with twelve vessels, including large and small, the
greater part laden with merchants' goods, and amongst thera
he located about five hundred soldiers. He buUt a galeot,
but without any advantage ; for, on account of the currents,
it worked badly ; and thus with great trouble, it being In
the winter, they arrived at Manta. Francisco Dolraos being
at Puerto Vecchio vnth his corapany, when he heard of the
' These chiefs remind one of Juba and Syphax. Pizarro was under
forty years of age, tall, well-proportioned, and shewy ; Caravajal was said
to be eighty years old, of middle stature, very stout, and high-com-
plexioned ; the one was sensual in women, the other in wine. (Trans)

226 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
president's arrival, he, together with Captain Diego Mendez
and some of the citizens, went to the beach to receive him,
and reported the state of Pizarro's affairs, with all the
populations revolted against him. The president was much
rejoiced at this, but hearing of the executions of Captain
Morales, of Manuel del Statio, and of other citizens, he said:
" Under colour of serving the king you kill men, revenging
your private injuries, whereat the king is not pleased." He
then went to Tumbes, which place he reached In a short
time. He sent to St. 3Iichele, for the people that had de
serted from Gonzalo Pizarro ; and desired Captain Merca-
digllo de Bracamori to join. Salazare came frora Chito, and
Sebastiano Venalcacere frora Popalano, with many Span
iards ; and he received intelligence that Diego de Mora was
in Cassiamalca, with a considerable number of men.
The president, seeing that from all sides raen were flock
ing to his standard and support, sent letters to the viceroy of
New Spain inforraing him that he need not forward him any
succour, for there was no occasion. He wrote in a similar
strain to Nombre de Dios, to Nicaragua, and to raany other
places, whence he had asked for reinforceraents. Only the
Licentiate Ramires came frora Guatimala, with a fresh sup
ply of men and ammunition. The president now sending
Noiosa with the greater part of his troops over the raoun
tains, to collect the Spaniards who were at Sausa, he went
himself by sea to TrugiUo. There he heard of Centeno's
defeat, which grieved hira so much that he was doubtful
whether he ought to proceed ; though his party encouraged
hira, advising him not to give up persevering In his enter
prise ; assuring hira that he need not be alarraed on account
of Centeno's misfortune, for he had still plenty of raen to
rout the enemy; that the greater part of Pizarro's camp
served him only through fear, and that they would gladly
desert the moment they saw the royal standard. He halted,'
' According to Zarate, this halt was in the valley of Jauja. He cor-

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 227
but sent Alfonzo d'Alvarado to Lima for the raen who were
with Lorenzo dal Dana. He sent many spies, both Span
iards and Indians, to learn what Pizarro was doing ; and
about this time the bishop of Cusco and Alfonzo de Mendoza
arrived at Trugilio, together with some soldiers who had
run away after Centeno's defeat. From the other side there
came Diego de Mora from Cassiamalca, and Pietro de
Noiosa, with other captains and more troops ; so that the
president actually assembled above fifteen hundred men.
He exarained the arras, put the artillery in order, had a
great many baUs cast, and an ample provision of pikes and
lances made ; and then he started with all his camp. The
ammunition and baggage were carried by the Indians, who
were tied together in rows so that they might not escape.
Many, frora the great weights assigned thera, couldnot walk,
and many, frora extreme thirst, could not stand up. Some
of these the Spaniards fiercely cut to pieces, others were
chained by the neck, and oftentimes, to avoid the delay of
extricating these men, their heads were cut off. Others
were bound with ropes, some of theni had their sides pierced
with swords, sorae had their ears or noses cut off, and others
had gashes cut in their arras or their legs.'
Finally the president reached Sausa, and then proceeded
to Guamanga. Valdivia joined him on the march ; he had
come to his aid from Chili, and was appointed colonel of the
infantry. Not long after they met Centeno. Marching
onward they reached the country of the Andagoliani, where,
for want of provisions (as there was only green maize to eat,
either boiled or roasted, and the ground was very wet), the
greater part of the army fell sick, until they had crossed the
roborates Benzoni's account of the president's exertions, but adds, more
over, that he employed all the forges and artists he could procure to
fabricate new muskets. (Trans)
1 What a horrid recital ! Yet some of the historians of America dub
Gasca a humane man : and possibly, as then understood and among
such sanguinary ruffians, he may have been. (Trans)

228 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
river Bancai, when the natives supplied them with food ;
and they all refreshed theraselves In thebest way they could.
Here the president learnt that the enemy had cut asunder
all the bridges over the rivers. They were made of the
branches of large willow-like trees, twisted together in the
manner of cables, carried across the stream and made fast on
either bank ; so that foot passengers, though not horsemen,
could easily cross. The president now ordered the Indians to
repair these bridges, and it was wonderful how quickly they
restored them. But passing through the river Aporrima, near
Cusco, owing to the powerful stream of water, many of the
Spaniards and their horses were drowned in fording the
streara. When Noiosa and Pietro de Valdivia had passed,
they took up a very strong and important position with
seventy arquebuzeers on a hill, until the rest of the army had
got across. They had scarcely taken possession of It when
Giovan da Costa, and fifty arquebuzeers, came up with a simi
lar intention ; but seeing the enemy there already he re
turned to Cusco, informed the governor that the president
had passed the river with nine hundred Spaniards and a
great many Indians, then left Cusco and planted his stan
dards In sight of the enemy at Saguisaguana.
The president, although he had crossed the river, found
himself in a very bleak station, full of ice, devoid of fire
wood, and short of provisions : and he began to fear lest his
raen raight desert to Pizarro, who had a superabundance
of these things. He therefore determined to give battle.
Consequently he eraployed great part of the night in exami
ning the arms ; early in the morning he made liberal prof
fers to his soldiers, telUng thera, as he had already often said
before, that If they behaved valorously everything should
be for thera : he then unfurled his banners and raarched for
ward towards the enemy. Pizarro ordered Cepeda to place
himself in a certain pass near a hiU, but he deserted over to
the president ; aud iraraediately fifty musqueteers followed

HISTORY OF THE N'KW WORLD. 229
hira. On the rest of the soldiers seeing this, they threw
down their arras : sorae went over to the Iraperial carap,
some ran here and some ran there. Noiosa called out to his
men to pursue the flying enemy, but they attended raore to
pillaging the barracks than anything else ; although they
found rauch less booty than they expected. On the iraperial
side one Spaniard was killed, and on the other five fell.
When Pizarro found hiraself abandoned by all his camp
except his officers, he said to Giovan da Costa : — " What
shall we do now, oh captain ?" to which Costa replied : —
" My lord governor, let us die nobly, like Roraans!" But
Pizarro exclairaed — " God forbid, that having lost ray
honour and my property, I should lose my soul too."'
Then finding hiraself close to Villa Vicenza, he asked hira
who he was? He answered that he was serjeant-major ofthe
imperial camp; — In return to which Pizarro said, "And I ara
the unfortunate Gonzalo Pizarro." He then led him to the
president, raounted on a large and powerful horse, adorned
with beautiful silver trappings. He had a light corslet, a
helmet of the finest gold on his head, ornamented with a
plume, and wore a raedal surrounded with emeralds. The
president said to hira, " Seiior Gonzalo Pizarro, does it
appear right In you to have Incited the territories of the era
peror against hira, and to have wasted his treasures ?" Pizarro
answered, " I have consumed ray own riches, and not those
of the emperor. And as to this country, I could possess ifev^^
as governor with justice, for I and my brothers conquered
it." On hearing this answer, the president ordered him to
be taken away from his presence, and referred his trial to
the Licentiate Cianca. The case was proceeded with ac
cordingly, he was conderaned as a traitor, and the next day
he was sent to be beheaded. His body was buried at Cusco ;
' In Zarate's history Gonzalo is reported to have answered : " It is
better to die like Christians !" It is also stated that he was executed
on the day of his trial. (Trans)

230 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
but his head was carried to Lima, and placed in an iron
cage on a stone pillar, in the market place.
Such was the end of Gonzalo Pizarro, a well-disposed
man, able-bodied, courageous, rather avaricious than liberal,
utterly ignorant of reading and writing, apt to believe every
body. Caravaial was dragged for half-a-quarter of an hour
at the tail of a horse, he was then hung and quartered.
When he was led to execution, he, with sighs. Inquired for
his governor, Gonzalo Pizarro. One day previous to his
death, Diego Centeno went to see him and said, " Sefior Mas-
ter-of-the-camp, where are now your talons of war ?" — to
which he answered, " they captured me like a good warrior
on the field, but thou didst fly from the battle like an Ill-
begotten whelp (figliuolo d'una vil puttana)." This man
was as cruel as he was avaricious, and In the short period
that he was master-of-the-camp of Gonzalo Pizarro, he was
the cause of the death of three hundred Spaniards. When
he had anybody to hang he often used to laugh and say,
" I have heard that you are cavaliers, and justice requires
that you should be shewn that honour which is due to your
station ; therefore, since there are several trees here, look to
which you would like best to be attached, for the favour wiU
be granted to you." With such Insults and many others, he
sent them to be hung, and for this purpose he was always
accompanied by four Moors. It would be a long task to re
late the low raalignity that this man perpetrated wherever he
went. When Caravaial was dead, Giovan da Costa and
Giovan della Torre were flagellated, together with eleven
other captains. A great many soldiers were flogged and
sentenced to the galleys in Spain ; and others were sent in
exile to Chili, under Valdivia, governor of that province.^
' Other authors mention more capital punishments : yet Robertson
says — "Gasca, happy in his bloodless victory, did not stain it with
cruelty." But who can commiserate the execution of Pizarro, or the
drawing and quartering of tho hoary Carvajal, when they remember the

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 231
After the death of Gonzalo Pizarro, the president went to
Cusco, and desired all the citizens who had vassals, to go
back to their houses ; to some he gave presents, and to others
promises ; thanking thera all for their good and faithful ser
vices. He sowed only the house of Pizarro, and of those
who were condemned as traitors, with salt. He then quitted
Cusco, went to Purima (Apurimac), and there with Geronimo
Loalza, already made Archbishop of Lima, and Pietro
Lopez his secretary, they consulted on the division of the
Indians. He gave Noiosa a revenue of a hundred thousand
ducats per annum, and to Valdivia not much less ; but he
soon after died, suspected of having been poisoned.' In this
way the president shared out above a million and a half of
yearly revenue among several persons, and published the di
vision ; but many soldiers who had served his majesty raost
zealously, and were expecting the reward of their labours in
great spirits, when they found that they were oraitted, began
to murmur and coraplain greatly against the president. And
although they had fair words both frora hira and frora the arch
bishop, who told thera that at present they could not do
more, and that their merits would not be forgotten in the se
quel, they not only were not pacified, but shewed by various
symptoms that they were greatly excited against them.
Out of many of these I will raention a few. Not long
since. In the city of Cordova in Spain, there was a nun
named Maddalena della Croce, who was held (not only by
the vulgar, but also by the powerful grandees of Spain) to
be a saint; and when the eraperor wished to go on some en
terprise, he always sent to the said Maddalena to recom-
hangings, garrotings, and horrible murders committed by them 1 This
memorable meeting, for it cannot be called a battle, occurred on Mon
day, the 9th of April, 1548. (Trans)
' This " ma in brieve si mori" is very obscure ; of the three persons
of the text, Gasca returned to Spain ; Hinojosa was murdered at La
Plata, on the 6th of March, 1553 ; Valdivia was defeated and slain by
the Araucanians of Chili, in December 1553. (Trans)

232 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
mend him to the Alraighty in her prayers. But in the end
the mystery was discovered, for it was found that she was a
witch and had farailiar intercourse with the devil. Thus a
soldier told the president that he was Maddalena, and that
the devil, meaning the archbishop, rode paramount over
him, the president, for he did not dispose of anything with
out his approbation. Another man told him that the sky did
not cover a more cunning fox than he was. And another in
a state of desperation said, that he would go away so far as
never more to hear the narae of Spain : at this Della Gasca
was so irritated, that If the man had not had good friends to
intercede for him, the president would undoubtedly have
had hira hung by the neck ; but having pardoned him, he
sent hira an exile to Chili. There was also another soldier
who, laughingly, said to hira, " Seiior Presidente, do me the
grace to give rae the cap you wear on your head." To which
the president, also laughingly, demanded, " What would
you do with it ?" the soldier replied — " I would burn it, and
convert it into dust to do foul work with, because in that
sarae cap you have deceived so many good raen." There
were still others who said to him that he arrived to forgive
tyrants and to kill honest men. There were even some who
told hira, that If he did not give thera wherewith to live upon
they would help themselves.
Affairs being in such a train, there were many men who
wanted to put Noiosa to death, and send the president
back to Spain a prisoner ; iraploring the eraperor to send a
conscientious ruler, who would share out the country to
each man according to his merit. But the plot being dis
covered, the leaders were seized and sent to Spain. Araong
thera there was a Biscayan priest, who asserted that he had
spent in that war forty thousand golden ducats for the em
peror's service. Not long after the president's departure
from Peru for Spain,' however, eight hundred Spaniards
Though substantially correct in the events, Benzoni is here a little

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 233
rose, having put Francis Ernandes, a Frenchraan, at their
head ; they killed Pietro de Noiosa and Don Baltassaro, with
one ofhis brothers, as well as Diego Paloraino, and all the other
captains and persons of quality who fell Into their hands ;
that is, all those who, after serving Gonzalo Pizarro, had de
serted to the Licentiate della Gasca. But this did not last
long ; for one night he, and three other leaders, were cut in
pieces by their own party. The president, fearing sorae evil
might happen to him also, as well as not to be exposed to so
much abuse and annoyance as was given him by the soldiery,
quitted Purima and went to the City of the Kings. There
he established the royal audience, and put everything in order
connected with the governraent of the country ; he com
manded that there should be monks and priests assigned to
every Indian population, to teach thera as rauch as possible
of the Christian faith, and cure thera of their false and ob
stinate opinions. He ordered all such Spaniards as pos
sessed Indian vassals to give in a correct and detailed list of
thera, as also of the tribute that they could pay ; a raass was,
moreover, to be said In each village, praying the Holy Ghost
to inspire them to do it in a sacred and just feeling. But no
sooner was this report sent in than the Indians appealed,
saying they could not pay the exactions in consequence of
the greater nuraber of them having been killed or destroyed
In the continual wars, and by the heavy labours iraposed on
thera. He thereupon prescribed that the tribute paid by^\
each population to their raaster, should consist only In arti
cles produced by their own land ; for previously the Span
iards Insisted on having gold or silver, although the people '
had none, and tormented thera till they obtained it. So that
some of the natives fled to the woods when they had none,
and could not tell where to find any, in consequence of
confused in his chronology. The president left Lima, or rather Callao,
in December 1549, and our author soon proceeds to shew how he was
occupied. (Trans)

234 HISTORY OF THE. NEW WORLD.
which the Spaniards hunted thera with dogs, dismembering
many, while others went and hanged themselves. He pro
hibited the Indians being loaded against their will, though
in some provinces, especially in Quito, where there was a
deficiency of beasts of burden, he consented to their being
loaded. He placed all these arrangements in the hands of
the archbishop and of sorae Dominican monks, so that being
well inforraed both by the Spaniards and the Indians, and
learning the truth, they might provide for everything.
Meanwhile, he put all his force and diligence to accumu
lating money for the emperor ; he fixed the sums to be paid
by all the Spaniards who had allotments from him ; he sent
the Licentiate Della Gama towards Quito, and Gabriel de
Roias towards Potosi, as resident judges, accompanied by
sorae Dominican friars, who had express orders to scour the
country, whether inhabited by Spaniards or Indians, and
endeavour by all the means In their power to coUect money.
Thus, In every place, under colour of justice, saying : Thou
hast been a traitor to the king ; Thou hast served Gonzalo
Pizarro ; or. Thou hast looked on to see who conquered,
wishing that he might become lord of the country ; with
other sirailar accusations. In this way, and with similar
tricks, they both accumulated a very large sum ; and as
Gabriel de Roias died suddenly on the journey, it was re
ported that he died by the will of God, that the Alraighty
had listened to the maledictions of so many people who had
been ground down, and that he had appeared in the form of
a frightful deraon to the Dominican monks.
When the president had collected all the treasure he
could, araounting to a million and a half in gold, he quitted
Lima} leaving the Licentiate Cianca In his stead. He em-
' Just before he sailed, and while on board ship, the president made
a final partition of lands and Indians ; but as he knew that he could not
satisfy all the claimants, he gave strict injunctions that the deeds should
not be opened until eight days after his departure. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WOULD. 235
barked in a galeon belonging to Giovan Gaetano, quickly
reached Panamd, and imraediately proceeded to Nombre de
Dios with a portion of the treasure, leaving orders M'lth the
king's treasurer to send the reraainder as soon as possible.
Two days after his departure. In the raorning about dawn,
Rodrigo de Contreras suddenly entered Panama with a
young Inexperienced brother of his, both sons of Contreras
governor of Nicaragua, with a hundred and eighty men.
This young man had assassinated brother Antonio de Val-
dlvieso, bishop of that province, for having written Inju
riously to the eraperor against his father, and which occa
sioned the government being taken from him. Having
entered Panamel, they seized upwards of four hundred thou
sand ducats in gold, not caring for the silver, which was of
less value and greater weight. But some soldiers whom the
president had conderaned to the galleys in Spain, and who
had escaped in a ship to Nicaragua, were not content with
this booty ; they wished to revenge themselves by going to
Nombre de Dios. Whereupon the men were divided into
three detachraents, Rodrigo inarched by land with seventy-
five companions towards Nombre de Dios, his brother, with
as many more, went by way of the river Chiagre, and the
rest remained to guard the ships and the booty that they had
captured. Immediately the citizens, with a hundred and
fifty slaves, took up arms and followed. They first attacked
the party going by way of the Chiagre and easily routed
them, then they turned on the other party and did the same.
Rodrigo, a raonk, and four other Spaniards betook them
selves to the woods, and were never more heard of. The
brother not being found, was diligently sought for among
the dead, and the corpse of a youth being obtained It was
asserted to be hira ; though his face being discoloured, it
could not be ascertained The head, however, was cut off,
and put into an iron cage in the market-place of Panamd.
Thirty-three Spaniards were made prisoners ; tired and

236 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
wounded they were led to prison, with their hands tied be
hind their backs to some pieces, of wood, and there one
AgozU, of his own free wiU, crueUy murdered them with
violent stabs. Those who were in the ships, hearing of their
party being routed, took to their boats to escape ; but they
were soon aU taken, their leaders were hanged, and the rest
sent to the galleys. On the president's hearing of the arrival
of Contreras in Panara^, and of the robbery they had com
mitted, he started frora Nombre de Dios with a considerable
nuraber of men to encounter him ; but learning on the march
of his having been routed and the treasure recovered, he
returned, and soon after sailed for Spain.'
Before I end the narrative of the affairs of Peru, and of
the false estiraate that those people have forraed of us, I will
relate how and in what manner the navigation frora Panamd
to that kingdora is effected. Ships generally leave in the
month of January and up to the end of AprU, which last is
the best of all the year, it being the summer, when the winds
generaUy blow from the north-east and east : and those ships
that sail at any other season undergo severe trials. When
loaded they leave Panamd and go to Taboga, or some other
Island near it, to fill up their water. Those Islands are called
the Pearls, because the Spaniards have found quantities
there. They then navigate to the westward a hundred or a
hundred and fifty miles, adopting that route on account of
the strong current constantly running to the eastward, after
which they cross over to Peril. When I sailed from PanamEl
to go to that country it was the month of June, and being
therefore winter the greater part of the passengers fell ill,
' This extraordinary episode in the history of the New World differs,
in some of its details, from the relation of Agostino -Zarate : according
to him, one of the brothers was drowned and the other was thought to
have been murdered, with all his companions, by the Indians to whom
he fled. The plot was very near succeeding, by which a larger booty
would have been acquired than ever fell into the hands of pirates. The
fortunate president arrived safely in Spain with all his treasure. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

237

because in the ships that ply in that sea there is no accom
modation under shelter, as there is on board those that
navigate in the Northern Sea ; so that one is obliged to re
main always exposed to the raliT. In this way we reached
Gorgona, and when the master of the vessel found himself
on that Island he exclaimed : " This is the devil's land ;"
which was because it is thought the very worst navigation
that can be made in those parts to fetch that island. Some
have asserted that it always rains there, but they are wrong ;
although it is true that during eight months out of the twelve
it rains so desperately, with thunder and lightning, that it
seems as If the elements were fighting against each other.
When we arrived in that island the spring had begun. It
being the end of May ; for when the winter sets in at PanamEl,
summer commences In this other country.' Along the sea
shore of this part ofthe mainland, the inhabitants have a great
deal of gold. They buUd their houses on the tops of trees.

Indian method of living on trees.
' This is a strange passage : yet Benzoni's accoimt of running from
Panamk along the coast is perfectly correct. We also watered at Taboga,

238 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
In consequence of the country being swampy, so that
horses cannot frequent it, the Spaniards have never been
able to conquer it. When Gasparo Dandagola was in the
abbey of St. Matthew with a hundred and fifty soldiers,
during sumraer he went about scouring the country, some
tiraes carrying boards as a shelter ; for the Indians defendisd
theraselves as rauch as possible by throwing stones at them
and javelins, and jugs of boiling water, and many other
things. The Spaniards therefore meanwhile with good
hatchets used to cut the trees down, when everything tum
bled with great noise and destruction to the ground. Yet
many times It happened that the Indians maimed, and even
killed some of the Spaniards. Still, the country being arid
and unable to feed so raany men, Andagola, with a consider
able quantity of gold quitted it, and no Spaniards now live
there — non vi habita piu,}
In consequence of the obstinate winds that blow on that
coast from the west and south during the greater part of the
year, and also on account of the strong currents, it is requi
site to anchor every evening along that beach, and set sail in
the morning with the land breeze. It sometimes happens
that, instead of getting forward, ships drop backwards, and
hang about a headland for fifteen or twenty days ; as hap
pened also to us. Thus while we were in sight of Cape San
Francisco, a hundred and thirty railes from Capo de Passao,
which cape is near the limits of Puerto Viejo — thinking
tbat district was Inhabited by Indians as forraerly, all we
passengers (being In want of provisions, for it was already
three months since we quitted Panamd, and seeing that the
having first captured that pretty island for the purpose ; and we, moreover,
made prize of some pearls. Ovalle, the historian of Chili, styles Gorgona
a picture of hell." In 1807, we certainly experienced very capricious
weather off there, towards the end of August. (Trans)
' De Bry gives specimens of this tree-warfare on a larger scale than
Benzoni ; and the parties therein represented seem to be infuriated with
fiercer passions. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 239
merchants on board would have rather let us die with hun
ger than give us a bit of bread) determined to go on by land.
Twenty-four of us, therefore, started at a venture, each car
rying four basins of maize ; and arriving at the Quisimie
rivers, which are four, one beyond the other, with great
labour and danger we crossed them by tying some trees
together, which we found on their banks.
The water is salt, for the sea, from the violence with which
It washes on shore, runs up all the rivers along this coast
some fifteen miles inland ; so that when we wanted to drink
we were obliged to dig wells. On reaching Capo de Passao
we found that the Indians had burnt the houses, and were
gone up to the woods. Getting to the other side of the
cape, we entered the gulf of Caraque, which lies under the
equinoctial line ; but we did not know how to proceed ; not
being able to cross over, and, having nothing better to eat,
we fed on crabs and yellow berries, which had so little flesh
on them, that we ate the kernels also, and drank the healthy
water of a little lake which we found between the woods and
the beach. There we stayed twenty -two days, until the ship
came to port ; the raaster concluding for certain that we had
aU died of hunger, or that the Indians had destroyed us. But
when he saw us, he iraraediately sent the boat ; and resting
In the ship that night, I started the foUowing morning to go
to Puerto Viejo. This town Is inhabited by Spaniards ; it
consists of twenty-two houses constructed with reeds and
thatched with straw. The province is nearly destroyed and
ruined : the natives had a great raany eraeralds, and keep
the raines to themselves ; for although the Spaniards have
tormented many of them to death, they have never revealed
where they are. Yet I was told by a raaggiordomo of Cap
tain Giovan Dolraos, that an Indian woraan, his concubine,
shewed hira where one raine was situated, but he would not
publish it lest the king should wrest it frora him for himself.'
1 The true emerald is only found in Peru, and was therefore unknown

240 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
They had also a very great number of vases of gold and
silver, but the Spaniards have seized everything ; wherefore
they now can only give their masters what is produced in
the country, and consequently few Spaniards live there.
_^^"Sorae people assert, that the Indians are gradually leaving
oflf their bad habits, and the deceptions of their false religion ;
and that the answers of their raock deities have ceased, be
cause they have heard from the priests and frora the monks
the words of the holy gospel : yet what can I answer to
this, but that God would have it so ? For I can safely tes
tify, that never priest or monk went to preach among those
people, or to teach them our faith ; and the Indians publicly
laugh at thera, declaring that they wIU not be Christians on
account of our wickedness. Moreover, although the presi
dent della Gasca commanded, as before related, that in every
village there should be priests and monks to instruct the
children, the Spaniards of this town, as well as of several
others, appealed ; observing, that a priest wanted a salary of
/ four hundred ducats a year, and that none of the Indians
paid such a sum even to their masters. But about that time
I quitted Peru, and therefore do not know how the affair
terminated. Whilst I reraained in that province, often for arausement
I went amongst those native villages, both inland and along
the beach ; and on one occasion, entering a haralet called
Chiaropoto, I found the Indians making sacrifices in their
temple, beating drums and singing sorae of their songs.
Desirous of witnessing, I went into the temple ; but as soon
as the ministers saw rae, with great anger, and almost spit
ting in my face, they turned me out. I perceived an idol,
to the classical ancients, unless it can be identified in the smaragdus of
Pliny. La Manta, the district here trod by Benzoni, has long been
esteemed as the best site of that gem ; but as it occurs in veins passing
through primitive rocks, it is probable that the finding of emeralds was
accidental ; and that the tortured natives had no mines to reveal. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 241
however, made of clay, shaped like a tiger, also two peacocks,
with other birds, which they had to sacrifice to their deities ;
they raight also have had sorae lad, as usual among them,
but I did not see him. Another day it happened that I
went to Picalanceme, where I found the inhabitants drinking.
Wishing to stay and see how they got drunk, four of thera
came up to me where I was standing, saying, in Spanish —
" Oh thou villainous treacherous Christian, go away from
our country." Seeing that they intended to attack rae, I
drew my sword, but made ray escape, determined never
raore to go araong those towns when they were celebrating
a feast-day. I have been to various villages, as for instance
to Cama, CamuUova, Camuxiova, and other places, where
sorae of the Indians kill their children that they may not
serve the Spaniards. It Is asserted as a fact, that the chiefs
of Manta possess an emerald of the size of a hen's eg^, which
they worship as one of their chief deities. This town Is
situated on the sea-shore, and used to be one of the principal
towns along that coast, containing above two thousand Inha
bitants before the Spaniards went there, but now reduced to
fifty. A sirailar fate has befallen all the towns in that pro
vince. One day Lopez d'AIala asked the chief of that town
whether "He would become a Christian?" The raan answered
he did not know, but that he (d'AIala) raight do as he liked.
He therefore had hira christened by the name of Don Diego ;
yet, for all this, I never saw hira look any Spaniard in the
face. His vassals are by nature ugly, dirty, unnaturally
vicious, and full of every sort of malignity.^
Generally along this coast, the Indians living near the sea
procure good water by digging large wells for the purpose ;
1 Benzoni seems to be harsh here ; but however bad he may have
found the mass, it seems that they had a class both industrious and
ingenious. Ulloa was quite astonished at their skill in fashioning eme
ralds ; remarking that it was quite unaccountable how so hard a stone
could be worked, and delicately pierced, by a people to whom steel and
iron were unknown. (Trans.)

242 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
and when they go from one place to another, each man carries
calabashes full of water. But when the Indians of Manta
go to Puerto Viejo, fearing lest they might meet sorae Span
iard who would drink it for them, they prefer going two
miles inland, to get a stinking, black, dirty water that rises
out of a rock ; knowing that the Christians will not drink
that water. This country Is hot and damp, nor is the sky
ever serene. There are a great raany deer, pigs, and fowls
of a Spanish breed'; and here they raake better maize-bread
than they do in any other part of India. Although some
say that it has an advantage over wheaten bread, I cannot
agree to like it. A great deal of honey Is produced, but
acid ; nor is the wax very good. There Is also a sort of
fruit resembling figs, called by the nsXiy es papaie, some large
and some small, peculiar to this kingdom, for I have never
seen them in any other province : the tree is tall and deli
cate, and the fruit is of a sweetish taste. There is also ano
ther sort of small figs, full of prickles, called tanne ; but
these are found in other districts also, as Nicaragua, Guati
mala, and throughout the kingdom of New Spain.
The Indians of the province of Puerto Viejo are gene
rally subject to a disease called berugue ; it assails the face and
some other parts of the body ; the pustules are generally of
the size of a walnut. I have had my share of them. They give
no pain, but are ugly, and full of blood. There is no remedy
but to let them ripen, and then cut thera off" delicately with
a thread. These people paint their faces. They make holes
in their nostrils, lips, ears, and cheeks, and then put jewels
into them on feast-days. Their usual dress Is a shirt without
sleeves. Sorae go quite naked, and occasionally they dye
(tingono) the entire body black.
All along this coast the Indians are great fisherraen. The
boats they use are a kind of raft,' both for fishing or navi-
' Every country seems to contrive embarcations adapted to locality.
So with the rafts or balms here mentioned, which are admirably con-

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

243

gating, consisting of three, five, seven, nine, or even eleven
very slender tirabers, forming a sort of hand (d modo d'una

Method of fishing and navigating in the South Sea.
mano), with the longest in the middle. They are made of
various lengths, and thus they carry sails according to then-
size ; and a proportionate number of rowers. When they
are becalmed at sea, they throw bread, fruits, and other
things overboard as a sacrifice, praying for a fair wind, they
being too tired to row any raore.
Beyond the limits of Puerto Viejo we enter the country
of Quancaviliqui, an inferior province of the kingdom of
Peru. The first village along the beach is called Colonchi ;
It is near the Point of St. Helena. I several times saw the
trived for their duty. We used some of them which we took in 1807,
and found them made, as Benzoni states, of logs of trees lashed together
— catamaran fashion — with bejuccas, or ropes made of ox-hide thongs.
The larger balzas carry sails on masts resembling sheers ; and they are
steered by raising or lowering, as the occasion may require, some boards
which enter vertically between the timbers at either end of this rude,
but ingenious, fioating vehicle. (Trans)

244 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
head of that tribe ; he might be about sixty years of age,
and had truly the air of a chieftain. He was robust In body
and very healthy. He used to be drest in a shirt without
sleeves, dyed red ; round his neck he wore an ornament of
the purest gold, six times double, like large corals ; on his
hand he wore a ring, also his ears were pierced and full of
jewels and gold; finally, on his left wrist he wore S: certain
shining stone like a mirror, said to be a preserver of the
sight. At the time that the Spaniards entered that country,
a chief governed this province called Baltacho, who was very
much respected and had great authority over his vassals ;
when people went to visit him he never rose on his feet,
except when he saw Colonchie. But no means were ever
found to induce this latter cacique to listen to the law
of God ; so that one day when I heard his master say to
him : " Colonchie, I insist on thy becoming a Christian," he
answered that on no account would he do so, adding : " Sir,
I am now too old to become a Christian : take my children,
teach thera whatever you please, they may serve you In your
own way, but I will not abandon the law of ray forefathers."
These people sometiraes draw five or six of their upper teeth,
and when asked their reason for so doing, they answer "That
It is for beauty's sake [Iof anno per bellezza)." They wear
a small shirt without sleeves, like the natives of Puerto
Viejo. From motives of decency they wear a cotton band
round their raiddle, one end of which hangs down behind
nearly to the ground, like a horse's tail. The women wear
a cloth bound round (un drappo groppito) their waist, and
hanging half way down their legs.
The natives of this province serve the Spaniards who
inhabit the town of Guaiaquil, and which they had first
built In a plain on the banks of the Chiono, forty miles from
the sea-shore. But In that vicinity there are soijie wonder
ful and frightful plains, wild districts covered with water or
tangled woods. Infested by an incredible nuraber of crocodiles.

HISTORY OF THE NEW WOELD. 245
Besides this, during eight raonths of the year musquitos
swarm to such a degree, that I have been surprised how the
inhabitants could bear to live araong thera : for when the
Spaniards who resided there sought repose as evening ap
proached, they were compelled to creep under flags. The
Indians do much the same, only they lie high, on a small
platforra supported on four large canes, where their sleep
Is not so much disturbed by gnats. Therefore, in the year
forty-six,' when the very great abundance of rain swelled
the river so much as to inundate and destroy great part of
the country as well as the town, the Spaniards removed
twenty miles lower down towards the shore, and built on
a hill near the bank of this said river, called the Pass of
Guainacava. The origin of this name was, that Guainacava
having sent one of his captains to subdue tbe province, this
official ordered the peasants to construct a bridge of large
logs of wood, in the same way that rafts are made, to pass
from one bank of the river to the other. But no sooner had
his people begun to cross, than the eneniy broke up the
bridge by cutting the ropes, so that many of thera were
drowned ; and then falling on the rest they killed nearly all
of thera. When Guainacava heard of the slaughter of his
people, he started from Quito with a large array, and de
scending by tbose mountains, he attacked the natives and
raade very great havoc of them. Then he wanted to make
a way across this river by throwing In earth and stones. In
order to pass securely from one bank to the other. Thus he
began this great work ; but when he had made about twenty
paces of it, he found the stream so deep, wide, and powerful,
that he gave up the enterprise. For this reason the Spaniards
call It the Pass of Guainacava ; though their town is called
Sa7i Jacobo, and like those around, resembles that of Puerto
Viejo. Near the mouth of this river lies the Island of
' That is, A.B. 1546. Guayaquil retained its detestable character in
1807 ; nor was that of the new town much better. (Trans)

246 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Puna, which belongs to the king. Those islanders, and the
inhabitants of the banks of the river, as well as the other
nations, always fought against the Spaniards as long as they
had the power, and have killed a great raany of them :
amongst others, Fra Vincenzo de Valverde, with forty-two
Spaniards, endeavouring to escape from the fury of Don
Diego at the time that he killed the Marquis Don Francisco
Pizarro. They fled from Lima to this island ; but the Indians
one night murdered them all with clubs. This was the
monk who spoke to Attaballba at Cassiamalca, when Fran
cisco Pizarro took him prisoner (as before related), and
whom the emperor had appointed to be bishop of Peru.
In Puna} and in the territories of Guaiaquil and Puerto
Viejo, a certain root is found, having many branches like
the oak, called Zarzaparilia, which cures the French disease
and many others. When it is to be administered to a patient,
it is well pounded between two stones to obtain the juice,
which Is mixed with some warm water and drained. The
sick then drink very abundantly of it, and, reraaining in a
warra place, perspire as much as they can bear. They con
tinue this for three or four days, some raore, sorae less, eating
only biscuit and a little roast fowl. On the other hand, some
boil its twigs in water, merely for their daily beverage ; but
these patients continue to drink it constantly for two or
three months.
In this province of Guaiaquil, and other districts towards
the east, the winter begins in November and lasts through
April ; spring coraraences in May and ends in October.
Along the southern shore, beginning at Tumbes, it soraetiraes
' Puna is an island of some import, as having a harbour for those
vessels which are too deep to cross the bar of the Guayaquil river ; and
here they embark their cargoes of grain, cacao, fruits, cotton, tobacco,
and timber. Off here, in 1807, the Cornwallis frigate took up an excel
lent anchorage in twenty-five fathoms water, and remained eight days.
Though the atmosphere over the land was generally hazy, we saw the
snowy peak of Chimborazo above it. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 247
happens that scarcely any rain falls on those plains for three
or four years ; so that the natives have to help the heavy
night-dews with irrigation in the day, to procure their har
vests. Indeed, in some sandy districts it never rains at all ;
upon the mountains, on the contrary, it rains eight months
out of the twelve; and some of them are always covered
with snow and ice. During the summer, certain winds blow
from the south, which distress the Inhabitants very much.
Going from Guaiaquil to Quito, I passed the mountain of
Chimbo, which is upwards of forty railes high,' all unin
habited ; and if I had not been supplied by an Indian with
a little water, I should have died with thirst by the way.
When I was once on the suramit, I remained there some
time looking at that strange and wonderful country, many
things appearing dubious as in a vision.
In this great province of Quito, as also in many other
parts of Peru, although several of the nations possess lan
guages peculiar to each, yet when they were subjugated by
the Ingui, it was commanded that everybody should learn
the language of Cusco, and that fathers should teach it to
their children. Hence this language is used generally all
through the countries where their dorainion extends.
Although these people hold coraraunication with the devil,
they reverence the sun as their principal deity. When either
the chiefs or the priests wish to ask some favour of him,
they go in the morning at sunrise to the top of a flight of
stone steps made on purpose, holding their heads down,
clapping their hands, then rubbing them, then raising them
as If they wished to touch him, repeating some of their pray
ers and asking for what they want of him. Thus now, when
the Spaniards Illtreat thera, they worship thera as If they
were the sun, and pray thera to be raerciful and not to harra
' Probably meaning that the ascent of Chimborazo occupied forty
miles : and see the voyage of Cademosta (ii, 207), where tho same term
is used for the line of ascent. (Trans.)

248

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

them. The temples, especially those of the sun, were large
and sumptuous, the walls being adorned within with sheets

Indian's of Peru worshipping the sqn.
of gold and silver. Many virgins, called Mamacone, were
eraployed exclusively in spinning and weaving for their
deities, to whora they sacrifice both men and children ;
although they do not eat their flesh. They also sacrifice
sheep, birds, and other animals, and with the blood of the
victim they anoint the face of the idol, and the door of the
temple. When they wish to communicate with the devil, or
sow seed, or go on some enterprise, the priests fast for several
days. When some chief dies they make a grand funeral
and deposit with hira a great deal of worked gold and silver,
together with some of his most beautiful and beloved wives
and servants; also clothes, grain, and wine, so that they
might eat and drink until they reach the next world. This
raode of burial is used In many parts of India. They believe
in the immortality ofthe soul ; and the Spaniards have dis
covered many very rich sepultures, — though very few in

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 249
proportion to those that still exist. They raourn for their
dead many days.
The raen wear a shirt without sleeves, raade either of
wool or cotton, and a cloak clustered on one shoulder.
Their nobles are decorated with a fillet round the head, and
a wooUen tassel hanging from the left ear. They make shoes
of a white herb like herap. The woraen wear a long cloak
which covers thera from the shoulders down to the feet.
They bind themselves round with a band four fingers wide,
which they call chiumbi. On their neck they wear long
needles of gold and silver called topi ; over the other cloak
they have a short one called Uquida ; their hair grows long.
This is the raode of dress at Cusco. When they go out to
walk, they rub their faces over with a certain red bituraen,
on account of the wind. They hold a herb' In their mouths .
called coca, which must yield some nourishment, for they
can Walk a whole day without eating or drinking ; this herb
is their principal raerchandize. They have also a sort of
root like truffles, but possessing very little flavour. They,
used to have a very great nuraber of a kind of sheep as large
as asses, alraost like gambelli; and it is said that not long ago
a disease came over them like a leprosy, by which they lost
a large proportioii of thera. But the leprosy of the Spaniards
has been rauch worse, for they have destroyed nearly the
whole of them. The flesh has a game-like flavour. The
natives used to dress themselves abundantly in the wool of
these animals, but now there Is a great scarcity of it.
The principal delight of these people, and of those in the
other provinces also, is to drink. When thoroughly drunk,
each man seizes on the woraan he likes best, to indulge his
' This term— MJi' herla — is used for a pulpy fruit, or a nut. The sheep
which Benzoni speaks of is the celebrated llama, alpaca, or Peruvian
camel ; a hardy and abstemious beast of burthen : the wool of the alpaca
is very superior in staple and pliability ; and its lustrous and soft nature
renders it applicable to many of the purposes for which silk is employed
in textile fabrics in other countries. (Trans)

250 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
passions with ; scarcely respecting their mothers or their
daughters. The chiefs and the nobles marry their sisters.
They make no bread at all, but eat the grain either boiled
or roasted. This was one of the laws enjoined by Guaina
cava, In order that, when he wanted to go upon an enterprise,
nobody should be busying hiraself in making bread. And
thus they still adhere to this custom.
Cusco used to be the principal city of this kingdom, head
of the Ingulan empire, and, according to the popular legends,
it was built long ago by Magocappa, first king of that line.
Then their successors spread so rauch, that they subjugated
many various people, giving them both laws and customs. In
every place they built large edifices, both in honour of their
deities and for the service of their kings. The walls of these
edifices are constructed of an extreraely llght'stone. In Italy
called puraice. They are all thatched with straw ; and I
have seen sorae of them, especially in the province of Quito,
in the territory of Tunebamba, as sumptuous as those at
Cusco. Although the Spaniards have ruined the greater
part ofthem, still many may be seen along those roads ; and
they are called tanbi by the natives. Thus their magnifi
cent fabric may still be examined. Guainacava made a
beautiful road there, lowering hills down to the plain. This
province of Quito has a temperate climate, wherefore the
kings of Cusco lived there the greater part of their time, and
had goldsmiths' houses in many parts, who, though not
using any tools of iron, still raanufactured wonderful things.
They worked in the following manner : —
In the first place, when they wish to raelt the metal, they
put it into either a long or round grisolo, made of a piece of
cloth daubed over with a mixture of earth and pounded
charcoal ; when dry, it Is put into the fire filled with metal ;'
1 Peter Martyr, in the fourth decade of his report to Pope Leo X,
dwells on the marvellous skill of these goldsmiths, saying — " A wonder
it is to see that there should be such excellent workmanship amongst

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

251

then several raen, more or less, each with a reed, blow till
the metal is fused. It is now taken out, and the goldsmiths

Method of working gold and silver.
seated on the ground, provided with sorae black stones
shaped on purpose, and helping each other, raake, or more
correctly speaking, used to make during their prosperity,
whatever they were coramissioned to do ; that is, hollow
statues, vases, sheep, ornaraents, and. In short, any animal
they saw.
As to Spanish productions found in this kingdom in cool
and teraperate localities, they reap a good deal of wheat ;
there are also sorae vines, but they yield little fruit ; though
some look forward to making wine shortly in those countries,
and that they will be able to grow the greater part of the
Spanish fruits. But according to my judgment, although
nobody can do away with hopes, they will never see them
realized, for the air and the constellations of the seasons are

the Indians, without the use of steel and iron.'
And seethe note on page 241. (Trans)

Loh's Translation, 1612.

252 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
entirely different from ours. Besides, since in New Spain
and other countries more favorable than^Perw, they have
not been able to make wine, neither will they here. I say,
moreover, that God in his goodness would not grant such a
liquor to these brutes, giving them only those articles that
are requisite for sustaining life according to their habits.
The Spaniards get plenty of radishes, lettuces, melons, cu-
curabers, cauliflowers, and sorae figs. They have also
oranges and lemons In abundance ; yet these fruits grow
only in warm places. They have but few cattle, the conse
quence of such nuraerous wars. In ray tirae, a cow at Liraa
was worth a hundred gold ducats, and a sheep fifty or sixty.
Quito is the raost fertile and abundant province In aU Peru ;
it yields a great deal of wheat, and feeds a very great number
of pigs, and of fowls of the Spanish breed ; besides which,
an almost constant supply of very well-fiavoured rabbits Is
met with. It is true that wine is very dear In the town of
Quito ; for even when it is cheap, a jar containing twelve
jugs, more or less, and weighing twenty-eight ounces each,
will cost fourteen or fifteen gold ducats. Yet at Lima, and
other places on the sea-shore, it would cost only ten or
twelve ; but at Potosi, It being five hundred miles inland,
the price is seventy or eighty ducats. Thus it varies in each
district according to the distance it has to be carried, for the
jars or bottles, as we may say, in which it is brought from
Spain, are of earth, and a great many are broken in tbe car
riage. It has sometimes happened that through a delay of
the ships, there has been such a scarcity (gran penuria) of
wine, that four or five hundred and even a thousand ducats
have been paid for a jar.
Now it seems to me time to reveal the false estiraate which
/those people have formed of us. When the Indians saw the
very great cruelties which the Spaniards committed every
where on entering Peru} not only would they never believe
' On arriving in Peru, the conquestadors had urgent motives for

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 253.
us to be Christians and children of God, as boasted, but not
even that we were born on this earth, or generated by a man
and born of a woman; so fierce an aniraal they concluded must
be the ofispring of the sea, and therefore called us Vira-
cocchie, for in their language they call the sea cocchie, and the
froth vira ; thus they think that we are a congelation of the
sea, and have been nourished by the froth ; and that we are
come to destroy the world, with other things in which the
Omnipotence of God would not suffice to undeceive them.
They say that the winds ruin houses and break down trees,
and the fire burns thera ; but the Viracocchie devour every
thing, they consurae the very earth, they force the rivers, they
are never quiet, they never rest, they are always rushing
about, sometimes In one direction, sometimes in the other,
seeking for gold and silver ; yet never contented, they game
it away, they make war, they kill each other, they rob, they
swear, they are renegades, they never speak the truth, and
have deprived us of our support. Finally, the Indians curse
the sea for having cast such very wicked and harsh beings
on the land. Going about through various parts of this
kingdom I often met some natives, and for the amuseraent
of hearing what they would say, I used to ask them where
such or such a Christian was, when not only would they
refuse to answer me, but would not even look me in the
face : though if I asked thera where such a Viracocchie was,
they would reply directly. When the little children can"
scarcely say a word, their fathers shewing one of us to them,
wIU say : " There goes a Viracocchie." But as many tribes
of this kingdom, being rich, have priests and monks reside
among them, to teach and bring up their chUdren — God
grant they may produce some good fruit.
exterminating all those native families which had acquired authority,
and for reducing the whole population to a degree of degradation ;
and what they began from politic motives, they finished from bigoted
furor. The murders and executions in Peru, after Benzoni's departure,
are sickening to read of. (Trans)

254 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Nor will I neglect to relate what I heard at Quito from a
Flemish monk, of the order of San Francisco, named Fra
Giodoc. He told me that he went to the province of Cognari,
and there founded a monastery : he then invited all the
chiefs of the surrounding tribes to come ; only three at
tended, but he addressed a most beautiful discourse to them,
for he perfectly understood the language of Cusco. He gave
them to understand everything concerning the faith, and, on
the other hand, censured their rites and diabolical ceremo
nies. At their request he christened thera, and they returned
to their respective horaes ; but finding that they did not
come to church he went to visit them, entreating them to
persevere in their good purpose. But he perceived at last
that it was waste of tirae, that there was no chance of good
results, for they laughingly told hira — " That the affairs of
the Viracocchie did not suit thera, for they had other things
to attend to than to go to church."' At the end of six months,
therefore, he returned to his raonastery at Quito. On this
subject I wUl bring forward a practical example. Instead of
the numerous praises of the Spanish nation. Let us suppose
that they had never yet heard of the gospel, and that some
other nation had gone to Spain to preach the Christian doc
trine, as they theraselves went to India, and had wrested frora
thera their property, their wives, their children, tormenting
and killing them, or selling them as slaves ; subjecting them to
a thousand other hardships and Insults. — I really think that,
not only would they bear them an inextinguishable hatred,
and say all the evil In the world of them, but also that. If
possible, they would wreak a direful vengeance on thera.
1 It seems that succeeding Spaniards contrived means for making
the Indians attend in church ; but whether they were thereby sharpened
to prayer is questionable. Ulloa, nearly two centuries after Benzoni,
tells of a priest who charged an Indian with being absent from church,
and " direoted that he should receive some lashes, the usual punishment
of such delinquents, be their age or sex what it vnll! and perhaps the best
adapted for their stupidity." Christianity with a vengeance ! (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 255
Then, doubtless, we can imagine that the Indians would do
the same to the Spaniards if they possibly could.
I have already described the abundance of riches that the
Invaders found in this kingdom when they first conquered
It ; yet, with all this, the Indians take a great basin of maize
and, drawing out one single grain, they say, " This Is what
the Viracocchie have carried off, but the rest remains In the
country." That it should not fall into the hands of their
enemies, they have either thrown it into the sea or burled it
In the ground. Subsequently the Spaniards discovered
many large and very productive raines, both of gold and
silver. The richest they have traced are those of Potosi :
and in a river near Cusco, called Calvaia, they found rauch
very fine gold. Also in the province of Quito there is
another very rich river, called Santa Barbara. They simi
larly found several among some mountains, and there they
dig far underground, propping up the galleries with very
large beams, until they have exhausted the vein of gold.
But sometimes it happens that everything falls in, killing
both the Spaniards and the slaves that were within. The
gold obtained from those mountains, is like the finest sand,
mixed with earth, and Is divided by means of quicksilver.
That which is gathered in the rivers consists of both large
and small grains. At present the gold raines are nearly all
exhausted ;' but silver is still extracted in great quantities,
thought not to the extent that it used to be ; for If we always
take away, and never restore, there is no mountain, ever so
large, but It must come to an end at last.
The towns which the Spaniards built In the kingdom of
Peru are the following : — Lima, Arechipa, Cusco, Citta-
nuova. Villa d'Argento, Trugilio, Guaneco, Chiachiapoi,
1 Predictions of this nature are rather hazardous, and herein Benzoni
was premature. The Spaniards he alludes to, as perishing in the mines,
were superintendents of the wretched native labourers. The rich silver
mines of Potosi were first worked by the Spaniards in 1545. (Trans)

256 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Chito, San Michele, and Puerto Viejo. The principal is
Lima, which contains about four hundred and fifty hearths.
Araong the other towns, sorae contain twenty, some thirty,
some forty, sorae fifty, sorae eighty houses. I conclude, in
short, that if aU the towns the Spaniards built, which they
say amount to three hundred, were united together, that
still the suburb of Porta Coraasina, at MUan, would contain
more Inhabitants than all those put together. For that
suburb, in the time of Its prosperity, used to send out twelve
thousand men, reserving the old people. And in these
Indies, It is coraputed that there were not above fourteen or
fifteen thousand raen [Spaniards), including old and young.
-^ Three years after my arrival In Peru, I found myself pos
sessed of some thousands of ducats, and quite tiredof remaining
in those countries. Moreover the president Della Gasca had
ordered all foreigners to quit the country, in consequence of Its
having beeii represented to hira by some Spaniards, that the
Levantines, that is, that we were false and cruel, and had
caused the death of several of them. Therefore, when I was
In Guaiaquil, I availed rayself of a large bark that arrived
there laden with raerchandize frora Panamd, to return to
ray own country. Accordingly, as soon as the master of It
was ready, I erabarked on the Sth of May, 1550. We sailed,
and In the port oi Zalanga we found the president della Gasca,
who was going to Panara^ to cross over to Spain. He or
dered our master to sail in company with him, for otherwise he
was going alone. But as the bark had to take in a cargo of
maize, the raaster requested to be left behind on account of
business. The president started, and we remained tUl the
vessel was loaded ; saiUng soon after this, we fetched Manta,
but there the bark got on a rock and sunk ; all the passen
gers and crew, however, were saved, with the greater part of
their gold and silver. This occurred through the want of
experience in the pUot, for the one who had brought her
from Panamd remained at Guaiaquil, in consequence of an

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 257
imperial order having corae frora Spain to every part of
India, respecting raarried men. The presidents and gover
nors were coraraanded either to send all married men home
to Spain, or to send for the wives to join their husbands.
This pilot, therefore, fearing that from Panamd he raight be
sent back to Spain, as he had no influential friends, would
not return there, but reraained in Peru.
The bark being wrecked as above described. It becaine
necessary to wait for another passage ; and at the end of
fifty days, a vessel arriving frora Lima, we started In her
and soon arrived at Panamd. Hearing there that the presi
dent had sailed frora Nombre de Dios for Spain, with all the
ships, I went to Nicaragua. There I had a long and severe
disease, so rauch so, that at the end of four years, being then
In Guattimala, and the ships arriving frora Spain, I went to
Puerto de los Caballos, whence I sailed ; but after navigating
for a few days, when we were near the Island of Cuba, there
happened a very severe storm, which drove the ship on
shore, and alraost all the specie on board was lost ; scarcely^
could the crew be saved. After thirty-four days of hard
labour and great dangers, we entered the port of Avana,
expecting to find the fleet there; but it had saUed eight
days before for Spain, one Diego Galtano being the captain-
general of It. Midway they encountered so terrible a storra,
that out of the eighteen vessels, thirteen were lost in the gulf.
In one of them was Clavlsso, governor of Panama, and two
auditors of the new kingdom of Granata, who, by orders of
the king, were being taken to Spain prisoners for their in
justice and robbery. Two vessels reached San Domingo
torn to pieces ; the other three ran over to Spain, of which,
one went ashore on the coast of Portugal, but part of her
passengers were saved, the other arrived at Cadiz ; and the
admiral's ship was wrecked near San Luca de Barameda,'
' These shoals of San Lucar seem, by the multitude of Spanish ships
destroyed by them, to have done their part to avenge the natives of the

258 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
when about two hundred persons were drowned. The cap
tain with some of the crew, and his concubine, saved thera
selves In a boat and arrived at Seville ; but soon, by order of
the king, he was put into prison, accused of being the cause
of all the mischief, through leaving India at a season when
he knew that he must reach the coast of Spain in the winter;
which was so especiaUy dangerous. He sought to exonerate
hiraself by saying, that necessity had constrained him to
leave Avana, In consequence of there not being provisions
sufficient for so many people, and other reasons ; so that
finally he was liberated, but deprived of his office.
I reraained at Avana very discontented on two accounts,
first, from having lost part of my small property in the
before-mentioned vessel, and, secondly, because we found
that the fleet had sailed ; but on hearing the news of the
melancholy wrecks, I praised God for His divine grace that
preserved me frora It, and did not permit me to erabark,
else I should undoubtedly have been lost -with the others.
Ten raonths after this epoch, the Indian fleet arrived at
Avana, consisting altogether of fourteen vessels, large
and small. We soon sailed, with the help of Providence,
and in thirty-nine days, though undergoing a frightful
storm on the voyage, we reached a Portuguese Island, cora
raonly called Madera ; and which, by the calculations of
cosmographers, is upwards of four thousand miles distant
frora Avana. Half-way along the voyage-gulf (il golfo di
viaggio) there is a small uninhabited island called by the
Spaniards Belmuda. We, however, did not see It, and few
sailors who navigate there have seen It. Having taken on
board bread and wine and other provisions at Madera, we
again set saU. At the end of eight days, on the 13th of
New World. Nor was it only the returning galleons that suffered ;
numerous cabotage vessels have been lost thereon ; and after the battle
of Trafalgar in 1805, a Spanish three-decker, EI Rayo, with three 74-gun
ships, were wrecked upon thom. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 259
September, 1556, we entered San Luca de Barameda, and
thence proceeded to Seville. As soon as I was cleared, I
went to Cadiz, and having embarked In an urea, at the end
of two months I reached Genoa, where I rejoiced exceed
ingly, and soon afterwards arrived at Milan. Always praising
the Majesty of God, His power, and that of our Saviour, for
having granted me the grace to see so many strange things,
and so much of the world, and so many foreign countries ;
and for having liberated me out of so many severe trials.
When I reflect, it seeras to rae Irapossible that a human body
could have undergone so much — " che un corpo humano
habbia potuto supportar tanto."

BRIEF DISCOURSE
ON SOME REMARKABLE THINGS
IN THE
CANARY ISLANDS.

Haying, by the help of God, come to the end of this short
history, it has appeared to me that It would be satisfactory
to ray readers, if I were to add to it sorae of the remarkable
things in the Canary islands ; which are seven in nuraber,
that is— Gran Canaria, Tenerlfl"e, Pairaa, Gomera, Ferro,
Lanzarotta, and Forteventura.' These are aU In a row, and
not far asunder from each other. They Ue east and west,
in twenty- seven degrees and a half, and about seventy (mUes)
from Africa. From Cape de Boldori In Spain, they are nine
hundred and eighty miles. We read in some authors that
> There are also the smaller isles— Alegranza, Graciosa, Lobos, Monte
Clara, and the two Roques. (Trans)

260 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
they were called Fortunate, from abounding in everything
that Is requisite for human life. Though Solinus, contradict
ing them, greatly diminishes their goodness and fertility.
The Canarlans [Guanches ?), however, are nearly all at an
end ; for I only saw one of them in Palma, who may have
been about eighty years old, and was allowed a pension by
tbe Spanish governraent, as a descendant of some of the
principal people in the island. I occasionally talked with
this man to learn their raode of living and their habits, but
never could find hira free frora the effects of wine ; for after
having once tasted it, all his delight was in getting intoxi
cated. So rauch so, that I can only relate the little that I
saw, or that was described to me by some old Spaniards.
But before I treat of this matter, I will relate what nation
(according to the opinion of some authors) first acquired the
aforesaid Islands. We read in the history of Peter king of
Aragon, the fourth of that name, that in the year 1334 a
Spanish gentleman carae to him, named Don Luigi dalla
Corda, a man of great experience in military affairs, who, in
consequence of all his enterprises succeeding, assuraed the
epithet of the Prince of Fortune. This man asked for help
and favour to conquer the Canary isles ; and being provided
with raoney to arm two caravels, he started with these from
Cadiz, and soon arrived at Gomera. Landing a hundred and
twenty raen there, they were attacked with such courage
and ferocity by the natives, that the greater part of them
were killed. Some saved themselves by swimming oflF to
the caravels, aud others reached thera safely in their boats.
These few, together with the captain, who had evidently lost
his comraand over fortune — " perduto il principato della for
tuna," melancholy and ailing, returned to Spain.'
' This Dou Luis de la Cerda, surnamed the disinherited, was not the
re-discoverer of these islands ; the best accounts agree that the Canaries
were first seen by a Spanish vessel, driven thither by stress of weather,
about the year 1330. (Trans)

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD. 261
Others say that some vessels went from Majorca to con
quer these islands, and did not at all succeed. And some
assert that, in 1393, the Sevilleans and Biscayans fitted seve
ral ships with horses, men, and ammunition for this enter
prise ; that, arriving at Lanzarotte, they landed in a good
state for fighting ; nor did they find the inhabitants unpre
pared. They fought for a long time with manly courage on
both sides ; the Spaniards proved the conquerors : they left
some of their enemies dead and dying, made a few prisoners,
and with various spoils returned to Spain. Again, others
say that the first man who began the conquest of those
islands was a Frenchman, naraed Vetancurt (John de Betan-
cowr-i), who, selling his own castle, fitted out an armament fit for
such an enterprise. On his arrival at the said islands, perhaps
at the Great Canaria, its Inhabitants, seeing a strange people
land, immediately warned Baianor, the chief of the island.
He, on hearing this alarming news, without delay collected
all the men he could, and descending from the hills met the
enemy, and they fought. The French at first, frora the rage
and ferocity of the natives, suffered severely ; but pressing
on with their cavalry, soon put thera to flight. Baianor,
seeing that he had the worst of it, now sent to the French
captain to beg for peace, and obtained it with ease. Vetan-.
curt then, with the consent of that chieftain, had a fortress
built of large bricks, and left fifty soldiers to garrison it.
Embarking the remainder of his men he coasted along to
Palma, which island with little trouble he also subjugated ;
and sirailar success attended him at Gomera. Having sub
dued these three islands, he sold them for a large sum of
money to the Count de Nebia, a Spaniard ; who then con
quered the rest. And thus it is that those islands have long
been subject to the crown of Spain.
Now, as to the manner of living of those people, and of
the fertility of their land, I will relate what I have seen and
heard, as I before promised. In the first place, the largest

262 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
of those Islands is called by the Spaniards Gran-Canaria.
It is nearly round, and is a hundred and twenty or thirty
miles in circumference. The town is built on a sraall plain
to the eastward, and in my time contained about four hun
dred hearths. Both the temporal and spiritual governors
reside there. Ships can only anchor two miles to the north
of the town, near a small hill, there being no port. On this
shore the Spaniards built a little tower, armed with four rusty
iron guns ; and I was very much surprised, seeing that the
French had captured some vessels on that very beach, that
there was not a suitable fortress erected for defence against
the eneray.
A great quantity of sugar Is raade in that Island, and many
raerchants trade there, especially Genoese. All the species
of trees that have been introduced from Spain have suc
ceeded, except the olive. Palma is abundantly productive,
especially in wine ; so that It supplies not only the neigh
bouring islands, but they also send ships laden with it to
India, to Flanders, and to England. They produce abun
dance of cheese, sheep, and goats ; and there are rabbits
without number.
Teneriffe also abounds In articles of food. These are the
three principal islands ; the rest are small, poor, and of little
importance. It now reraains to mention a tree in the island of Ferro,
frora whose leaves water is constantly dropping ; and so
abundantly, that it not only suffices for the inhabitants, but
It would supply many raore people. It is a tree of moder
ate size, the leaf of which resembles that of the walnut, only
rather larger. It is surrounded by a wall like a fountain, the
fiuld falls within it, and is thence baled out.' It is truly a
' Since the strange story of this Arbor Santo must be condemned as
entirely fabulous, it is surprising that it ever obtained credence with
Benzoni, Peter Martyr, Pigafetta, Lewis Jackson, Hawkins, and all sorts
and conditions of early voyagers ; and even in our times it has been

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

263

wonderful thing, a remarkable phenoraenon of nature, for In
that island no water is found, except what this tree dIstUs ; it

A tree -which always drops water from its leaves, on the Island of Ferro.
is constantly covered with a thick haze, though In the day
tirae it clears off In proportion (che si vada co7isutnando a
poco, d poco) as the sun's heat increases. When the Span
iards first got possession of that Island, they were greatly
astonished not to find either water, or wells, or rivers. They
asked the inhabitants how they procured that necessary, and
were answered, " That they collected the rain-water In certain
jars, and kept It for use ;" having first hidden the tree with
reeds, earth, and other things. The first islanders fancied
accredited by the noted Bory de St. Vincent. Le Maire, indeed, treated
it as a fiction in 1628 ; but the lovers of the marvellous forthwith
branded him as a philosopher in nothing but his incredulity.
This tree, if we are to believe Philopono and others, was endowed with
its virtues by St. Brandon, the Scottish proto-navigator, who, it seems,
touched here in his marvellous voyage in a.d. 565. The story, however,
is of an earlier date, if Pliny's isle — Pluvialis or Ombrion — is to be
placed at Ferro. (Trans)

264 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
that. If the Spaniards could not find any water, they would
quit thera and their country. But this trick was of no use
to thera : for a Spaniard, conversing with a woraan of the
island, learned frora her all the secret of the tree. Where
upon he revealed it to the captain, who laughed, thinking it
a raere fable. Yet after seeing It and ascertaining the fact,
they reraained astounded at so great a miracle. Nor did the
woman's sin go unpunished ; for the principal people of the
island, perceiving that she must have been the channel of
coraraunication relative to the tree, soon after privately occa
sioned her death.
These Canarlans were generally idolaters. They clothed
theraselves with goat-skins, of which they had an abundance.
Their habitations were mostly raere caves dug Into the base
of hills or mountains. They used to break up the ground
with goats' horns, and having no other aniraals, they raade
use of goats Instead of oxen to plough the land; but, indeed,
those animals are much larger than our breed. Their grain
was millet, which they ground between two stones and made
Into bread, by thera called gofio. They obtained wine frora
the palra, as the Ethiopians do. Their coraplexion is that of
the Cingani} The climate of those Islands is rather hot than
cold ; although in Teneriffe there is a mountain caUed the
Pico de Telde, which Is covered with snow nearly all the
year : and this is the first land-mark that raerchants see on
going to those islands.
' Benzoni being a latitudinarian in orthography, probably meant
zim$ra«, or gipsies. (Trans)

END OF THE THIRD AND LAST BOOK.

265

APPROXIMATE GEOGRAPHICAL POSITIONS

VARIOUS PLACES ENUMERATED BY BENZONL

Latitude. W. Long.

Abancaia, town and district
Achla, or Akla, in the Gulf of Darien
Almolonga del Basco, Guatemala ? .
Amaracapanna, now Piritu, near Cumana .
Andagoliani (Andaulayas ?), a district, in about
Antica del Darien, in the Uraba Gulf
Apurrima river, junction with the Urabamba
Arequipa, city to the s.w. of Cuzco
Argento, Porto deU', or La Plata, San Domingo
Assuay, centre of a mountain district
Avanava, Avana, or Havanna .
Azua, de Compostella, in San Domingo
Bancai, or Abancay, right bank of the river
Bogota, Santa Ffe di, city of . . •
Borichiu, or San Juan de Porto Rico
Buena Ventura, a port and district .
Cabo de Passao, or Cape Passado
Cabo la Vela, Gulf of Maracaybo
Cabo Vescovado, near Truxillo of Guatemala
Callao, the sea-port of Lima
Calvaia river, rich in gold, near Cusco, about

s.

13

37

72 58

N.

8

58

77 60

N.

14

30

90 45

N.

10

5

65 0

S.

14

0

73 0

N.

8

30

77 5

S.

12

12

73 30

S.

16

20

72 0

N.

19

45

70 50

S.

2

25

79 10

N.

23

10

82 22

N.

18

25

70 42

8.

13

40

72 56

K.

4

35

74 14

N.

18

29

66 42

N.

3

50

77 18

s. 0 24 80 26
N. 12 10 72 14
N. 16 0 86 0
s. 12 4 77 14
s. 14 0 71 0

266

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

Latitude. W. Long.

Cama, CamuUova, and Camuxiova, tbree villages
Caraque Bay, on the coast of La Manta
Cariaco, sea-port town of Venezuela .
Caribano, on the Gulf of Darien
Cartagena, sea-port of New Granada
Cartago Nueva, a town in Guatemala
Cartago, in Popayan, on the Rio Viega
Cassiamalca, or Caxamarca, in Peru
Chagre, or Chiare, at mouth of the Chagres
Chiachiapoi, or Chacapoyas, in Peru
Chiapa, town of the province
Chiarapoto, a hamlet near Guayaquil ?
Chiarchi, gold mines S.E. of Arequipa, about
Chili, the northern limit of Hueso Parado .
Chinca, Pizarro's station, north of Pisco .
Chiono, on the river near Old Guayaquil .
Chiorera, a river of Cuba, west of Havanna
Chira, a river and district of Piura
Chito, or Quito, burial place of Guainacava
Chiulutecca, or Choluteca, mines near Honduras
Chiuppa, on the east shore of Costa-Rica?.
Chiuppa, between Guamanga and Cuzco ? .
Citta de' Re, Lima, or City of the Kings .
Colonchie, province of Guayaquil
Comaiagua, the central town of Honduras
Comagre, station near Maracapana .
Costa-Rica, province of Guatemala, Cap. Cartago
Cruses, Isthmus of Darien
Cubagua, island in the Caribbean Sea
Cumana, city of Venezuela
Cusco, or Cuzco, ancient city of Peru

Darien, or Gulf of Hurava, or Vrana, centre
Deseada, islet east of Guadaloupe
Dominica, capital of Hayti (San Domingo)
El Nombre de Dios, Isthmus of Panama .
Fiorita, or Florida, the Palme station
Fondura, or Honduras, centre of district .

s

1 0

80 39

s

0 33

80 25

N

10 30

63 40

N

8 38

76 55

N

10 26

75 34

N

9 58

83 30

N

4 60

75 10

S

7 8

78 32

N.

9 21

79 59

S.

6 8

77 4

N.

16 40

93 15

S.

1 48

80 10

S.

17 0

71 0

s.

25 22

70 40

s.

10 36

76 5

s.

2 10

79 40

N.

23 10

82 16

s.

5 0

81 0

s.

0 12

78 48

N.

13 62

87 10

N.

10 03

82 20

S.

12 58

73 2

s.

12 3

77 6

s.

1 50

80 28

N.

14 40

87 40

N.

9 58

64 59

N.

9 55

83 30

N.

9 10

79 40

N.

10 44

64 15

N.

10 27

64 12

S.

13 31

71 20

N.

8 30

77 0

N.

16 19

61 12

N.

18 28

69 50

N. 9 36 79 30
N. 27 10 82 40
N. 15 0 87 0

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

267

Latitude. W. Long.

Forte, or Fuerte islet. Gulf of Darien
Frigilio, also called Trugilio, Truxillo, Peru
Gallo islet, near the Patia river
Germano (San), a town of Porto-Rico
Gorgona island, off the coast of New Granada
Gracia-Dios, a city of Honduras
Granata (Granada), a town of Nicaragua
Guadeloupe island, Basse-terre point
Guaiaquil, a city on tbe Chiono
Guaimacava, a pass near Guayaquil ?
Guaitara, near a steep rocky pass ^
Guamango, or Huamanga, a city in Peru .
Guanaxia, or Bonacca island
Guan-cavilichi, viUage of Guayaquil ?
Guaneco (Huanuco), a town of Peru
Guarina (Huarina), on Lake Titicaca
Guattimala (Guatemala), Santiago de
Haiti, or St. Domingo, its capital
Havanna, on the north shore of Cuba
Hurava, or Uraba, Gulf of Darien, centre .
Iguera, the native name of Cape Honduras
Isla Spagnola, Hispaniola, or Hayti, capital
Izalche, a town near a volcanic mountain

Jaguana, now caUed Jacquemel
Jalisco, Benzoni's Salisco, the capital of
Jauja, Sausa, or Susa, town and station
La Fossa, a pass to the north of Lima ?
Laiaquanna, a ruined village of Hayti ?
Launa, or Saona isle, S.E. coast of Hayti
Leone, a town on Lake Managua
Lima, the capital of Peru

Maddalena, mouth of the river Magdalena
Magalianes, or Magalhaen's Strait, Cape Pillar
Maquanna, a ruined town of Hayti ? .

N. 9 23

76 12

s. 8 9

79 4

N. 1 55

78 40

N. 18 8

67 4

N. 2 56

78 15

N. 14 55

88 18

N. 11 50

86 58

N. 16 57

61 48

s. 2 12

79 56

s. 2 15

79 50

s. 14 65

75 30

s. 12 59

74 5

N. 16 28

86 55

s. 2 15

79 60

s. 9 58

75 40

s. 16 48

69 30

N. 14 37

90 25

N. 18 28

69 50

N. 23 10

82 22

N. 8 30

77 0

N. 16 2 86 4
N. 18 28 69 50
N. 13 44 89 40
N. 18 13 72 33
N. 21 10 103 2
s. 4 25 79 58

s. 11 0

76 58

N. 17 59

71 2

N. 18 12

68 32

N. 12 25

86 43

s. 12 4

77 6

K. 11 5

74 50

s. 52 43

74 42

N. 19 40

70 26

268

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

Latitude. W. Long.

Mala, tbe port between Cuzco and Lima .
Mandera, Benzoni's name for Madeira
Manta, a Peruvian port and village .
Maracapanna, coast of Cumana
Marta (Santa), a sea-port of New Granada
Margarita, island in the Caribbean Sea
Merida, the capital of Yucatan
Mexico, capital of tbe Mexican States
Mona isle, between Hayti and Porto-Rico .
Nicaragua, town at an extensive lake
Nombre de Dios, a port of New Granada .
Nueva Cartago, Costa- Rica
Olanchio, a town of Guatemala
Orinoco, mouth of the Great River
OtabaUo, or Otavalo, N.N.E. of Quito
Pacama, Pacajes ? town beyond Titicaca ? -
Panama, capital of the Isthmus
Paria, Gulf of, between Trinidad and the Main
Piculanceme, a hamlet near Guayaquil ?
Piritu, to the west of Cumana .
Porto-Bello, a sea-port of New Granada .
Potosi, a Peruvian city ....
Pucoran, a Peruvian station, about .
Puerto deir Argento (La Plata) in Hayti .
Puerto d' Cavalli (Caballo) in Guatemala .
Puerto Cabello, a town of Venezuela
^uerto Viejo, in the province of Guayaquil
^una island. Gulf of Guayaquil, capital
luaiaquil, sometimes used for Guayaquil .
'.uancavilichi, a district of Guayaquil, about
iiisinie, a station among four rivers
uito,' mostly spelt Chito by Benzoni
;alejo, a town and port of Nicaragua
'obamba, district of Chimborazo
•o Grande, or mouth of the Magdalena .

s.

12

40

76 39

. N.

32

38

16 55

S.

0

59

80 40

. N.

10

5

65 0

. N.

n

15

74 16

. N.

10

58

63 58

. N.

20

58

89 35

. N.

19

26

99 10

. N.

18

5

67 50

. N.

11

24

85 16

. N.

9

35

79 28

. N.

9

58

83 30

. N.

14

50

86 26

. N.

8

40

60 20

. N.

0

15

78 35

S.

18

30

69 10

. N.

8

57

79 31

. N.

10

25

62 20

S.

1

30

80 0

N.

10

5

65 10

. N.

9

33

79 39

s.

19

36

65 26

s.

15

0

71 0

. N.

19

46

70 58

. N.

15

45

87 58

. N.

10

30

68 10

S.

1

5

80 25

s.

2

48

79 57

S.

2

12

79 55

s.

1

58

80 10

. N.

1

30

78 56

s.

0

12

78 48

. N.

12

28

87 9

S.

1

40

78 60

. N.

11

5

74 60

HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.

269

Salamanca, now Bacalar, in Yucatan
Salisco, otherwise Xalisto, or Jalisco, its capital
Santa Barbara, river station near Quito
San Dominica, the capital of Hayti .
San Francisco, near the river Suerre .
San Francisco Cape, near Cabo de Passao .
San Germano, in the island of Porto-Rico .
San Juan de Porto Rico, the capital
San Jacopo, or Giacobo, on the Chiono river
San Jacomo, on the Jagua, in Guatemala .
Sant' Elena, or Helena, a Peruvian cape .
San Miguel, on the river Sirano, Guatemala
San Miguel, a port in the Gulf of San Miguel
San Miguel, a town on the Piura
San Pedro, town near the Vulua (Ulva)
San Salvador, a city of Guatemala
Saquisagana, on a river near Cuzco .
Sarsa, or Zarza, a town and station .
Sausa, or Susa (now Jauja or XaMxa)
Seviglia, afterwards Waliz, or Belize
Sibolla, town and district west of Mexico, about
Simandoca, district station in Bogota
Spanola, Hispaniola, Hayti, or San Dominica,
capital ......
Suere, river station in Costa-Rica
Susa, or Xauxa, a town of Peru
Taboga isle, in the bay of Panama .
Ternita, or Barra di Istapa, Guatemala
Tessuca, or Tausa valley ....
Tiquicaca, or Titicaca Lake, the island
Toleto, or Toledo, a hamlet near Cumana .
Trigillio, Trogulio, or Trugilio ( Truxillo) .
Trigillio, or Trugilio, in Guatemala .
Tumanama, founded by DavUa in 1514, about
Tumbes, or Tumbezi, Pizarro's landing
Tumebamba, a district of Quito, about
Tunia, or Tunja, a district town of Bogota

Latitude.

W. Long.

o

/

0 1

. N.

18

38

88 27

N.

21

10

103 2

S.

0

16

78 20

. N.

18

28

69 SO

. N.

9

46

82 33

. N.

0

40

79 59

. N.

18

6

67 3

. N.

18

29

66 8

S.

1

30

79 50

. N.

14

25

86 45

S.

2

11

81 2

. N.

13

35

87 60

. N.

8

10

78 20

S.

5

10

80 45

. N.

16

12

88 2

. N.

13

50

89 10

S.

13

30

71 50

S.

4

25

79 58

s.

11

52

75 15

. N.

17

29

88 12

. N.

19

0

101 0

. N.

5

26

73 45

. N.

18

28

69 50

. N.

9

58

82 20

S.

11

62

75 15

. N.

8

48

79 32

. N.

14

15

91 45

. N.

4

56

74 12

S.

16

35

70 10

. N.

10

26

63 55

S.

8

8

79 10

. N.

16

56

85 59

. N.

8

45

77 30

S.

3

20

80 15

S.

1

30

78 14

. N.

5

27

73 48

Uscovia, mountainous district in Guamanga

s. 13 0 74 0

270 HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD.
Latitude. W. Long.
o ^ o /
Urava, or Uraba, on the Darien Gulf . . n. 8 28 76 42
Valenzuolo, now Venezuela, the Gulf island
Venalcacere, central part of the district
Vera-Cruz, sea-port town of Mexico .
Veragua, La Concepgion de Veragua
Villa d'Argento, a town of Cuzco
Villa-Rica, Porto San Juan of New Spain
Vrana Gulf, or Darien in Ackla, centre
Vulua, or Ulva, mouth of a river of Honduras
Xalisco, or Salisco, a town and district . . n. 21 10 108 2
Xauxa, Benzoni's town of Sausa . . . s. 11 62 76 15
Yaguana, now Jacquemel, in San Domingo
Yucatan, the capital of the province (Merida)
Zalanga, a Peruvian sea-port
Zarza, a hamlet and station in Peru? .
Zorobaro islands, near Veragua, tbeir centre
Zuera, the river Suere, or Suerri

N.

10 58

71 45

N.

1 30

77 65

N.

19 12

96 9

N.

8 58

81 2

S.

15 40

71 25

N.

10 55

82 42

N.

8 30

77 0

N.

15 55

87 50

N.

18 13

72 33

N.

20 58

89 35

S.

1 37

80 50

S.

4 25

79 58

N.

9 20

81 40

N.

9 58

82 20

INDEX.

Abancai, river, see Bancai
Achla, 113
Aiale, Lopez d', governor of Puerto
Viejo, 217
Alcantara, the brothers de, Pizarro's
half-brothers, 174
Alcantara, Martino, killed, together
with Pizarro, 198
Aldana, Lorenzo de, 209; sent to Spain
by Gonzalo Pizarro, 218 ; deserts
his cause. 220 ; takes possession of
Lima, 222
Alexander VI, Bull of, regarding con
quests of new countries, 32
Alfinquer, Ambrogio, governor of Ve
nezuela, cruel conduct of, 76; killed
by the Indians, ib.
Alfinquer, Giorgio, governor of Ve
nezuela, murder of, 76
Alfonzo V, king of Portugal, conduct
towards Columbus, 18
Almagro, Diego de, 61 ; sent against
Alvarado by Pizarro, 154; expedi
tion from PanamJ,, 170 ; loses an eye
and is forced to return, 171; quarrels
with Pizarro, 174 ; joins in putting
Atahualpa to death, 183 ; is made
mareschal of Peru, l85 ; expedition
to Chili, 186 ; returns from Chili,
189 ; forces his way into Cuzco, 190;
is made govemor and wages war
against Pizarro, 191 ; seizes Alva
rado, ib. ; Pizarro attempts to assas
sinate him, 192 ; negotiates with
Pizarro, 193 ; is defeated by him,
194 ; and executed, 195 ; his cha
racter, 196
Almagro, the younger, son of Diego
de Almagro, 196 ; joins in a con
spiracy against Pizarro, 197 ; and
murders him, 198 ; seizes Cuzeo and
kills Garcia de Alvarado, 199 ; re
fuses to obey Vaca de Castro, the
imperial commissioner, 200 ; is de

feated by him, 201 ; and beheaded,
202 ; his character, ib.
Alvarado, Alfonzo de, victory over
Peruvians, 189 ; imprisoned by Al
magro, 191 ; commands the cavalry
in the battle of Chupaz against
Almagro, 201 ; sent to Lima, 227
Alvarado, Diego de, 192 ; quarrels
with Pizarro, 195 ; death, 196
Alvarado, Garcias de, killed by' Al
magro the younger, 199
Alvarado, Pedro de, conduct towards
the Mexicans, 137 ; expedition to
Peru, 153 ; death and character,
155 ; conduct and death of his
widow, 156
Alvarez, Diego, 221
Alvarez, Giovanni, one of the auditors
sent out with Nunez Vela to Peru,
202, 203, 210
Amaracapanna. See Piritu
America, Benzoni's route from Spain
to, 1 ; discovery of, 14 ; anticipa
tions of, 15 ; landing of Columbus
in, 20 ; first battle of the Spaniards
in, 43 ; plants, trees, etc., of, 84 ;
fruits, 87 ; fauna, 89 ; introduction
of Spanish cattle into, 92; intro
duction of negro slaves, 93 ; natives
of, see Indians
Andagoia, Gasparo, 238
Andagoliani, country ofthe, 227
AnzuUes, Pedro, 100
Apurimac, 231, 233
Apurrima river, 228
Arequipa, 215, 221, 222, 224
Aristotle's account of a great western
island, 15
Arms, ] 1
Atabaliba, see Atahualpa
Atahualpa, Inca of Peru, message
to Pizarro, 176 ; his costume, 178 ;
made prisoner by Pizarro, 180 ; hia
ransom, 181 ; is put to death, 183

272

INDEX.

Atlantis of Plato, 15
Bachicao, captain, exactions of, 211 ;
hanged, 224
Bagotta, an Indian chief, 110
Baianor, chief of the Canaries, 261
Baiona, law of, respecting slaves, 94
Bancai river, 191, 228
Battles ; of Chupaz, 201 ; of Guarina,
224 ; of Saquisagana, 228
Behaim, Martin, claim to the disco
very of Magellan's Straits, 41, 186
Belmuda, 268
Benalcazar, 200, 215
Benzoni,' Girolamo, voyage to the
Canary Isles, 1 ; to Cubagua, 2 ;
to Cumand, 3 ; joins a marauding
party, 5 ; illness at Amaracapana,
12 ; arrival at San Domingo, 13 ;
summary of his travels in America,
67 ; his aversion to tobacco, 81 ;
hardships endured by him, 89 ; voy
age from Hispaniola to Cartagena,
108 ; to Achla, 113 ; journey thence
to Panamk, 116; to Nombre de Dios,
120 ; sails on an expedition with
Alonzo di Pisa, 124; expedition with
Diego Gutierrez, 130 ; battle with
the Indians, 133 ; dog-dinner, 139 ;
sails to the canal of Nicaragua, 140;
returns to Nombre de Dios, 142 ;
expedition in the valley of Olan
chio, 145 ; his opinion of the Span
iards, 160 ; voyage from Panamk
to Peru, 236 ; account of Indians,
240 ; homeward voyage, 256 ; ill
ness and shipwreck, 257 ; return
home, 259
Beruque, an Indian disease, 242
Betancurt, Jean de, subdues the Ca
nary Isles, 261
Betanzo, Francisco de, a monk, his
opinion of the Indians, 164
Bobadilla, captain, 224
Bobadilla, Francisco de, his treatment
of Columbus, 35 ; his death, 37
Bonilia, treasurer of Quito, 217
Borichiil, see San Juan de Porto-Rico
Bracamori, 196
Branding slaves, 11
Bread, Indian method of making, 84,
85
Bridges, Indian, 228
Buccaneers, 1 02 ; origin of name, 1 23 n.
Buena Ventura, 200

Cabo de Passao, see Passado Cape
Cabrera, Pedro de, 213
Cacoma wood, 4
Calabashes, 150
Calato, Francisco, 140
Calice, Pedro de, 8
Callao, 212
Calvaia river, gold in the, 255
Cama, village of, 241
Camachia, an Indian chief, ransom
exacted from, 128
Campo, Diego do, founder of Toledo,
near Cumand., 3 ; his expedition
against the Indians, 46; his cruelty,
47 ; his quarrel with Las Casas, 49
Camuliova, a village, 241
Camuxiova, a village, 241
Canary Isles, 1, 98 ; account of, 259 ;
their discovery, 260; conquest, 261 ;
their products, 262; inhabitants, 264
Candia, Pietro di, 201
Cannibalism, 9, 45, 51, 72, 73, 108 "^
Canoes, 171
Caraque Bay, 239
Caravajal, or Carbajal, Francisco de,
see Carvajal
Cariaco, 5, 9
Caribbees, 112
Cartagena, account of, 108 ; taken by
the French, 107
Carthaginians, discovery of a western
land by, 15
Carvajal, Francisco de, 214 ; defeats
Centeno, 215, 224 ; description of,
225 ; put to death, 230
Carvajal, Suarez de, see Suarez
Oarvaile, Francisco, 201
Cascuij, a strange animal, 201
Cassiamalca, 176, 177, 181, 221
Castiglione, Jaeob, 3 ; victory over
Indians at Cumani, 50
Castiglioni, A. de', a Prench priest,
his kindness to Benzoni, 12
Cattle, introduction into America from
Spain of, 92
Cavaliero, Diego, cultivation of 'vines
in Hayti by, 91
Centeno, Diego, revolts againsts Gon
zalo Pizarro, 214 ; is defeated by
Carvajal, 215 ; seizes Cusco, 221 ;
refuses Pizarro's terms, 223 ; is de
feated by him, 224, 230
Cepeda, Diego de, sent out as auditor
with the viceroy of Peru, 202, 203,
209

INDEX.

273

Ceratto, president of Hispaniola, 96 ;
wise government of, 168
Cerda, Luis de la, attempt to conquer
the Canary Isles, 260
Charcas, Las, gold mines, 206, 215
Charles V, favours Las Casas, 48 ; frees
the Indians, 57 ; good will towards
them, 71
Chesada, Dr., president of Guatemala,
death, 168
Chiachiapoi, 196
Chiagre river, 235
Chiappe, an Indian god, 112
Chiarche, see Charcas
Chiarapoto, 240
Chiaves, Francisco de, 194; killed, 198
Chiggre, sufferings of the Spaniards
from the, 89
Chili, Almagro's expedition to, 186
Chimborazo, 247
Chincha, 193
Chiono, river, 244
Chira, province of, 173, 176
Christians, Indianidea concerning, 146
Christianity, small progress of, among
the Indians, 160-164
Chupaz, battle near, 201
Cianca, the Licentiate, 217, 235 ; ap
pointed judge in the trial of Gon
zalo Pizarro, 229
Cibas, mines of, 25
Cimaroni, outlawed slaves, 95
Cipango, a rich land mentioned by
Marco Polo, 15
Clavisso, govemor of Panamk, 257
Climate of Hispaniola, 91
Cocoa trees, 149, 158; mode of making
cocoa, 150
Cocori, an Indian chief, 129
Colmenas, Roderigo, arrival at En
ciso's camp, 65 ; succours Nicuesa,
68
Colonchie, 176, 243
Columbus, Bartholomew, visits Eng
land, 18; sails with his brother,
19 ; made governor of Hispaniola,
23 ; complaints of Roldan Ximenes
against, 32, 34 ; sent to Spain in
irons, 35 ; returns with his brother,
41-43
Columbus, Christopher, early life, 15;
his family, 45 ; how far he was in
debted to earlier discoverers, 15 ;
story of the egg, 17 ; applies to the
Genoese, 16 ; to the English and

Portuguese, 18; his first voyage,
19 ; discovery ofthe New World, 20 ;
shipwreck, 21 ; return to Spain, 23;
second voyage, 24 ; return to Spain,
28 ; third voyage, 29 ; opposed by
the Spaniards, 32, sent home in
irons, 35; fourth voyage, 41 ; return
and death, 44 ; description of, 45
Columbus, Diego, son of Christopher
Columbus, 44 ; made viceroy of
Hispaniola, 76 ; recalled, 77
Columbus, Ferdinand, account of a
waterspout by, 125 n.
Columbus, Luigi, president of Hispa
niola, 95
Comaiagua, 144
Conquerors of America, tragical ends
of the chief, 195 n.
Contatore, Alfonzo, 208
Contreras, Roderigo de, governor of
Nicaragua, 121 ; his advice to Diego
Gutierrez, 122 ; seizes Panamk,235 ;
defeated and executed, ib.
Cortez, Hernando, his conquests, 75 ;
remarks on him when at Algiers, ib. ;
his Mexican expeditions, 137 ; cap
ture of the city of Mexico, 138 ;
cruelty towards his captives, 139
Costa, Juan de, sent to Comagre,
72 ; assists Gonzalo Pizarro against
Pedro dela Gasca, 221, 222 ; wounded
in the battle of Guarina, 224 ; con
duct in the battle at Saquisagana,
228, 229 ; flogged, 230
Council of the Indies, 97, 99
Crocodile's eggs, 140
Cruel treatment of slaves, 94
Cuba, discovery of, 21
Cubagua, 2, 3, 30, 61 ; slaves sent to,
11, attack on a French ship by
natives of, 107
Cumand,, 3, 7, 31, 46 ; Las Casas made
governor of, 48 ; Indian insurrection
at, 49
Cusco, 181, 184, 199, 216, 221, 226 ;
sacked by Pizarro, 185 ; retaken by
the Peruvians, 187 ; forcible entry
of Almagro into, 190 ; Gonzalo
Pizarro buried at, 229 ; dress of
natives of, 229 ; account of, 260
Dana, Lorenzo dal, ,iee Aldana
Dances of Indians, 161
Danna, Lorenzo dal, see Aldana
Darien, Spanish disputes at, 68

274

INDEX.

Davila, Pedrarias, appointed governor
of Antica del Darien, 71 ; unsuc
cessful enterprises of, 73 ; puts
Vasco Nunez to death, 74 ; is de
posed, 75
Defoe's Robinson Crusoe, 45, n.
Deseada islet, 2, 24
Desiderata, Isle, see Deseada
Dias, Gonzalo, 207
Dillianez, Giovanni, see Yllanez
Discovery of America, 14
Docampo, Diego, see Campo
Dog, dinner offa roast, 139
Dolmos, Francisco, murders Manuele
de Statio, 220, 22o
Dolmos, Martino, 222
Dominicans, their intervention in fa
vour of the Indians, 55
Dress of Indians, 9, 244, 249
Duel between a Spaniard and an
Italian, 118
Earthquakes, 157
Eclipse of the moon, 42
El Dorado, 3
Emancipation of the Indians, 57, 68
Emeralds, UO, 239, 241
Enciso, Martin dc, 54 ; shipwrecked,
62 ; gains a victory over the In
dians, 63
Ethiopia, negro slavery caused by
wars in, 94
Extermination of the natives, 2, 8
Ferro, water dropping tree at, 263
Fiesco, Bartolom6, 43
Figueroa, Dr., 57
Florida, 68, 135
Flying fish, 2
Fondura, see Honduras
Fossa, La, 205
Freebooting, commencement of the
system of, 98, n.
French, warfare between them and
the Spaniards, 97-107 ; a French
ship attacked at Cubagua by the
natives, 107
Friars, instruction of Indians by, 45,
47, 49, 61
Fruits, 87, 88, 89
Fuerte islet, 61
Funerals of Indian chiefs, 248
Funne, Pietro di, governor of Pa
nama, 172

Gaitano, Diego, shipwreck, 260
Gallo islet, 172
Gama, the Licentiate della, reconciles
Almagro and Pizarro, 175 ; exe
cutes many of the Almagristi fac
tion, 202 ; sent as judge to Quito,
234
Ganas, the Licentiate, see Cianca
Garotte execution of Atahualpa, 183
Gasca, Pedro della, sent out from
Spain as commissioner, 217 ; let
ter of Spaniards in Peru to, 219 ;
gains over the army from Gonzalo
Pizarro, 220 ; sails from Panama,
225 ; gathers an army against Pi
zarro, 226 ; defeats him at Saquisa
gana, 229 ; settlement of affairs
by, 231, 233 ; his unpopularity,
234 ; returns to Spain, 236
Genoese, application of Columbus to
the, 16
Giodoc, a Flemish monk, attempts to
convert the Indians, 254
Gobatto, Fray, sent out as bishop
with Davila, 71
Godoy, P., 188
Gold, 9, 13, 22, 70 ; great booty of,
63 ; melted gold poured down the
throats of captive Spaniards, 73 ;
great treasures of, 97 ; ill treat
ment of Indians for, 128 ; a volcano
supposed to contain molten gold,
152 ; gold mines, 255
Goldsmiths of Peru, 261
Gomara, F. L. de, his account of the
discovery of America, 14
Gomera, Baltassaro della, 213
Gorgona, isle of, 171, 237
Gracia-Dios, 144
Guacanarillo, an Indian chief, 22, 24
Guacci, a name given by the Indians
to the Spaniards, 115
Guadeloupe, 2
Guaiaquil, 217, 244, 256 ; weather
at, 246
Guianacava, pass of, why so called,
245 ; laws of, 250
Guamanga, 190, 200, 223
Guancavilichi, 175
Guarina, see Huarina
Guatemala, 68 ; province of, 159 ;
town of, ] 53 ; its ruin by earth
quakes, 157
Guinea, negroes imported into His
paniola from, 93

INDEX.

275

Guitare, 193
Gusman, Juan de, 191, 211
Gutierrez, Diego, governor of Nueva
Carthago, 121 ; expedition from
Nicaragua, 122 ; cruelties towards
the Indians, 128 ; his wickedness,
131 ; his death, 132
Haiti, see Hayti
Hammocks, 10
Havannah, 258 ; taken bythe French,
102-104
Hayti or Hispaniola : 2, 12, 13, 21,
24 ; disorders in, 30, 32 ; Diego
Colon viceroy of, 76 ; misery of
the natives, 77 ; their extermina
tion, 78, 93 ; their religion and
idols, 78, 79 ; accountof the island,
89 ; its soil and climate, 91 ; cattle
introduced from Spain, 92 ; coin
age, ib. ; introduction of negro
slaves, 93 ; they revolt, 95 ; their
present government, 96, n.
Hernandez de Cordova, Francisco,
discovers Yucatan, 142
Herrada, Juan de, conspires against
Pizarro, 197 ; kills him, 198
Herrera, Pedro de, governor of Mar
garita, 3
Hinojosa, Pedro de, 212, 226; con
test at Panama with Yllanez, 212,
213 ; with Verdugo, 214 ; gives up
Pizarro's army to Delia Gasca,
220 ; murdered, 231 n., 233
Hispaniola, see Hayti
Hoieda, Alonzo, see Ojeda
Honduras, 142
Horses, Indian dread of, 33, 134, 147
Hospitalifv of the Spaniards, 145
Huana Capac, 184
Huarina, 223 ; battle between Gon
zalo Pizarro and Centeno at, 224
Huascar, brother of Atahualpa, 183
Hurava, Gulf of, 60
Hurricane, 27
Idols, 78, 80
Iguanas, 140
Indians in America ; cruel treatment
of them by the Spaniards, 8, 12,
204, 227 ; their manners and ous-
tom.s, 9, 83 ; dress, 10, 242, 244,
249 ; boats, C, 243 ; arms, 1 1 ; sur
gery, ib. ; revolt against the Spa
niards, 13 ; their reception of Co

lumbus, 22, 31 ; singular prophecy
among them, 22 ; their opinion of
the Spaniards, 38, 161 ; attack on
the Spaniards at Cumand, 46, 49 ;
they are made slaves by royal edict,
52 ; Bull of Pius HI in their fa
vour, 56 ; their emancipation by
Charles V, 57, 202, 204; difficul
ties attending it, 58 ; attempts to
convert them, ib. ; massacre of,
59 ; their fights with the Spaniards,
60, 63, 64, 65, 72 ; favour of Charles
V towards them, 71 ; their cruel
treatment of captive Spaniards, 73 ;
their want of courage, 75 ; their
miserable state and extermination
in Hispaniola, 77, 78 ; their religion,
78, 240 ; mythology, 80 ; use of
tobacco, 80 ; practice of physic,
82 ; women and morality, 82 ;
their food, 83, 85 ; their wine, 86 ;
fruits, 87 ; trees, 88 ; animals, 89 ;
they are employed in the mines ac
cording to the code of Burgos, 94,
n. Indians of Cartagena, account
of, 108 ; their character, 109. In
dians of New Granada, their mis
fortunes, Ul. Indians of the val
ley of Tunia, account of, 112 ; their
fear of the Spaniards, 115 ; account
of the natives in the province of
Suere, 127, 141 ; their love of bath
ing, 128; Spanish cruelties towards,
128, 136, 138 ; battle with the
Spaniards, 133 ; their fear of horses,
134 ; contests between the Spa
niards and the natives of Yucatan,
143 ; sufferings of the Indians in
Honduras, 144 ; their hatred to
Spaniards, 145. Indian opinion of
Christians, 146, 253 ; account of
the natives of Nicaragua, their
food, 149 ; dances, 151 ; Alvarada
defeated by the Xalisco Indians,
165 ; account of the natives of
Guatemala, 168 ; their astonish
ment at reading and writing, 159 ;
small progress of Christianity
amongst them, 100, 162, 241, 264 ;
massacre of Peruvians, 180 ; Indian
bridges, 228 ; order respecting the
education of Indians, 233 ; natives
of Quito used instead of beasts of
burden, 234 ; Indian houses built
in trees, 237 ; Indian wells, 241 ;

276

INDEX.

disease of, 242 ; the language and
religion of Quito, 247, 248 ; love of
drinking amongst, 249 ; native
buildings, 250 ; goldsmiths' work,
251 ; unsuccessful attempts to con
vert them, 254
Indies, see America
Insects, 89
Isola Spagnuola, see Hayti
Isabella, a city called, 25, 26
Isabella, Queen, favours Columbus, 19 ;
kindness to the Indians of, 54, n.
Jamaica, 25, 106
Jauga, see Xauxa
Kangaroos, 141
Kings, city of the, 185, 191, 194, 197,
204, 217, 221, 233
La Fiorita, see Florida
La Leppe, a sailor, 20
Lampognano, L. da, 51
Language of Mexico, 151 ; of the
province of Suere, 141
Las Casas, Bartolome de, made go
vernor of Cumand, 48 ; failure of
his plans, 60
Laxi, leaves of the, 9
Ledegno, Antonio, account of, 135
Leone, town of, 152
Leprosy, 249
Lerma, Pedro di, 188
Lima, 187, 188, 197, 221 ; entry of
the viceroy, 206 ; conduct of Nu
iiez Vela at, 205, 208 ; he is driven
out, 209 ; entry of Gonzalo Pizarro,
ih. ; his departure, 222 ; his head
exposed there, 230
Lions in America, 141
Lisondi, Dr., 202, 203
Llamas, 249
Loaza, Geronimo de, archbishop of
Lima, 206, 218, 231
Locusts, used as food, 7 ; swarms of, 9
Luque, Fernando de, 170, 173
Lugo, Pietro di, 109
Machicao, Captain, see Bachicao
Madalene, river, 109, n.
Maddalena della Croce, a nun accused
of witchcraft, 231
Madeira, 30, 258
Magellan, straits of, 4], 186
IMaize, 9, 83, disagreeableness of, 84

Mala, 192
Maldonato, Alfonzo, 222
Mamacone, virgins of the sun called,
248
Manati, 140
Manca Capac, 202
Mandera, see Madeira
Mango Inca, 187, 189, 190
Manta, 22.5, 256
Margarita, isle of, 3, 13
Married men, Spanish order recalling,
257
Martello, the Licentiate, strangled, 225
Martire, Pietro, account of Columbus,
16
Medina del Campo, in Spain, 1 ; im
prisonment of Fernando Pizarro in,
197
Mendez, Diego, steward of Columbus,
43, 220, 226
Mendoza, Alfonzo de, 221, 223, 227
Mendoza, Antonio de, viceroy of Mex
ico, prudent conduct of, 57
Meneze, Paulo de, 213
Mercadilio, A., 194, 217
Mercato, Diego de, 191
Mexico, language of, 151 ; slavery in, 57
Mines, gold, 255 ; emerald, UO
Minaia, Roderigo, sent to plead the
cause of the Indians at Rome, 66
Missions to the Indians, 58, 71
Montanese, II, anecdote of a Spaniard
called, 118
Montejo, Francesco, governor of Yu
catan, conduct there, 1 43
Monte Mayor, Alfonzo de, 207
Montesino, A., 78
Montezuma, death of, 138
Moon, eclipse of the, 42
Mora, Diego de, 200, 217, 221, 227
Morbus Gallicus, 246
Mosquitoes, 9, 245
Mythology of the Indians, 80
Narvaez, Pamfilo de, expedition of,
136
Nautal, see El Dorado
Negroes, fondness for tobacco of, 80 ;
introduction of negro slaves into
Hispaniola, 93 ; cruel treatment of
them by the Spaniards, 94 ; they
become dangerous to their masters,
95 ; present condition in the island,
96
Nicaragua, canal of, 121, 140, 152; ac-

INDEX.

277

count of the province of, 146, 148,
235, 257
Nicuesa, Diego di, governor of Vera
gua, 63 ; massacre of Indians by,
69 ; disastrous voyage of, 65 ; his
death, 69
Noiosa, Pedro de, see Hinojosa
Nombre de Dios, 202, 217, 235 ; why
so named, 68 ; account of, 116, 120 ;
Dampier's account of, 117 n. ; cap
tured by Verdugo, 214
Nueva Granada, sufferings of Indians
in, Ul
Nuiiez, Alonzo, 37
Nuiiez di Valboa, Vasco, quarrel with
Enciso, 64 ; decision against, 70 ;
discovers the Southern Sea, ib. ; his
character, 70 n. ; is made governor
of the South Sea, 71 ; his death
and character, 74
Nunez Vela, Vasco, viceroy of Peru,
58, 202 ; quarrels with his auditors,
203 ; his arbitrary conduct, 204 ;
his entry into Lima, 205 ; Gonzalo
Pizarro takes up arms against him,
206 ; he murders Yllan Suarez de
Carv.ajal, 207 ; is driven out of
Lima, 209 ; his wanderings, 215 ;
is put to death, 216
Olanchio, valley of, 145
Olanda, Niccold d', see Ovanda
Olando, Lopez d', disputes with Ni
cuesa, 66
Olea, captain, 223
Olquin, Peralveres, 201
Ojeda, Alonzo, governor of Cartagena,
64 ; massacre of Indians by, 59 ;
wounded, 60 ; his death, 61
Orgognez, captain, 194
Cries, Juan d', 104
Ortal, Geronimo de, governor of Cu
bagua, 2, 3 ; disgraced, 12
Ortiz, Pedro, 202, 203
Ortabello, 216
Ovando, Niccolo' de, viceroy of His
paniola, 36, 41
Pacama, 181 ; Spanish victory at, 189
Palma, isle of, 1
Panamk, 70; account of, U6, 119 ;
Pizarro's expedition from, 170 ;
length of voyage from Tumbez to,
203; seized by Bachicao, 211; Span
ish troubles at, 212, 213; seized by

Contreras, 236 ; navigation from
Peru to, 236
Paria, Gulf of, 6, 12, 30 ; beauty of
coimtr}', 8
Parrots, 148
Passado, cape, 238, 239
Paul III, Bull iu favour of the In
dians, 56
Pearl Isles, 236
Pearl fishery, 30, 46, 51, 236
Peota, reputed discoverer of America,
14
Perestrella, Columbus's father-in-law,
17
Perez, Bartolome, 211
Peru, expedition of Alvarado to, 153 ;
violent spirit of the Peruvians, 160;
Pizarro's first expedition to, 173 ;
massacre of Peruvians by him, 180 ;
murder of king Atahualpa, 183 ;
sack of Cuzco, 185 : it is retaken
by Manco Inca, 188 ; battles be
tween the Peruvians and Spaniards,
189 ; civil wars of the Spaniards,
190-202 ; route from Panamk to
Peru, 237 ; Peruvian religion, 240,
247, 248 ; dress, 242, 249 ; cities
built by Spaniards in, 255
Picada, Dr., secretary to Pizarro, his
death, 198
Picalanceme, 241
Pigs, wild, 115
Pinzon, the brothers, dispute with
Columbus, 21
Piraque, picture of a, 6
Piritu, 7, 12
Pisa, Alonso di, 124, 133
Pizarro, Diego, death, 188
Pizarro, Fernando, 177, 181, 182 ; im
prisoned at Cuzco by Almagro, 190 ;
released, 193 ; puts Almagro to
death, 195
Pizarro, Francisco', disastrous voy
age of, 61 ; unsuccessful expedition
from Panamk, 170 ; expedition to
Peru, 173 ; goes to Spain and is
made governor of Tumbez, 174 ; de
parture from Panam&i, 175 ; cap
tures Tumbez, 176 ; massacre of
Peruvians by, 180 ; murder of Ata
hualpa by, 183 ; sacks Cuzco, 185 ;
made a marquis, 187 ; battles with
the Peruvians, 188, 189 ; treachery
towards Almagro, 192 ; marches
against him, 193 ; defeat, 194 ; and

278

INDEX.

death of Almagro, 195 ; sends his
brother Ferdinand to Spain, 197 ;
conspiracies of the Almagristi
against him, 197 ; his murder, 198;
his early life and character, 199
Pizarro, Gonzalo, conquers Coliao, 196;
takes up arms against Nunez Vela,
206 ; enters Lima, 210; defeat and
death of Nuiiez Vela, 216, 217 ;
his government of Peru, 218, 219 ;
general-rebellion against him, 220 ;
difficult position of, 221 ; asks per
mission to go to Chili, 223 ; defeats
Centeno at Huarina, 224 ; defeat
at Saquisagana, 228 ; he is put to
death; 229 ; his house sown with
salt, 231
Pizarro, Juan, death, 187
Plato's Atlantis, 15
Poisoned weapons used by the In
dians, 11, 60, 107
Polo, Marco, mention of Cipango by,
15
Ponce de Leon, Juan, 135
Ponchos, 146
Popayan, 215
Pores, F., 42, 43
Porto Bello, 68
Potosi, 215, 221, 252, 255
Priests, Indian, 9
Prophecy among the Indians, 22
Prophecy of a negro government in
Hayti, 96
Pucoran, 223
Puelis, Pedro de, 207, 216 ; death,
220
Puerto dos Caballos, 144
Puerto Viejo, 211, 217, 220, 225, 238,
239, 242
Puna island, 175, 246
Purima, see Apurimac
Quadrupeds, scarcity of, in the West
Indian islands, 89
Qualttimoc, king of Mexico, put to
death by Cortez, 138
Quancaviliqui, 243
Quassia, 9
Quisimie river, 238
Quito, 184, 215-217, 220; Indians of,
used instead of beasts of burden,
234 ; language of the province of,
247 ; climate, 250, 252 ; buildings,
250
Quizquiz, 200

Rabbits, the only quadrupeds found
in the West Indies, 89
Rada, Giovanni de, see Herrada.
Rafts used by Indians, 243
Rains, 247
Raleigh, Sir Walter, claim as intro
ducer of tobacco, 82
Ramirez, the Licentiate, 226
Ransom, system of exacting, 102
Bealejo, village of, 152
Religion of the Indians, 78
Renteria, the Licentiate, 217
Ribera, Dr., governor of Nombre de
Dios, 214
Richelme, Alfonzo, 208
Robledo, Giorgio, founds Nueva Car
tago, 11 1
Roblez, Antonio de, seizes the viceroy
Nunez Vela, 209; killed by Cen
teno, 221
Rojas, Gabriel de, sent to Potosi as
judge, his death, 234
Rojas, Juan de, governor of New
Spain, 102, 222
Roldan Ximenes, bad conduct of, 29,
32, 36 ; his death, 37

Salazar, Diego, 13
Salazar, Roderigo de, 202, 220
Salisco, see Xalisco
Sau Domingo, 13, 44 ; town of, why so
called, 90 ; fortress of, 99 ; failure
of Penn and Venables at, 99, n.
San Francisco, Cape, 238
San Germano, town of, 106
San Giovanni river, 170
San Juan de Porto -Rico, riches, 13;
revolt of the Indians at, ib.
San Lucar de Barameda, 1 ; shoals of,
fatal to the Spaniards, 257
San Miguel, city of, 177
San Nicolas, 25
Santa Barbara, gold in river of, 266
Santa Helena, Point of, 243
Santa Maria del' Antigua del Darien,
town of, founded, 64, 69
Santa Martha, 109
Sapphires, 139
Saquisagana, defeat of Gonzalo Pi
zarro at, 228
Sarsa, see Zarga
Sarsaparilla, use of, 246
Sausa, see Xauxa
Seville, 1, 100

INDEX.

279

Silvera, Juan de, 221, 223 ; wounded,
224
Simandoca, an Indian chief, UO
Slavery, a slave-hunting expedition,
5-7 ; ill-treatment of slaves, 8, 11,
12 ; Indians made slaves by royal
edict, 62 ; emancipated, 67, 204 ;
complaints of the slave-holders,
204 ; ill effects of slavery, 72 ; in
troduction of negro slaves into His
paniola, 93 ; cruel treatment of
them, 94 ; their numbers and re
bellions, 95
Solano, Juan, bishop of Cuzco, 223
Soto, Fernando di, account of, 136;
cruelty of, 136 ; his death, ib.
Sotolo, Christoval de, 199
Southern Sea, discovery of the, 70
Spaniards in America, their. cruelty,
5-7, 12, 25, 47, 59, 77, 78-94, 108,
Ul, 136, 185; arms of, 8; revolt
of natives against, 13 ; Indian ideas
respecting, 39, 253 ; their first bat
tle in America, 43 ; civil wars
among, 69 ; captive Spaniards tor
tured by the Indians, 73 ; Spanish
cruelty to negro slaves, 94 ; warfare
between the Spaniards and the
French in America, 97-107 ; hatred
of Indians for the Spaniards, 115,
145, 146, 161 ; Spanish arrogance,
117; list oftheir chief commanders,
135 ; decay of hospitality among,
145 ; their proceedings in Peru,
154 ; little done by them to chris
tianize the natives, 160; massacre
of Peruvians by, 180 ; their cruelty
in Peru, 185 ; towns in Peru built
by them, 255
Spinosa, Francisco, 222
Statio, Manuele de, 217 ; his death,
220
St. John, Gospel of, waterspout dis
persed by reading, 125, n.
Storms, 27, 28, 125
Suarez de Carvajal, Yllan, 205 ; mur
dered by Nuiiez Vela, 207
Sucre, province of, 126 ; inhabitants,
141
Sugar works in Hispaniola, 93
Suicide, the Indians driven by Spanish
cruelties to, 77, 112
Surgery among the Indians, 82
Sun, worship of the, 247 ; temples of,
248 ; virgins of, ib.

Taboga, 211, 236
Teeth, Indian mixture for preserva
tion of, 9
Teiada, Dr., 211
Tello, Giovanni, 194
Temples of the Sun, 248
Teneriffe, Peak of, 264
Thieving among the Indians, 83
Tigers in America, 141
Tiquacaca, canal of, 221, 222
Tobacco, Benzoni's description of, 80
Toledo, town of, 3, 47 ; rebuilt, 51
Tordoia, Gomez de, 189, 200
Torre, Giovanni della, 224, 230
Traditions, Indian, 80
Trees, house built in, 237
Truxillo, 144, 204, 217
Tumanama, town of, founded, 72
Tumbez, 173, 203, 204, 210 ; Pizarro
made governor of, 174 ; account of,
176
Tunia, valley of, account of, 112
Turkeys, 149
Turtles, 125, 140
Urana, Gulf of, 42, 62
Urtado, Bartolom6, 72
Uscovio, 223
Vegetables of America, 85, 86
Velasquez, Diego, governor of Cuba,
137
Velasquez, Juan, 198
Velasquez Coronato, Francisco, expe
dition against the Xalisco Indians,
155
Venalcacere, Sebastiano, 215, 226
Venezuela, Ambrogio and Giorgio Al
finquer successively governors of, 76
Venice compared with Panama, 116
Veragua, account of province of, 42,
121
Verdugo, Melchior, 213 ; takes Nom
bre de Dios, 214
Vergara, Pedro de, 196
Vines in Hispaniola, 91
Virgins of the sun, 248
Volcanoes, supposed to contain molten
gold, 152 ; attempt to obtain it,
153
Vomiting as part of a religious cere
mony, 79
Water distilling tree at Ferro, 263
Waterspout, 126, n.

280

INDEX.

Watling's island, first landing place
of Columbus, 21
Wells, 241
Wine, method of making, 86 ; intro
duced from Spain, 169 ; scarcity in
Peru of, 262 ; made of maize, 9
Witch, a, 232
Women of America, 4, 9, 79, 82
Xalisco, defeat of Alvarado by the In
dians of, 155
Xauxa,. 189, 227
Ximenez, Gonzalo, 109.
Ximenez, Roldan, see Roldan

Yucatan, discovery of, 142 ; account
of, 143
Yllanez, J. de, contest with Hinojosa
at Panamk, 211, 212, 213

Zalanga, 266
Zarsa, 217
Zappata, Luigi, 48
Zarzaparilia, see Sarsaparilla
Zorobaro island, 42
Zunega, Lopez de, letter to the bishop
of Guatemala, 166
Zunica, Pedro dj, 155

YALL UNIVERSITY

a39002 003029338b